Wi)t Untbersrttp
OF
rttt^f) Columbia
CALENDAR
NINTH SESSION
1923-1924
VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA
1923 Wbt WLnibzvXity
OF
Jlritistfj Columbia
CALENDAR
Ninth Session
1923-1924
VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA
1923 CONTENTS
Page
Academic Year 5
Time Tables-
University Supplemental Examinations 7
Lectures, Faculty of Arts and Science 8
Matriculation Supplemental Examinations 12
Visitor 13
Chancellor 13
President 13
The Board of Governors 13
The Senate 13
Officers and Staff 14
Victoria College Staff 20
Historical Sketch - 21'
The University and the Province 31
University Extension 32
Endowments 32
Donations 33
The Library 34
Herbarium and Botanical Gardens 36
General Information 38
Admission to the University 41
Junior Matriculation Requirements 44
Senior Matriculation Requirements 57
Admission to Advanced Standing 63
Age of Admission 63
Registration and Attendance 64
Fees - 67
Prizes, Medals, and Scholarships 69
Faculty of Arts and Science—
Regulations in Reference to Courses 83
Honour Courses 89
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Bacteriology 99
" Botany 100
" Chemistry 104
" Classics 109
" " Economics, Sociology and Political
Science 112
" English 117
" " Geology and Geography 124
" History 129
" Mathematics 139
" " Modern Languages 144
" Philosophy 148
" Physics 151
" " Zoology 153 The University op British Columbia.
Faculty of Applied Science— Page
Regulations in Reference to Courses 155
Courses in—
Chemical Engineering 160
Chemistry 161
Civil Engineering 163
Electrical Engineering 165
Forest Engineering 166
Geological Engineering 169
Mechanical Engineering 171
Metallurgical Engineering 172
Mining Engineering 175
Nursing 176
Public Health 179
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Botany 183
" Chemistry 183
" Civil Engineering and Surveying 184
" Economics 195
" Forestry 196
" Geology and Mineralogy 199
" Mathematics 200
" Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.— 202
" Mining and Metallurgy 209
" Physics and Mechanics 213
" Nursing 215
" Public Health 216
" Zoology ■ 218
Faculty of Agriculture—
Regulations in Reference to Courses 219
Courses in—
Agronomy Major 224
Animal Husbandry Major 225
Dairying Major 225
Horticulture Major 226
Poultry Husbandry Major 227
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Agronomy 227
" Animal Husbandry 229
" " Dairying 233
" Horticulture 235
" Poultry Husbandry 237
Regulations as to the Masters' Degrees 241
List of Students in Attendance, Session 1922-23 242
Degrees Conferred May, 1922 274
Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes Awarded May, 1922 278
Summer Session 280
Student Organization 281
Victoria College Curriculum 284
Westminster Hall 285
Anglican Theological College 285 Academic Year.
ACADEMIC YEAR 1923-1924.
1923.
Monday,
September 10th.
Registration Day for First Year Applied
Science.
Summer School in Mechanical Engineering 2
opens.
Matriculation Supplemental Examinations
"Wednesday, , .
'' Supplemental Examinations in Arts begin.
Friday, j Supplemental Examinations in Applied
September 21st. \ Science begin.
■n, ., t Last day for Registration for Arts and Sci-
SeptembeTWst I enCe' -Agriculture, and Second, Third,
' [ and Fourth Year Applied Science.
SeptTembery25th.} LeCtUreS ^^
O t h fith i ^ast ^ay *"or Payment °^ First Term fees.
Saturday,
October 13th.
1 Last day for Change in Students' Courses.
/-w A i_ tr™' ^'Meeting of the Senate.
October 17th. '
_. , '. \ Last day of Lectures for Term.
December 7th. j
^ , -,\,-, I Examinations begin.
December 11th. |
Wednesday ) M q{ ^ g^
December 19th.)
^ , ~l , i Examinations end.
December 20th. | The University op British Columbia.
1924.
Monday,
January 7th.
Saturday,
January 19th.
Wednesday,
February 20th.
Thursday,
April 10th.
Monday,
April 14th.
Thursday,
April 24th.
Wednesday,
May 7th.
Thursday,
May 8th.
Thursday,
May 8th.
Monday,
June 23rd.
. Second Term begins.
Last day for payment of Second Term fees.
Meeting of the Senate.
Last day of Lectures.
Sessional Examinations begin.
Field Work in Applied Science begins immediately at the close of the Examinations.
Last day for payment of Graduation fees.
Meeting of the Senate.
Congregation.
Meeting of Convocation.
Junior and Senior Matriculation Examinations begin. Faculty of Arts and Science Supplemental Examinations.
SEPTEMBER, 1923.
Date
Wednesday,
September 12th
Thursday,
September 13th
Friday,
September 14th
Saturday,
September 15th
Monday,
September 17th
Tuesday,
September 18th
Wednesday,
September 19 th
Hour
9
A.M.
1
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
A.M.
9
AM.
1
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
First Year
History 1, 2, 3
English Literature
Latin Authors
Latin Composition, Sight, and
History
French Authors
French Grammar
Physics 1
Geometry
Greek
Trigonometry
Chemistry 1
German
Algebra
English Composition
Economics 1
Biology 1
Geography
Second Year
History 1, 2, 3
English Literature
Latin Authors
Latin Composition, Sight, and
History
Calculus
French Authors
French Grammar
Physics 1, 2
Philosophy 1
Geometry
Greek
Botany 1
Zoology 1
Chemistry 1,2
German
Algebra
English Composition
Geology 1, 2
Economics 1, 2
Biology 1
Geography
Third Year
H
o
c
CD
13
d
H
K
X
H
3
%
w The University of British Columbia.
TIME TABLE
FACULTY OF ARTS
NOTE: Students will report to the Heads of the various Departments for
KEY TO THE ROOMS: X, Y and Z are in the Auditorium; Ch is the Baptist;
Lecture Room; G is Geology Lecture Room; 23, 31, 32, 33 and 34 are in the
are in the Physics Building; CB is in the Commercial Building.
MORNINGS
MONDAY
Room
Tuesday
Room
Wednesday
Room
XYZ
CP
33
24
31
34
Ch
32
B
23
CB
G
English 1 b
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9
XYZ
C
32
31
34
33
23
Sc.3
B
B
B
B
G
English 1 a
XYZ
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
French 2 c
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
French 2 c
CP
33
French £ b
St
French 2 d
31
French 2 f
French 2 f
34
9
Economics 3
P. H. Nursing
Greek 2
Economics 2
Latin 6
Ch
Greek 2
32
P. H. Nursing
Heredity
B
English 13
Plant Physiology
Plant Histology ..
Geology 5 and 12
English 13
23
Mathematics 10
Geology 3 and 4 ...
Mathematics 10
Geology 3 and 4
CB
G
Mathematics 1 a ...
XY
23,33
P
32
Ch
St
k 34
Z
C
G
B
B
Mathematics 1 b .
Physics 1 a
XYZ
C23
P
St
33
G
CB
31
34
B
Ch
Mathematics 1 a ....
Physics 1 b
XY
23,33
P
Greek 1
Greek 1
32
Economics 1 a
Economics 1 a
Physics 3
Ch
10
Government 1
Philosophy 2
English 17 .
History 5
St
French 3 Hon.
English 9
French 3 Hon.
English 9
34
Z
P. H. Nursing ...-
Economics 1 d ....
Chemistry 3
C
Geology 1
G
P. H. Nursing
Economic Flora
GLab.
P. H. Nursing
Plant Pathology
B
B
33
Y
Ch
X
23
St
CB
P
C
G
G. Lab.
Z
33
M3
M2
X
23
31
Ch
P
Y
C
B
G
French 1 a
33
French 1 b
French 1 e
Y
French 1 f
French 1 g
Ch
Economics 1 b
Mathematics 2
French 1 h
Economics 1 b
Mathematics 2
History 7
X
Economics 1 c
French 3 Pass
Philosophy 8
Government 2
23
St
English 14
English 14
CB
11
History 2
P
Chemistry 7
C
History 3
Biology 1
G
Chemistry 4
Botany 1 ,
Zoology 1
Geology 6
Latin 1 a
Z
Geology 8
G Lab. Time Table.
—1923-24
AND science
arrangements for those subjects not in the Time Table.
Church; St is St. George's Church; C is Chemistry Lecture Room; P is Physics
Arts Building; Ml, M2 and M3 are in the Mining Building; SI, S2, S3 and S4
MORNINGS
Thursday
Room
Friday
Room
Saturday
Room
English 1 b
XYZ
C
32
31
34
33
23
Sc.3
B
B
B
G
English 1 b
XYZ
CP
33
St
31
34
Ch
B
32
23
CB
G
XYZ
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9
French 2 a
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ...
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9 ...
C
32
French 2 b
French 2 b
31
French 2 e
French 2 d ...
34
Latin 2
French 2 f ....
33
Economics 2
Economics 3
23
Latin 6
Sc.3
Zoology 2
Greek 2
Geology 10
Zoology 3
English 13
Plant Physiology ...
Geology 5 and 12 .
Mathematics 10
Geology 3 and 4
Mathematics 1 b
XYZ
C23
P
St
33
G
CB
31
34
B
Ch
Mathematics 1 a
XY
33,23
P
32
Ch
St
C
34
Z
G
B
B
Mathematics 1 b ...
XYZ
C23
P
History 6
St
33
Government 1
Philosophy 2
CB
31
French 3 Hon
English 9
English 17
34
English 17
Geology 10
Ch
P. H. Nursing
Economics 1 d
P. H. Nursing
Economic Flora
Z
33
M3
M2
X
23
31
Ch
P
Y
C
B
G
33
Y
Ch
G
X
23
St
CB
P
Z
GLab.
B
Latin 1, Dist
z
French 1 b
33
French 1 f
French 1 f
M3
French 1 h
French 2 Dist
French 1 h
M2
Economics 1 c
Economics 1 c
French 3 Pass
X
French 3, Pass
23
Philosophy 8
31
Government 2
English 14
Physics 2
P
Physics 2
Y
History 3
Government 2
Ch
Chemistry 4
Zoology 5 and 6
Zoology 1 10
The University of British Columbia.
AFTERNOONS
TIME TA
lBLE
Monday
Room
Tuesday
Room
Wednesday
Room
——
23
32
C
XYZ
34
St
31
P
33
CB
Maths. 1 Dist. a
English 1 b
XYZ
23
GPC
B33
34
Ch
CB
23
32
English 2 b
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Chemistry 1 a
English 2 a ...
C
XYZ
Geology 1 Lab
Bacteriology 1
English 5
34
History 4
St
i
Latin 4
French 4 d
31
Zoology 2 Lab
Zoology 3 Lab ...
P
Zoology 6 Lab
Plant Physiology Lab
Plant Histology Lab.
Zoology 5 Lab
Geology 7 Lab.
Sociology
Economic Flora Lab.
Plant Histology Lab.
French 1 i
G
33
Geography 1
G
C
23
Z
X
Y
St
CB
B
33
32
X
Z
P
B
34
G
Chemistry 1 b
Chemistry 1 B
French 1 D ....
C
French 1 d
French 1 Dist.
English 2 Dist.
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2.
Bacteriology 1 ...
Zoology 3 Lab.
Zooloajy 3 Lab.
Physics 3 Lab.
Physics 1 Lab. 3 ...
Geology 1 Lab.
P. H. Nursing ...
Plant Histology Lab.
Mathematics 3
23
History 1
Z
X
English 16
English 16
Y
History 8
History 8
St
Chemistry 7 Lab.
English 10
English 10
CB
?,
Zoology S&6 Lab...
Physics 1 Lab
31
Zoology 5 Lab
Philosophy 1 B
Plant Physiology Lab
Plant Histology Lab.
P. H. Nursing
French 1 j and k ...
Geology 7 Lab.
33
Zoology 6 Lab
P. H. Nursing
Philosophy 1 b
B
Plant Physiology Lab.
Economic Flora Lab.
French 1 j and k
B
G
Physics 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2.
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Zoology 2 Lab.
Zoology 3 Lab.
P. H. Nursing
Physics 3 Lab.
B
P. H. Nursing
Physics 1 Lab. 1
Chemistry 1 Lab. l..„
Chemistry 2 Lab. a....
Bacteriology 1
3
Zoology 6 Lab
B
Chemistry 7 Lab.
Plant Physiology Lab.
Economic Flora Lab.
Geology 5
Physics 1 Lab. 2
Chemistry 1 Lab. 1....
Chemistry 2 Lab. a....
Bacteriology 1
"b"
Physics 1 Lab. 4
Chem. 1 Lab. 2
Chem. 2 Lab. b
Zoology 2 Lab.
Zoology 3 Lab.
Physics 3 Lab.
4
Physics 4 Lab
Zoology 5 Lab
Zoology 6 Lab
Chemistry 7 Lab.
Economic Flora Lab.
Chem. 1 Lab. 1
Physics 1 Lab. 4
Chem. 2 Lab. b
Chem. 2 Lab. a
5
Bacteriology 1
Physics 1 Lab. 2
Physics 4 Lab Time Table.
11
-Continued
AFTERNOONS
Thursday
l
Room
Maths. 1 Tut b
English 1 a
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9
Physics 4
Geology 1 Lab. ..
Bacteriology 1 ..
English 5
Zoology 1 Lab. ..
Botany 1 Lab. ..
Economics 7
Physics 1 Lab. S ....
Chem. 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
Zoology 1 Lab
P. H. Nursing
Botany 1 Lab
Physics 1 Lab. 6 .....
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
Zoology 1 Lab
Botany 1 Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
Physics 1 Lab. 6 ...
Greek 1
32
English 7
X
Zoology 1 Lab.
Physics 1 Lab 6 . ..
Geology 1 Lab.
Bacteriology 1
P. H. Nursing
Botany 1 Lab
Mathematics 3
B
34
XYZ
23,33
GPC
B
34
Ch
Frdday
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 3 Lab. a
Physics 1 Lab. 8
Biology 1 Lab. 2 ....
Room
Saturday
I
Room
French 1 c
Beg.'s Greek
Chemistry 1 a .
English 2 a
Philosophy 4 ...
History 4
Latin 4
French 4 d
Sociology
French 1 i
Geology 2 Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4
Physics 1 Lab. 7 ...
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Physics 2 Lab
Chemistry 3 Lab. a
Biology 1 Lab. 1 ...
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4
Physics 1 Lab. 8 ...
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Physics 2 Lab
Chemistry 3 Lab. a
Biology 1 Lab. 2 ...
Geography 1
Chemistry 1 b
French 1 d
History 1
Economics 4
English 16
English 10
History 8
Philosophy 1 b
Physics 1 Lab. 7
Biology 1 Lab. 1
French 1 j and k ...
Geology 2 Lab
23
32
C
XYZ
34
St
31
P
33
CB
G
C
23
Z
|X
Y
CB
St
33 Junior and Senior Matriculation Supplemental Examinations.
ts
SEPTEMBER, 1923.
Date
Wednesday, September 12th
Thursday, September 13th.
Friday, September 14th. .
Saturday, September 15th.
Monday, September 17th. .
Tuesday, September 18th. .
Hour
9 A.M.
1 P.M.
9 A.M.
1 P.M.
9 A.M.
1 P.M.
9 A.M.
9 A.M.
1 P.M.
9 A.M.
1 P.M.
Junior Matriculation
History
English Literature . . .
German Translation . .
Latin Authors and Sight
Latin Grammar and Composition
Agriculture
French Translation ..
French Grammar ....
Physics
Geometry
Chemistry
German Grammar ....
Algebra
English Composition .
Botany
Greek
Hour
A.M.
P.M.
A.M.
P.M.
A.M.
P.M.
A.M.
A.M.
P.M.
A.M.
P.M.
Senior Matriculation
Sight, and
History.
English Literature.
German Translation.
Latin Authors.
Latin Composition,
Roman History.
Trigonometry.
French Literature.
French Language.
Physics.
Geometry.
Greek Grammar and Composition.
Chemistry.
German Grammar and Composition.
Algebra.
English Composition.
Greek Authors.
a
<
H
9
w
o
W
P.
m
a
o
o
r
d
u THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
VISITOR.
The Hon. Walter Cameron Nichol, Lieutenant-Governor of
British Columbia.
CHANCELLOR.
R. E. McKechnie, Esa., M.D., CM., LL.D., F.A.C.S.
PRESIDENT.
L. S. Klinck, Esa., M.S.A., D.Sc.
GOVERNORS.
R. E. McKechnie, Esa., M.D., CM., LL.D., F.A.C.S. (ex officio).
L. S. Klinck, Esa., M.S.A., D.Sc. (ex officio).
Evlyn F. K. Farris, M.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1923.
Hon. Denis Murphy, Vancouver. Term expires 1923.
Robie L. Reid, Esa., K.C, Vancouver. Term expires 1925.
Campbell Sweeny, Esa., Vancouver. Term expires 1925.
Christopher Spencer, Esa., Vancouver. Term expires 1925.
S. Dunn Scott, Esa., M.A., LL.D., Vancouver. Term expires 1927.
Robert P. McLennan, Esa., Vancouver. Term expires 1927.
Roderick Fraser, Esa., M.D., Victoria. Term expires 1927.
SENATE,
(a) The Minister of Education, The Honourable John Duncan MacLean,
M.D., CM.
The Superintendent of Education, S. J. Willis, Esa., B.A.
The Chancellor.
The President (Chairman).
(6) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, Esa., B.S.A., M.A.
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, Reginald W. Brock, Esa.,
M.A., LL.D., F.G.S., F.R.S.C.
Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, H. T. J. Coleman, Esq.,
B.A., Ph.D.
Dean of the Faculty of Forestry.
Representatives of the Faculty of Agriculture: P. A. Boving, Esa.,
Cand. Ph., Cand. Agr.; Wilfrid Sadler, Esa., B.S.A., M.Sc,
N.D.D.
Representatives of the Faculty of Applied Science: E. H. Archibald,
Esa., B.Sc, A.M., Ph.D., F.R.S.E. &G; E. G. Matheson, Esa.,
B.A.Sc, M.E.I.C., M.Am.S.C.E.
Representatives of the Faculty of Arts and Science: T. H. Boggs, Esa.,
M.A., Ph.D.; D. Buchanan, Esa., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.C.
Representatives of the Faculty of Forestry. 14 The University op British Columbia.
(c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:—•
B.ev. William Leslie Clay, B.A., D.D., Victoria, B.C.
The Right Rev. A. U. de Pencier, M.A., D.D., Vancouver, B.C.
Lemuel Fergus Robertson, Esa., M.A., Vancouver, B.C.
(d) The Principal of Vancouver Normal School, D. M. Robinson, Esa., B.A.
The Principal of Victoria Normal School, D. L. MacLaurin, Esa., B.A.
(e) Representative of High School Principals and Assistants, G. A.
Fergusson, Esa., B.A.
(/) Representative of Provincial Teachers' Institute.
(g) Representatives of Affiliated Colleges:—
Victoria College, Victoria, George Jay, Esq.
Westminster Hall, Vancouver (Theological), Rev. W. H. Smith,
M.A., Ph.D., D.D.
The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia, Vancouver, Rev. W. H. Vance, M.A.
(h) Elected by Convocation:—
His Honour F. W. Howay, LL.B., F.R.S.C, New Westminster.
G. G. Sedgewick, Esa., B.A., Ph.D., Vancouver, B. C.
N. Wolverton, Esq., B.A., LL.D., Nelson, B. C.
H. F. G. Letson, Esq., B.Sc, Vancouver, B. C.
Miss A. B. Jamieson, B.A., Vancouver, B. C
G. W. Scott, Esq., B.A., Vancouver, B. C.
C. Killam, Esa., M.A., D.C.L., Vancouver, B. C.
J. S. Gordon, Esa., B.A., Vancouver, B. C
H. C. Shaw, Esq., B.A., Vancouver, B. C
W. B. Burnett, Esa., B.A., M.D., CM., Vancouver, B. C.
J. M. Turnbull, Esq., B.A.Sc, Vancouver, B. C
G. E. Robinson, Esa., B.A., Vancouver, B. C.
Rev. A. H. Sovereign, B.A., M.A., Vancouver, B. C.
His Honour J. D. Swanson, B.A., Kamloops, B. C.
W. P. Argue, Esq., B.A., Vancouver, B. C.
OFFICERS AND STAFF.
Leonard S. Klinck, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S.A., D.Sc. (Iowa State College),
President.
H. T. J. Coleman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Dean of the Faculty
of Arts and Science and Professor of Philosophy.
Reginald W. Brock, M.A., LL.D. (Queen's), F.G.S., F.R.S.C, Dean of the
Faculty of Applied Science and Professor of Geology.
F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Dean of the Faculty
of Agriculture and Professor of Horticulture.
Miss M. L. Bollert, B.A., M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Dean of
Women and Assistant Professor of English. Officers and Staff. 15
Stanley W. Mathews, M.A. (Queen's), Registrar.
F. Dallas, Bursar.
John Ridington, Librarian.
Department of Agronomy.
P. A- Boving, Cand. Ph. (Malmo, Sweden), Cand. Agr. (Alnarp. Agriculture, Sweden), Professor of Agronomy and Head of the Department.
G. G. Moe, B.S.A., M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Agronomy.
D. G. Laird, B.S.A. (Toronto), Assistant in Agronomy.
Geo. B. Boving, B.S.A. (McGill), Extension Assistant under Burrell Grant.
R. A. Derick, B.S.A. (McGill), Assistant in Agronomy.
Department of Animal Husbandry.
H. M. King, B.S.A. (Toronto), Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry.
R. L. Davis, B.S.A. (Montana), M.S.A. (Iowa State College), Assistant
Professor of Animal Husbandry.
Walter N. Jones, B.S.A. (McGill), M.S.A. (Iowa State College), Assistant
Professor of Animal Husbandry.
H. R. Hare, B.S.A. (Toronto), Extension Assistant under Burrell Grant.
J. G. Jervis, V.S. (Ont. Vet. Col.), B.V.Sc. (Toronto), Lecturer in
Veterinary Science.
Department of Bacteriology.
R. H. Mullin, B.A., M.B. (Toronto), Professor of Bacteriology and Head
of the Department.
R. E. Coleman, M.B. (Toronto), Lecturer in Bacteriology.
Miss Freda L. Wilson, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Bacteriology.
Department of Botany.
Andrew H. Hutchinson, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor
of Botany and Head of the Department.
John Davidson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., Assistant Professor of Botany.
J. W. Eastham, B.Sc. (Edin.), Special Lecturer in Plant Pathology.
L. Bolton, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Botany.
Department of Chemistry.
E. H. Archibald, B.Sc. (Dal.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), F.R.S.E.&C, Pro
fessor of Chemistry and Head of the Department.
Robert H. Clark, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipsig), Professor of Organic
Chemistry.
W. F. Seyer, B.A., M.Sc. (Alberta), Ph.D. (McGill), Associate Professor
of Chemistry.
M. J. Marshall, B.Sc, M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology),
Assistant Professor of Chemistry.
John Allardyce, B.A., M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor in Chemistry.
A. E. Boss, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Chemistry.
J. A. Dauphinee, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Chemistry. 16 The University of British Columbia.
J. Allan Harris, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Chemistry.
S. R. MacDougall, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Chemistry.
W. O. Banfield, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Chemistry.
William Ure, Assistant in Chemistry.
Christian Sivertz, Assistant in Chemistry.
Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
William E. Duckering, A.B., B.S. inCE., C.E. (Washington), Professor
of Civil Engineering and Head of the Department.
E. G. Matheson, B.A.Sc. (McGill), M.E.I.C, M.Am.S.CE., Associate
Professor of Civil Engineering.
W. H. Powell, B.Sc. (McGill), Lecturer in Civil Engineering.
A. Lighthall, B.Sc. (McGill), Instructor in Civil Engineering.
G. M. Irwin, B.Sc. (McGill), Instructor in Civil Engineering.
F. A. Wilkin, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Lecturer in Civil Engineering.
W. O. C. Scott, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Descriptive Geometry.
Department of Classics.
L. F. Robertson, M.A. (McGill), Professor of Classics and Head of the
Department.
O. J. Todd, Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor of Greek.
H. T. Logan, B.A. (McGill and Oxon), M.A. (Oxon), Associate Professor
of Classics.
A. N. St. John Mildmay, M.A. (Oxon.), Assistant in Classics.
Department of Dairying.
Wilfrid Sadler, B.S.A., M.Sc. (McGill), N.D.D., British Dairy Institute,
University College, Reading, England, Professor of Dairying and
Head of the Department.
N. S. Golding, N.D.A., N.D.D., B.S.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of
Dairying.
Miss Marion J. Mounce, B.A., B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Extension Assistant
under Burrell Grant.
Department of Economics, Sociology and Political Science.
Theodore H. Boggs, B.A. (Acadia and Yale), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale), Professor of Economics and Head of the Department.
Henry F. Angus, B.A. (McGill), B.C.L., M.A. (Oxon.), Associate Professor
of Economics.
S. E. Beckett, B.A., M.A. (Queen's), Assistant Professor of Economics.
L. T. Fournier, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Economics.
Department of English.
G. G. Sedgewick, B.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor of English and
Head of the Department.
W. L. MacDonald, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Harvard),
Associate Professor of English. Officers and Staff. 17
Frederick G. C Wood, B.A. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Assistant Professor of English.
Thorleif Larsen, B.A, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon.), Assistant Professor
of English.
Francis Cox Walker, B.A. (U.N.B.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant
Professor of English.
Miss M. L. Bollert, B.A., M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Assistant
Professor of English and Dean of Women.
Miss Stella McGudie, B.A., M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in English.
Miss Katherine McKay, B.A. (Queen's), Assistant in English.
Miss Isobel Harvey, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in English.
Department of Forestry.
H. R. Christie, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Associate Professor of Forestry.
F. Malcolm Knapp, B.S.F. (Syracuse), M.S.F. (Wash.), Lecturer in
Forestry.
Department of Geology and Geography.
R. W. Brock, M.A., LL.D. (Queen's), F.G.S., F.R.S.C, Professor of Geology and Head of the Department.
S. J. Schofield, B.A., M.A., B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Mass. Institute of
Technology), F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C, Professor of Physical and Structural Geology.
W. L. Uglow, B.A., M.A. (Queen's), B.Sc. (School of Mining, Kingston),
M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography.
M. Y. Williams, B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Yale), F.G.S.A., Professor of
Palaeontology and Stratigraphy.
Department of History.
Mack Eastman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor of History
and Head of the Department.
W. N. Sage, B.A. (Toronto and Oxon.), M.A. (Oxon.), Associate Professor
of History.
F. H. Soward, B.A. (Toronto), B.Litt. (Oxon), Instructor in History.
Department of Horticulture.
F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Professor of Horticulture and Head of the Department.
A. F. Barss, A.B. (Rochester), B.S. in Agriculture (Cornell), M.S. (Oregon
Agricultural College), Associate Professor of Horticulture.
F. E. Buck, B.S.A. (McGill), Assistant Professor of Horticulture.
W. A. Middleton, B.S.A. (McGill), Extension Assistant under Burrell
Grant.
Department of Mathematics.
D. Buchanan, B.A., M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), F.R.S.C, Professor of Mathematics and Head of the Department.
George E. Robinson, B.A. (Dal.), Associate Professor of Mathematics. 18 The University of British Columbia.
E. E. Jordan, M.A. (Dal.), Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
L. Richardson, B.Sc. (London), Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
B. S. Hartley, M.A. (Cambridge), R.N. (retired), Assistant in Mathematics.
John Henry, M.A. (Cambridge), Assistant in Mathematics.
Miss May L. Barclay, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Mathematics.
M. Home, Assistant in Mathematics.
Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.
Cedric C. Ryan, M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering.
H. P. Archibald, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Instructor in Mechanical Drawing and
Shopwork.
E. M. Coles, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
Henry Ogilvie, B.A. (Cantab.), Lecturer.
George Walkem, B.Sc. (McGill), Special Lecturer.
E. G. Parsons, Instructor in Thermo Laboratory.
H. Taylor, Instructor in Machine Shop.
H. Elliott, Assistant in Steam Laboratory.
C. H. Barker, Assistant in Workshop, Mechanical Engineering.
J. Crowley, Assistant (Moulder).
S. Northrop, Assistant (Woodworker).
John Hogarth, Assistant in Mechanical Engineering (Blacksmith).
Department of Mining and Metallurgy.
J. M. Turnbull, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Professor of Mining and Head of the
Department.
H. N. Thomson, B.Sc. (McGill), Professor of Metallurgy.
George A. Gillies, M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Mining.
Department of Modern Languages.
H. Ashton, M.A. (Cantab.), D. Lett. (Univ. Paris), D. Litt. (Birmingham),
Officier de l'Instruction Publique (France), Professor of French and
Head of the Department.
A. F. B. Clark, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Harvard), Associate Professor
of French.
Miss Isabel MacInnes, M.A. (Queen's), Assistant Professor of Modern
Languages.
G. Grojean (Licencie es Lettres), Licencie en Droit (Toulouse), Assistant
Professor of Modern Languages.
Miss Margaret Ross, Instructor in French.
Miss Janet T. Greig, B.A. (Queen's), Instructor in French.
Miss Kathleen Peck, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in French.
Miss Hazel E. McConnell, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in French.
E. E. Delavault, B. esL., L.enD. (Paris), Tutor in Oral French.
Mrs. G. Barry, Brevet Superieur, Certificat d'Aptitude Pedagogique
(French State Diplomas), Tutor in Oral French. Officers and Staff. 19
Department of Nursing.
Miss Ethel I. Johns, R.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing.
Department of Philosophy.
H. T. J. Coleman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor of
Philosophy and Head of the Department.
James Henderson, M.A. (Glasgow), Associate Professor of Philosophy.
Department of Physics.
T. C. Hebb, M.A., B.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor of Physics and
Head of the Department.
A. E. Hennings, M.A. (Lake Forest College, 111.), Ph.D. (University of
Chicago), Associate Professor of Physics.
J. G. Davidson, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Cal.), Associate Professor of
Physics.
Cyril Jones, Assistant in Physics.
Department of Poultry Husbandry.
E. A. Lloyd, B.S.A. (Sask.), Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry.
V. S. Asmundsen, B.S.A. (Sask.), M.S.A. (Cornell), Assistant Professor
of Poultry Husbandry.
R. J. Skelton, B.S.A. (Toronto), Assistant (Field Enumerator) in Poultry
Husbandry under Burrell Grant.
Department of Public Health.
R. H. Mullin, B.A., M.B. (Toronto), Professor of Public Health and Head
of the Department.
Miss Mary Ard Mackenzie, B.A. (Toronto), R.N., Instructor in Public
Health.
Department of Zoology.
C McLean Fraser, B.A., M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Iowa), F.R.S.C,
Professor of Zoology and Head of the Department.
H. A. Dunlop, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor in Zoology.
C P. Leckie, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Zoology.
Kenneth F. Auden, Assistant in Zoology.
Harold White, M.D., C.M. (McGill), Medical Examiner to Students. 20 The University of British Columbia.
VICTORIA COLLEGE
(IN AFFILIATION WITH THE UNIVERSITY OF B.C.)
STAFF.
Edward B. Paul, M.A. (Aberdeen), Principal and Registrar, Associate
Professor of Classics.
E. Howard Russell, B.A. (Queen's), Associate Professor of Mathematics.
Percy H. Elliott, M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Science.
Miss Jeanette A. Cann, B.L. (Dalhousie), Assistant Professor of English
and Philosophy.
Mme. E. Sanderson-Mongin, Dipldmde, Paris, Assistant Professor of
French.
I. Dilworth, M.A. (McGill), Instructor in English.
T. W. Cornett, B.A. (Toronto), Instructor in History.
For Courses in Victoria College see under "Victoria College"
in this Calendar. THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
HISTORICAL SKETCH.
The establishment of a University in British. Columbia was
first advocated by Superintendent Jessop in 1877, when he called
public attention to the urgent need for providing the youth of
the Province with an education which would adequately equip
them for their various activities in the life of the Province. It
was several years, however, before active steps were taken in
this direction.
In 1890 the Provincial Legislature passed an Act establishing a body politic and corporate named The University of British
Columbia. The first Convocation was held in Victoria on August
26th, 1890, when the Hon. John Kobson, Provincial Secretary,
presided. There were present seventy certified members of
Convocation, who elected three members of Senate.
In 1891 the Act was amended by the addition of a clause
requiring a meeting of the Senate to be held within one month
after the election of Senators by Convocation. The Senators
having been elected on June 2nd, the Chancellor, Dr. I. W.
Powell, of Victoria, called a meeting of Senate for July 2nd.
A quorum failed to assemble, and the first attempt to establish
a University proved futile.
There being no immediate prospect of a Provincial University, some friends of higher education conceived the idea of
bringing a university education—at least in part—within the
reach of the youth of the Province by establishing relations with
some one of the existing Canadian universities.
Owing to their efforts, an Act was passed in 1894 which
empowered the affiliation of high schools in the Province to
recognized Canadian universities; and this was supplemented
in 1896 by an Act providing for the incorporation of affiliated
high schools as colleges of the universities to which they were
affiliated. 22 The University of British Columbia.
Under these enactments, Vancouver High School was
admitted to affiliation with McGill University for the first year
in Arts, and began University work under the name of
Vancouver College in the year 1899. (The man to whom more
than any other the credit is due for the inauguration and
successful organization of the scheme of affiliation was the late
Mr. J. C. Shaw, M.A., formerly Principal of Vancouver High
School, and later Principal of Vancouver College, and of McGill
University College.)
In 1902 an extension of affiliation was granted to cover the
second year in Arts, and in the same year Victoria High School
also became affiliated to McGill University for the first year in
Arts under the name of Victoria College, i
As the work grew, still closer connection with McGill
University became necessary, and in 1906 an Act was passed
incorporating the Eoyal Institution for the Advancement of
Learning of British Columbia. In the same year the Royal
Institution established at Vancouver the McGill University
College of British Columbia, taking over (by agreement with
the Vancouver Board of School Trustees) the Arts work previously done by the Vancouver College, increasing the number
of options allowed, and adding two years of Applied Science.
In 1908 the course was further extended to include the third
year in Arts.
In 1907 Victoria College came also under the control of the
Royal Institution as a part of the McGill University College of
British Columbia, with power to give courses in the first two
years in Arts.
The instruction given was similar to that of McGill University, the standards were identical, and the University examined
and accepted the undergraduates ad eundem statum.
During the last year of its existence the McGill University
College enrolled 292 students at Vancouver and 70 at Victoria.
These institutions were maintained mainly by grants from
the School Boards of Vancouver and Victoria, supplemented in
the earlier stages by contributions from Sir "William Macdonald,
of Montreal, and many public-spirited citizens of British Historical Sketch. 23
Columbia, and later by grants from the Provincial Government,
the City of Vancouver, and The University of British Columbia.
When The University of British Columbia opened its doors
in the fall of 1915 these colleges ceased to exist, and at the same
time the connection of the Province with McGill University in
higher education—a connection which had existed for a period
of sixteen years and was alike creditable to McGill and advantageous to the Province—was also brought to a close.
Meanwhile efforts for the establishment of a Provincial
University had been renewed, and in 1907 the Hon. Dr. H. B.
Young, Minister of Education, took definite steps to establish a
University by introducing a "University Endowment Act,"
which was passed by the Legislature. By this Act (slightly
amended in 1911 and 1913) the setting apart of 2,000,000 acres
of land, by way of University endowment, was authorized.
Constitution of Present University.
In 1908 an Act establishing and incorporating The University of British Columbia and repealing the old Act of 1890-1 was
passed. The Act of 1908 provides:—
That the University shall consist of a Chancellor, Convocation, Board of Governors, Senate, and the Faculties;
that the first Convocation shall consist of all graduates
of any university in His Majesty's dominions resident in
the Province two years prior to the date fixed for the
first meeting of Convocation, together with twenty-five
members selected by the Lieutenant-Governor in
Council. After the first Convocation it shall consist of
the Chancellor, Senate, members of the first Convocation, and all graduates of the University; that the
Chancellor shall be elected by Convocation; that the
Board of Governors shall consist of the Chancellor,
President, and nine persons appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; that the Senate shall consist of: (a) The Minister of Education, the Chancellor,
and the President of the University, who shall be Chairman thereof; (b) the deans and two professors of each
y 24 The University of British Columbia.
of the Faculties elected by members of the Faculty;
(c) three members to be appointed by the Lieutenant-
Governor in Council; (d) the Superintendent of Education, the principals of the normal schools; (e) one
member elected by the high-school principals and
assistants who are actually engaged in teaching; (/) one
member elected by the Provincial Teachers' Institute
organized under subsection (e) of section 8 of the
"Public Schools Act"; (g) one member to be elected
by the governing body of every affiliated college or
school in this Province; (h) fifteen members to be
elected by Convocation from the members thereof;
That the University shall be non-sectarian;
That instruction in Arts shall be free to all regular students
matriculated in the University;
That women students shall have equality of privilege with
men students;
That no other university having corporate powers capable
of being exercised within the Province shall be known
by the same name, or have power to grant degrees.
Instruction.
The Act of 1908 (consolidated August 2nd, 1912) provides
for:—
(a) Such instruction in all branches of a liberal education
as may enable students to become proficient and qualify
for degrees, diplomas, and certificates, in Science, Commerce, Arts, Literature, Law, Medicine, and all other
branches of knowledge; (b) such instruction especially,
whether theoretical, technical, artistic, or otherwise, as
may be of service to persons engaged in the manufactures, or the mining, engineering, agricultural, and
industrial pursuits of the Province; (c) facilities for
the prosecution of original research in Science, Literature, Arts, Medicine, Law, and especially the applications of Science; (d) such fellowships, scholarships, Historical Sketch. 25
exhibitions, prizes, rewards, and pecuniary and other
aids as shall facilitate or encourage proficiency in the
subjects taught in the University, and also original
research in every branch; (e) such extra-collegiate and
extra-university instruction and teaching as may be
recommended by the Senate.
Selection of a Site.
Under authority of an Act passed by the Legislature in 1910,
the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a Site Commission
whose decision was to be final. The personnel of the Commission
was as follows:—
Dr. R. C. Weldon, Dean of Law School, Dalhousie University, Chairman.
Rev. Canon G. Dauth, Vice-Rector, Laval University,
Montreal.
Dr. Walter C. Murray, President, University of Saskatchewan.
Dr. Oscar D. Skelton, Professor of Economics, Queen's
University.
Dr. Cecil C. Jones, Chancellor, University of New
Brunswick.
The Commission held its first meeting on May 25th, 1910,
in Victoria, and after an exhaustive examination of the Province
presented the following unanimous report:—
Victoria, B. C, June 28th, 1910.
To His Honour the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:
Sir,—The University Site Commission hegs to submit the following report:—
In accordance with the provisions of the "University Site Commission Act, 1910," your Commissioners have visited and made a
careful examination of the several cities and rural districts in the
Province suggested as suitable University sites, and have selected as
the location for the University the vicinity of the City of Vancouver.
Accompanying the main report was the following supplementary report:—
The University Site Commission are strongly of the opinion that 26 The University of British Columbia.
the University should not be placed on a site which may in time be
completely surrounded by a city. They respectfully suggest that not
less than 250 acres be set apart for the University campus, and 700
acres for experimental purposes In agriculture and forestry. This is
exclusive of a forest reserve for forestry operations on a large scale.
The Commission are of the opinion that the most suitable site
is at Point Grey, unless the soils there and those of the delta land
adjacent are found to be unsuitable for the experimental work of
the College of Agriculture. Should Point Grey prove impossible, the
Commissioners suggest: First, a site along the shore of North
Vancouver, provided the tunnel and bridge are constructed; second,
St. Mary's Hill, overlooking the Pitt, Fraser, and Coqultlam Rivers,
provided residences are erected for the students. Central Park,
though conveniently situated, will probably be surrounded by the
Cities of Vancouver and New Westminster, and because of this and
of the absence of outstanding scenic advantages is undesirable.
While the Commissioners are firmly convinced that it is of the
highest importance to have all the Faculties of the University doing
work of University grade located together, they believe that the
diverse conditions of agriculture in this Province make it advisable
to divide the work of agricultural education between the College of
Agriculture and Schools of Agriculture of secondary grade located
in different centres. The College of Agriculture should conduct
researches, provide courses leading to a degree, and supervise the
extension work and Schools of Agriculture. These schools should
be established in conjunction with the Demonstration Farms in
typical centres, and should provide short courses (extending over
the winter months) of two or three years for the sons of farmers.
Each school might specialize in one or more branches, such as
horticulture, dairying, etc.
Similarly, Technical Evening Schools might be opened in the
different coal-mining centres for the preparation of candidates for
mining certificates, and in the metal-mining districts for the assistance of prospectors and others.
The Commissioners have been greatly impressed by the marvellous richness, variety, and extent of the natural resources of this
Province, and by the very generous provision made for the endowment of the University; and they are of the opinion that, if the
University adopts a policy of offering salaries ranging from $3,800
to $5,000 to its professors, it will attract men of the highest ability,
who, by their scientific investigations and outstanding reputations,
will not only materially aid in developing the resources of the
Province, but will also place the University on an equality with the
best universities of America. Historical Sketch. 27
In the autumn the Executive Council, after a careful survey
of the sites proposed, decided to locate the University at Point
Grey, the site which the Commission named as its first choice.
In 1911 the Legislature passed an Act authorizing the
Lieutenant-Governor in Council to grant this site to the University. In 1913 this grant was increased by a few acres.
The site at present consists of 250 acres lying upon the
extremity of the headland of Point Grey at an elevation of'
approximately 300 feet above the sea. The waters of the Gulf
of Georgia form more than half the boundary of the site, while
the remaining sides are bounded by a tract of some 3,000 acres
of Government land. It is accessible by water for passenger
and freight service, and is within a mile and a half of the
existing electric tram service, which will be extended to the
grounds. The site has now been cleared and the main campus
and some of the roads have been graded.
First Convocation.
Between May 1st and July 31st, 1912, 849 members of
Convocation were registered, of whom twenty-five had been
appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council. The first
Convocation, held August 21st of the same year, chose Mr.
Francis Carter-Cotton as first Chancellor of the University and
elected certain Senators.
Plans for Buildings.
In February, 1912, the Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of
Education, called for competitive plans which should include
plans in detail of four buildings to be erected immediately, and
a block plan exhibiting the completed buildings as a beautiful
and harmonious scheme in keeping with the site, one of the
finest in the world.
The first prize was $5,000 and the probability of being
engaged as the University architect; the second, third, and
fourth, $2,000, $2,000, and $1,000 respectively. The competition
was closed in November, and the first prize awarded to Messrs.
Sharp & Thompson, of Vancouver, by a Board of Assessors
consisting of: Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of Education;
jt/ 28 The University of British Columbia.
F. Carter-Cotton, Chancellor; A. Arthur Cox, Samuel Maclure,
and W. Douglas Caroe.
The President and Governors.
In March, 1913, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council
appointed the President, F. F. Wesbrook, M.A., M.D., CM.,
LL.D., and shortly after the following Governors:—
George H. Barnard, Esq., K.C, M.P.
Robert F. Green, Esq., M.P.
Robert E. McKechnie, Esq., M.D., C.M.
Robert P. McLennan, Esq.
Lewis G. McPhillips, Esq., K.C. .
Robie L. Reid, Esq., K.C.
S. Dunn Scott, Esq., M.A., LL.D.
Campbell Sweeny, Esq.
George I. Wilson, Esq.
Buildings and Grounds.
The University architects are Messrs. Sharp & Thompson, of
Vancouver, B.C., who obtained the award in the competition
held in 1912. In November, 1913, Dr. C. C. James, Commissioner of Dominion Agricultural Instruction, met with a Commission appointed to examine and report upon the general design
for the University. A general plan was prepared by this
Commission and approved by the Board of Governors.
The report accompanying the plan presented a statement of
the problem to be solved and the solution proposed by the
Commission, and pointed out the practical and artistic possibilities of the design. With it were submitted drawings showing
the building areas for the various constituent portions of the
University, and the location proposed for the buildings which
are to be constructed at once. The design is a comprehensive
one, and provides for the needs of an institution potentially
great, the relatively small beginnings of which must be arranged
with due regard for present economy and efficiency, yet in such
a manner as to ensure co-ordination with a properly planned
and steadily developing scheme. Historical Sketch. 29
The Commission consisted of:—
Dr. Thomas H. Mawson, City Planner and Landscape
Artist, of London, England.
Mr. Warren Powers Laird, Professor and Head, School
of Architecture, University of Pennsylvania, and
Advisory Architect to the University of Wisconsin.
Mr. Richard J. Durley, late Professor and Head of the
Department of Mechanical Engineering, McGill
University.
Messrs. Sharp & Thompson, the University Architects.
In accordance with the recommendations of the Commission's report, detailed plans and specifications are being prepared
for the various buildings, and the Science Building is under
construction.
This building is planned for the temporary accommodation
of Physics, Chemistry, Biology and certain other Sciences, but
it is intended ultimately for the sole use of Chemistry. With
its equipment it is expected to cost about $600,000.
Preparations for Work.
In 1914 the Legislature voted $500,000 and the Government
promised $1,000,000 for the following year, thus enabling the
Board to proceed with actual work on the University. The
clearing of the site was completed and necessary grading done;
the steel-concrete work of the Science Building was completed;
the Deans of Agriculture and Applied Science and some professors were appointed, and in general the necessary preliminary
preparations were made for beginning University work in the
fall of 1915.
War Conditions.
Upon the outbreak of war in August, 1914, the Board of
Governors, feeling that it would be shortsighted and unpatriotic
to commit the public to a large capital expenditure and heavy
fixed charges when every available dollar in the country might
be required in the struggle to preserve the rights and liberties
of free peoples, decided to withhold the contract for the com- 30 The University of British Columbia.
pletion of the Science Building, to make no further contracts or
appointments to the staff, and to postpone large expenditures
upon the library and grounds. By this action the grant for the
year largely reverted to the Provincial Treasury, and the people
were not committed to a heavy outlay in 1915.
In 1915 the Legislature voted sufficient funds to enable the
University to take over and carry on the work of McGill University College, and to add a year's work to it, thus giving a
complete Arts Course leading to a degree and the first three
years in a course in Applied Science. Funds were also voted
to enable Dean Klinck to prepare and put under cultivation a
small portion of the campus to be ready for experimental work
by the time agricultural classes can be undertaken.
Growth and Progress.
A detailed statement of the growth and progress of the
University since its opening in the fall of 1915 will be found in
the President's Report for 1922-23. The University and the Province. 31
THE UNIVERSITY AND THE PROVINCE
The University of British Columbia is an integral part of
the public educational system of the Province. As such it completes the work begun in the public and high schools.
By prescribing a number of studies during the first years
of undergraduate work, and by giving to the student in his
final years a wide choice under a definite system, the University
is enabled to give direction without discouraging individual
initiative.
In addition to fostering the general educational interests of
the Province, it is the policy of the University to render service
to its constituency through three generally recognized channels
—viz., teaching, research, and extension. The University undertakes to furnish instruction in the various branches of a liberal
education, and in those technical departments which are most
directly related to the life and industries of the Province. That
its teaching may be vitalized, and that it may'do its share in
contributing to the advancement of knowledge, the University
aims to encourage research in all departments. When a sufficiently firm foundation was laid in these two departments of
University activity, extension work was organized. Through
this channel new truths discovered in this or in other institutions of learning are presented in popular form in many centres
throughout the Province. By this means those whose circumstances deprive them of the opportunity of attendance at the
University may avail themselves of the latest contributions to
knowledge, as well as of the most recent lessons of practical
experience. 32 The University of British Columbia.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
The University sends lecturers in popular subjects to all
parts of the Province. These lecturers will go out during the
examination weeks in December and April under the auspices
of organizations applying for them. In the case of places which
can be visited without prejudice to the duties of the lecturer at
the University, lectures may also be arranged during the
University term. The University may be able to contribute to
the cost of travelling and hotel expenses, all local expense (hall,
publicity, etc.) being borne by the local organization.
The University reserves the right to arrange dates so as to
permit a lecturer to visit several places in the same district on
succeeding days and thus to save time and travelling expenses.
The number of lecturers sent to any one place will depend entirely upon the interest shown in that locality and upon the funds
at the disposal of the Committee.
A list of subjects and lecturers can be obtained on application to the Secretary of the Extension Committee.
Illustrated pamphlets on the general work of the University
are at the disposal of persons interested in educational progress
in the Province. Applications for copies of these should be made
to the Registrar.
ENDOWMENTS.
The "University Act" of 1908 (slightly amended in 1912)
provides that:—
"Any person or corporation may, with the approval of the
Senate, found one or more professorships, lectureships,
fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, prizes, or other
awards in the University, by providing a sufficient endowment in land or other property, and conveying the same
to the University for such purposes, and every such
endowment of lands or other property shall be vested in
the University for the purpose or purposes for which it
is given."
For Endowments in connection with:—
Scholarships, Exhibitions and Prizes, see under '' Prizes,
Medals and Scholarships." Donations. 33
DONATIONS
However well supported by public funds, a University must
depend to a great extent upon private benefactors. Only a
limited number are in a position to grant endowments, but
undergraduates, graduates and friends of higher education may
add greatly to the efficiency of the University by contributions
that He within their power to make.
It is gratifying to note that this means of assisting the
University is being utilized by increasing numbers.
Among the more notable donations received during the
past year are the following:
H. C. Giegerich, J. R. Giegerich, and D. McLellan—(1) Silver-lead-zinc ores from
Slocan District, B. C. (2)Arsenic ores from Washington, D.C. (8) Native silver
from Krao Mine, B.C.
A. W. Sanders—Gold crystals from Barkerville, B. C
F. G. Tregillus—Gold crystals from Barkerville, B. C.
W. L. Uglow—Burnt shale (Oligocene), Similkameen, B.C.
J. D. Mackenzie—(1) Section of flattened stem, originally four feet long, from
No. 4 Mine, Cumberland, B. C. (2) Many specimens Illustrating structural
geology from Vancouver Island.
Rev. R. Connell—Horse's tooth, probably Pleistocene, from Lake Bennett, Yukon.
James Gillen—(1) Indian arrowheads and scraper, B.C. (2) Arrowheads and celts
from North of Ireland.
K. F. Auden—Arrowheads and celt from Ontario, Saskatchewan, and British
Columbia.
Dr. W. D. Mathew, American Museum of Natural History, New York—Leg bones
and teeth of Tertiary horses, including Merychippus, Mesohippus, and
Eohippus.
H. T. James—Marine algae from lower Huronian of Michigan.
S. J. Schofield—(1) Suite of rocks and ores from Salmon River District, B.C., and
Premier Mine. (2) Suite of rocks and ores from Butte Mining District,
Montana. (3) Suite of rocks and ores from Britannia Mine, B. C.
J. Keele, Department of Mines, Ottawa—Collection of Canadian clays and clay
products.
C. Graham, Canadian Collieries (Dunsmuir) Ltd.—(1) Core, log, and plan of
borings, Cumberland, B.C. (2) Fossil tree trunk, mounted.
Major Graham, Jericho Air Station—Aerophotos illustrating local geography.
Imperial Oil Co., loco—Samples of oil products.
Marine Products Co., Prince Rupert—Samples of oil products.
Capilano Timber Co., North Vancouver—Sections of coast trees from Capilano
Valley. 34 The University of British Columbia.
THE LIBRARY.
Librarian: John Ridington.
Classification, Catalogue Dorothy M. Jefferd
Stack Room and Documents Lionel Haweis
Reference and Reading Room Frances M. Woodworth
Periodicals and Applied Science Reading Room. . . Gwendolyn Lewis
Stenographer Alice E. Hearsey
The University Library consists of 45,000 volumes and about
10,000 pamphlets. It includes representative works in all the
courses offered, and a growing collection of works of General
Reference. It also possesses a fair number of periodical publications devoted to literature and the sciences, and of the Transactions of learned societies. Four hundred and fifty magazines
and periodical publications are regularly received.
The Library is classified throughout on the Congressional
system.
The Main and Subordinate Catalogues, making available the
resources of the Library, total over 280,000 cards. Of these
135,000 are in the Main Catalogue in the Reading Room, and
make all classified portions of the Library referable by Author,
Title and Subject, with necessary analyticals.
The Reading Room has accommodation for 102 readers.
Additional facilities for 14 students, engaged in work requiring
frequent shelf reference, are provided in the Stack Room.
Stack Room privileges are granted for specified days to Post-
Graduate, Fourth, and Third Year Students.
Books to which the Teaching Staff have specially referred
their classes for consultation are placed in a "Reserved" class.
These are separately shelved in the Reading Room, and to them
open access is given all students. Reserved books may be loaned
only for periods during which the Library is closed. Other
works, to the number of two, may be borrowed by students for
a period of seven days, or for a shorter time should the volume
be in general demand. The Library. 35
Unbound periodical publications are not loaned. Books that
are costly, rare, or unsuitable for general circulation, are loaned
only under special conditions.
While the Library is primarily for the use of Faculty and
Students of the University, its privileges are available to those
of the general public engaged in research or special study, in
the prosecution of which it will be of value. On personal application to the Librarian, Extra-Mural Reader's Cards are issued
to such persons, and the Library will give all facilities within
its power to assist them in their work.
During the Session the Library is open from 8.45 a.m. to
10 p.m.; in Vacation it is open from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m., except on
Saturdays, when the hours are from 9 a.m. to noon.
A number of valuable contributions to the Library are made
each year by Governments, institutions, corporations and private
friends of the University. The practice hitherto has been to
make public acknowledgement of the most important of these
donations by printing a list of gifts in the Calendar. The
generosity of the friends of the Library during 1922 and 1923
has greatly exceeded any previous year. Considerations of space
necessarily prevent the publication of a list of such length. The
warm thanks of the Chancellor and President, the Governors and
Senate, and of the Library Committee and Staff, are given to all
who have thus assisted in making the Library of greater value
to the institution. 36 The University of British Columbia.
HERBARIUM AND BOTANICAL GARDENS.
The University possesses a Herbarium of over 15,000 sheets
illustrating the Provincial flora, including algae, fungi, mosses,
ferns, flowering plants. This has been accomplished largely
through the co-operation of residents in all parts of British
Columbia, in return for assistance in identification, or information regarding the usefulness or otherwise of native species.
There are several sets of specimens illustrative of poisonous
and medicinal species, plants used by Indians, weeds, native
trees, shrubs, and other species of economic importance.
The value of the Herbarium has been greatly enhanced by
several donations of private herbaria. These include (1) the
"Eli Wilson collection" of between 1,000 and 2,000 specimens;
(2) the "A. J. Hill collection" of about 2,500 specimens, and 100
water-colour illustrations of fungi; and (3) the "A. E. Baggs
collection" of nearly 1,000 specimens, f
The Herbarium is at present located in the Arts Building,
where fire-proof accommodation has been provided.
Botanical Gardens.
The Botanical Gardens are situated on the University site,
Point Grey, and occupy 5 acres on the west side of the Campus.
Here may be seen over 1,000 different species of native plants
collected from all parts of British Columbia, including dry-belt,
alpine, and coast species. One part of the gardens is devoted to
the herbaceous collection, where plants are systematically arranged according to their families; another part is reserved for a
native arboretum to illustrate the British Columbia species of
trees and shrubs; another constitutes the nursery where duplicates are raised and plants for systematic research are assembled.
The economic flora is represented by several beds of medicinal plants, the nucleus of a Salicetum containing some of the
best species and varieties of willows for basketry and ornamental
purposes, the latter a donation of about fifty species from E.
Versin, France. Herbarium and Botanical Gardens. 37
Through the co-operation of Provincial correspondents numerous donations of seeds and plants are annually received; such
donations help to make the native collection more complete.
Seeds of several hundreds of species of plants—mostly Himalayan—have been donated by the Botanical Survey of India, and
as a result the University has the nucleus of a collection of Indian
plants which are being acclimatized in British Columbia; these
include some beautiful and interesting species of value in connection with the University classes in Botany.
The University, through this Department, offers assistance in
the identification of native species, and desires to secure the cooperation of all interested in the flora, in the hope that such
assistance and co-operation will aid in filling existing gaps in
the collections of the Herbarium and Botanical Gardens. 38 The University of British Columbia.
GENERAL INFORMATION.
Degrees.
The University Act gives the University full powers to grant
such degrees in the several Faculties and different branches of
knowledge as the Senate may from time to time determine. The
Act reserves for the University the sole right in this Province to
confer degrees, except in Theology.
Courses of Study.
For the Session 1923-24 the University offers instruction in
the four years of the Arts Course, leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Arts, which will be conferred upon those who successfully complete the course; in the four years of Courses in
Applied Science, including Nursing, leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Applied Science; and in the four years of the Course
in Agriculture, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Agriculture.
The Session.
The University year or session is divided into two terms, the
first extending to the Christmas vacation, and the second from
the end of the Christmas vacation to the end of the Sessional
Examinations in April.
The Session of 1923-24 will begin on Tuesday, September
25th.
Two Matriculation Examinations will be held, one (Supplemental only) commencing on Wednesday, September 12th,
1923, and the other on Monday, June 23rd, 1924.
Equipment.
Laboratories and equipment are available for courses in the
work undertaken. Facilities for field-work in Physical Geography, Geology, and Mining exist in the immediate vicinity of
Vancouver. Climatic conditions permit class excursions to be
made throughout the session. General Information 39
Church Attendance.
Students are requested to report to the Registrar, in writing,
the churches which they intend to make their places of worship.
The reports will be used for the information of the various
churches.
It is desirable that all students attend a church of the
denomination to which they adhere.
Physical Examination.
In order to promote as far as possible the physical welfare of
the student body, every student, on entering the University, will
be required to pass a physical examination, to be conducted by,
or under the direction of, the University Medical Examiner.
By such an examination physical defects and weaknesses,
amenable to treatment, may be discovered. The student would
then be expected to apply to his physician for such remedial
measures as his case may require.
Each student will receive instructions regarding the time
and place at which he will be required to present himself for
this examination.
Board and Residence.
Good board and lodging can be obtained in the vicinity of the
College buildings at a cost of from $35 per month upwards; or,
separately, board at $30 to $40 per month; rooms at $8 to $12
per month.
Lists of approved boarding-houses, accessible to the University, may be obtained from the Registrar. Requests for these
should state whether they are for men or women students.
Men and women students are not permitted to lodge in the
same house, unless they are members of the same family, or
receive special permission from the Senate.
Dean of Women
Last year there was appointed to the Staff of the University
a Dean of Women, with whom parents and students may
confer on matters not directly related to the curriculum. 40 The University of British Columbia.
During the Session the Dean of Women is frequently consulted about problems pertaining to living conditions, student
employment, vocational guidance, and other questions that
directly affect the social and intellectual life of the women
students.
Academic Dress.
The Undergraduate's gown shall be black in colour and of
the ordinary stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves
and the yoke edged with khaki cord. Graduate's gown the
same, without cord.
Bachelor's hood shall be of the Cambridge pattern, black
bordered with the distinctive colour of the particular Faculty;
the Master's hood to be lined with the same colour. The colours
are, for Arts, University blue; for Science, red; for Agriculture,
maize. ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY
ADMISSION BY MATRICULATION EXAMINATION
OR ITS EQUIVALENT.
REGULATIONS.
All inquiries relating to admission to the University should
be addressed to the Registrar.
All inquiries relating to the matriculation examinations
should be addressed to the Secretary of The High School and
University Matriculation Board, Education Office, Victoria, B.C.
1. The regular Matriculation Examination will be held
beginning Monday, June 23rd, 1924, at all High School centres
in the Province.
2. A second examination will be held in September, but only
for extra-provincial students, and such students resident in the
Province as may have been granted the privilege of taking a
supplemental examination by the Matriculation Board. It will
be held at the University, Vancouver, and Victoria College,
Victoria.
3. Every candidate for the Matriculation Examination is
required to fill up an application form and return the same to
the Registrar of the Department of Education, Victoria, with
the necessary fee, one month before the examination begins.
Blank forms may be obtained from the Education Office.
4. Candidates will not be considered as having passed on the
Matriculation Examination unless they obtain at least 50 per
cent, on the aggregate and at least 40 per cent, on each paper.
5. Supplemental Examinations.—Supplemental granted on
the examination of any year must be removed not later than
September of the following year. A candidate may remove one
or more supplemental at any examination during the period 42 The University of British Columbia.
prescribed. If writing only one paper, he must obtain 50%. If
writing more than one paper, he must obtain an average of 50%
and not less than 40% on each paper.
6. Matriculation certificates will be issued to candidates who
have passed the Matriculation Examination, but not to those who
have qualified by means of other certificates, except when the
greater part of the requirements have been satisfied by passing
the British Columbia Matriculation examination.
7. Fees—
For the first Examination, Junior Matriculation $5.00
For the first Examination, Senior Matriculation 5.00
For a subsequent Examination, Junior or Senior Matriculation, per paper 2.00
For examination of certificates, in respect of which candidates are exempted from the whole or part of the Junior
or Senior Matriculation Examination 2.00
8. Candidates for admission to the University who have
been granted matriculation standing "with supplementals" may
be allowed to enter the first year as conditioned undergraduates
on the recommendation of the Committee on Admission, Standing, and Courses.
9. Certificates and diplomas covering the Matriculation
requirements of other universities will, if submitted to the
Registrar, be accepted pro tanto in lieu of the Matriculation
Examination; i.e., in so far as the subjects and standard of the
examination taken to obtain them are, to the satisfaction of the
Faculty, equivalent to those -required for the British
Columbia Matriculation Examination. Candidates offering certificates which are not a full equivalent will be required to pass the Admission to the University. 43
Matriculation Examination in such of the necessary subjects as
are not covered thereby.
10. Intending students who wish to enter by certificates other
than Matriculation certificates issued in British Columbia should
under no circumstances come to the University without having
first obtained from the Registrar a statement of the value of the
certificates they hold, as many of these may lack one or more
essential subjects, or the work done in a subject may not be
adequate, or, again, the percentage gained may not be sufficiently
high. (See Regulation 4.) Moreover, it must be remembered
that a certificate may admit to one Faculty and not to another.
When an applicant's diploma or certificate does not show the
marks obtained in the several subjects of the examination, he
must arrange to have a statement of his marks sent to the Registrar by the Education Department or University issuing such
diploma or certificate. The fee for examination of certificates
is $2.00. 44 The University of British Columbia.
SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION.
JUNIOR MATRICULATION.
The subjects for Junior Matriculation are as follows:—
1. English.
2. History and Historical Geography.
3. Mathematics; Algebra and Geometry.
4. French, or German, or Latin.
5. (a) The two languages in 4 not already taken,
or (6) One of the languages in 4 not already taken and
one of the following sciences: Chemistry, Physics,
Botany, Agriculture,
or (c) Two of the following sciences: Chemistry, Physics, Botany, Agriculture.
Note.—Greek may be taken in place of one science, but
only by students offering Latin.
REQUIREMENTS IN EACH SUBJECT.
English.
1. Composition and Reading.—The principles of English composition, as in High School English Composition, Western Canada
Series (Copp, Clark Co. Ltd.), with short essays on a general
subject and other subjects based on works prescribed for reading
as follows: (a.) Prose (two books to be selected)—Washington
Irving: The Sketch Book (Macmillan, Oxford); Scott: Kenil-
worth; George Eliot: Silas Marner (ed. Stevenson, Copp,
Clark; or Macmillan or Dent); Southey: Life of Nelson (Everyman's Library). (6.) Poetry (one to be selected)—Shakespeare:
As You Like It (ed. Stevenson, Copp, Clark; or Macmillan);
Tennyson: Gareth and Lynette (Macmillan or Ginn).
The editions are merely recommended, not required.
The books to be selected should be read carefully, but the
student's attention should not be so fixed upon details that he
fails to appreciate the main purpose and beauty of the work. Admission to the University. 45
Frequent practice in composition is essential.
2. Literature (for critical study).—Shakespeare: Merchant
of Venice (ed. Stevenson, Copp, Clark) or Henry V. (Junior
School ed., Blackie & Sons); Poems of the Romantic Revival
(Copp, Clark Co.), omitting the selections from Coleridge and
Byron.
Candidates will be expected to memorize some of the finest
passages.
Two examination papers of two hours each; one on Composition, the other on Literature.
Spelling will be tested by the candidate's papers in English.
Examiners in other subjects will also take note of misspelled
words and will report flagrant cases to the Board.
History and Historical Geography.
The essentials of European history, ancient, mediasval, and
modern (to the eighteenth century), as presented by Breasted &
Robinson in their Outlines of European History, Part I. (Ginn
& Company). The revised edition is entitled History of Europe,
Ancient and Mediaeval (Ginn & Company, 1920). Either edition
may be used for the school year 1923-24. (Teachers should
emphasize and develop the sections treating of British history.)
The geography required will be that relating to the history
prescribed.
One paper of two hours.
(It is expected that West's World Progress, revised and in
part rewritten for use in Canadian schools, will be introduced
in 1924.)
Mathematics.
1. Algebra.—As in the first thirty-one chapters, and the
graphical work of Articles 411 to 428, inclusive, Hall & Knight's
Elementary Algebra, omitting the articles in Chapter 29 marked
with an asterisk. Questions may be assigned which will test the
candidate's accuracy in the elementary processes of Arithmetic,
Vulgar and Decimal Fractions, and Square Root.
One paper of two hours. 46 The University of British Columbia.
2. Geometry.—
For the examination in June, 1923:
Parts I., II., III. (omitting pp. 212-218), and IV., of Hall &
Stevens' School Geometry, London Edition.
One paper of two hours.
For the examination in June, 1924, and following years:
A. Constructions:
Use of such simple instruments as graduated ruler, compasses, set-squares, and protractor, etc., in the accurate construction of figures; some leading propositions reached by
induction as a result of these constructions.
To bisect a given angle, a given straight line.
To draw a perpendicular to a given straight line from a
given point (a) in the line, (b) not in the line.
Locus of a point equidistant from two given lines.
To construct a triangle with sides of given length.
To construct an angle equal to a given angle.
Through a given point to draw a straight line parallel to a
given straight line.
To divide a line into any number of equal parts.
To describe a parallelogram equal to a given triangle and
having one of its angles equal to a given angle.
To draw a triangle equal in area to a given quadrilateral.
To describe a parallelogram equal to a given rectilineal
figure, and having an angle equal to a given angle.
The plotting of points on squared paper.
The areas of rectilineal figures on squared paper.
To find the centre of a given circle.
To circumscribe a circle about a given triangle.
To draw a tangent to a given circle from a given point on
or without the circle.
On a given straight line to construct a segment containing
an angle equal to a given angle. Admission to the University 47
In a given circle to inscribe a triangle equiangular to a
given triangle.
To inscribe a circle in a given triangle.
To draw an escribed circle of a given triangle.
About a given circle to circumscribe a triangle equiangular
to a given triangle.
To find the fourth proportional to three given straight lines.
To divide a given straight line internally and externally in
a given ratio.
To find the mean proportional between two given straight
lines.
B. Theorems:
Definitions.
If two triangles have two sides and the contained angle of
one respectively equal to two sides and the contained angle of
the other, the two triangles are congruent.
The angles at the base of an isosceles triangle are equal,
with converse.
If two triangles have the three sides of one respectively
equal to the three sides of the other, the triangles are congruent.
Relations between angles formed by a transversal cutting
two parallel lines, with converse.
The exterior angle, made by producing one side of triangle,
equals the sum of the two interior and opposite angles; and the
sum of the three interior angles is two .right angles.
The greater side of a triangle has the greater angle opposite
it, with converse.
If two triangles have two angles and a side of one
respectively equal to two angles and the corresponding side of
the other, the triangles are congruent.
If two triangles have two sides of one respectively equal to
two sides of the other and have the angles opposite one pair of
equal sides equal to each other, the angles opposite the other
pair of equal sides are either equal or supplementary. 48 The University of British Columbia.
Any two sides of a triangle are together greater than the
third side.
If two triangles have two sides of the one respectively equal
to two sides of the other, but the contained angle in one greater
than the contained angle in the other, the triangle which has
the greater contained angle has the greater third side, with
converse.
Straight lines which join the ends of two equal and parallel
straight lines towards the same parts are themselves equal and
parallel.
In any parallelogram, the opposite sides and angles are
equal, the diagonal bisects the area and the diagonals bisect
each other.
Parallelograms on the same or equal bases and between the
same parallels are equal in area. m '
Triangles on the same or equal bases and between the same
parallels are equal in area.
If two equal triangles are on the same side of a common
base, the straight line joining their vertices is parallel to the
common base.
The complements of the parallelograms about the diagonal
of any parallelogram are equal to each other.
Algebraic and geometric proofs of areas of squares and
rectangles in connection with the segments of a straight line.
The square described on the hypotenuse of a right-angled
triangle is equal to the sum of the squares on the other two
sides, with converse.
In an obtuse-angled triangle, the square on the side opposite
the obtuse angle equals the sum of the squares on the other two
sides increased by twice the rectangle contained by either of
these sides and the projection of that side on the other.
In any triangle the square on the side opposite the acute
angle is equal to the sum of the squares on the other two sides
diminished by twice the rectangle contained by either of these
sides and the projection of that side on the other. Admission to the University. 49
If from a point within a circle more than two equal straight
lines are drawn to the circumference, that point is the centre.
Equal chords of a circle are equidistant from the centre,
with converse.
Of two chords in a circle the one which is nearer to the
centre is greater than the one which is more remote from the
centre, with converse.
The angle at the centre of a circle is double the angle at the
circumference on the same arc.
The angles in the same segment of a circle are equal, with
converse.
The angle in a semi-circle is a right angle, in a major
segment is acute, and in a minor segment, obtuse.
The opposite angles of any quadrilateral inscribed in a
circle are supplementary, with converse.
The radius drawn to the point of contact of a tangent is
perpendicular to the tangent; the perpendicular to the tangent
at the point of contact passes through the centre; the perpendicular from the centre on the tangent passes through the point
of contact.
If two circles touch one another, the centres and the point
of contact are in one straight line.
The angles made by a tangent to a circle with a chord drawn
from the point of contact are respectively equal to the angles
in the alternate segments of the circle.
Triangles of the same altitude are to one another as their
A straight line drawn parallel to the base of a triangle cuts
the sides, or the sides produced, proportionally, with converse.
If the vertical angle of a triangle is bisected internally or
externally, the bisector divides the base into segments which
have the same ratio as the other sides of the triangle, with
converse.
If two triangles are equiangular, their corresponding sides
are proportional, with converse. 50 The University of British Columbia.
If two triangles have one angle of the one equal to one
angle of the other, and the sides about the equal angles proportional, the triangles are similar.
If two triangles have two sides of one proportional to two
sides of the other, and the angles opposite one pair of corresponding sides in the proportion equal, the angles opposite the
other pair of corresponding sides are either equal or
supplementary.
If two chords intersect within a circle, the rectangle contained by the segments of one is equal to the rectangle contained
by the segments of the other.
If from a point without a circle a secant and a tangent be
drawn, the square on the tangent is equal to the rectangle contained by the secant and the part of it without the circle.
The areas of similar triangles are proportional to the squares
on corresponding sides.
Note.—Constructions and theorems on ratio and proportion
are restricted to eases in which the ratios are commensurable.
At the examination, questions may be given in making the
actual constructions in the prescribed course. Candidates will,
therefore, provide themselves with a graduated ruler, compasses,
set-square and protractor.
One paper of two hours.
Texts: Godfrey and Siddons' Geometry or Hall and
Stevens' School Geometry.
Chemistry.
As in Chemistry—Cornish: A Text-Book for High Schools
(Macmillan), and Cornish and Smith: A Laboratory Manual in
Chemistry (Macmillan).
One paper of two hours.
Physics.
The general principles of physics as given in any standard
text-book of High School Physics. The examination will be Admission to the University. 51
based on the Ontario High School Physics (Merchant & Chant)
and The Ontario High School Laboratory Manual in Physics.
Measurement—Chapter I.
Hydrostatics—Chapters X., XL, XII., XIII. and XIV.
Sound—Chapters XVIII., XIX. (omitting Sections 198 and
199), and Chapter XX. to the end of Section 206.
Heat—Chapters XXIV, XXV., XXVI., XXVIL.XXVIIL,
XXIX. and XXXI.
Light—Chapters XXXII, XXXIII, XXXV, XXXVI,
XXXVII. and XXXVIII.
Magnetism and Electricity—Chapters XLI, XLII, XLIII,
XLIV, XLV, XLVI, XLVII. and XLVIII. (omitting
Section 529).
Exercises as in the Laboratory Manual (omitting numbers
6, 33, 34, 36, 37, 39, 51, 52, 58, 69, 77, 78, 83, 96, 97,
99 and 107).
Botany.
In this course the nature-study method of presentation
should be adhered to throughout. No text-book is prescribed
for use of pupils. Each pupil should have a good note-book
in which to record his or her observations and conclusions.
Careful drawings of parts studied should be emphasized.
Emphasis is placed upon comprehension of principles rather
than mastery of detail, and upon observation rather than book
knowledge.
The following points should be studied, as far as possible,
from plants belonging to families given below.
1. Growth: Germination, growth regions, buds, meristem, cam
bium, growth movements in response to gravitation, light,
water, contact (tendrils, and the sensitive plant).
2. Nutrition: Form, structure and function of roots, stems and
leaves; their relation to each other, and to the absorption
and conduction of raw materials, and especially in regard
to food manufacture. Simple experiments to illustrate
osmosis, photosynthesis, and transpiration. 52 The University of British Columbia.
Modifications for storage of food: tuberous roots, corms,
bulbs, etc.
3. Reproduction:
(a) Vegetative methods:
. Suckers, runners, stolons, tubers, etc.
(6) Flowers: Bracts, inflorescence, parts of flower, number of whorls, function of each, number and position
of parts in each whorl, cohesion and adhesion of
parts or whorls. Relation of structure to pollination
and to classification of plants into families. To ensure
completeness and accuracy of observation, the construction of floral diagrams and floral formula? of
flowers examined is recommended.
Fruits: Origin of parts, structure, texture, modifications for seed dispersal.
Seeds: Origin, structure, embryo, nature and position
of food store. Modifications for dispersal.
4. Classification of Plants based on the increasing complexity of
plant structure, development, reproduction and life
histories.
Essential characteristics of the four divisions:—
(1) Thallophytes. Characteristics of sub-divisions Algse,
Fungi, Lichens.
(2) Bryophytes: Life history of moss.
(3) Pteridophytes: Life history of Fern. Characteristics
of Horsetails and Club-moss.
(4) Spermatophytes:
(a) Gymnosperms: (Conifers). Study of leaves,
cones, and general habit of at least three
genera.
(6) Angiosperms: Familiarity with the local flora;
particularly examples of the following
families: Admission to the University. 53
(Monocotyledons) : Gramineae and Liliaceae.
(Dicotyledons): Salicaceae, Ranunculacese,
Cruciferae, Rosacea?, Leguminosae, Urn-
belliferas, Ericaceae, Scrophulariaceae,
Labiatse, Compositse.
5. Plant-Associations:
It is recommended that visits be made to different
habitats, to give pupils an opportunity of studying the
flora and its relation to environment, differences of temperature, amount of available water, light intensity,
nature of soil, etc.
6. Economic Plants of British Columbia:
Weeds, medicinal and poisonous plants, especially those
belonging to the above families.
On application teachers will be provided with a supplementary outline of the prescribed work.
Teachers' Reference Books:
Bergen & Caldwell: Practical Botany (Ginn & Co.).
Coulter, Barns & Cowles: Text Book of Botany, Vols. I. & II.
University of Chicago Press.
Ganong: A Text Book of Botany. (Macmillan, 1916.)
Curtis: Nature and Development of Plants. (H. Holt, 1915.)
Henry: Flora of Southern British Columbia. (Gage, 1915.)
R. B. Thomson and H. B. Sifton: Poisonous Plants and
Weed Seeds of Canada. (Univ. of Toronto Press, 1922.)
One paper of two hours.
Agriculture.
Soil Studies.—Origin and classification; water, air, and bacteria in soil; drainage; drainage surveys; physical analysis;
composition; plant-foods; humus and fertilizers.
Soil Management.—Tillage, manuring and rotation of crops;
humid and dry farming.
Vegetable Gardening.—Hot beds and cold frames; their preparation and use; selection of garden seeds; choice of varieties;
cultural methods. 54 The University of British Columbia.
Small Fruits.—Soil and cultural requirements; standard
varieties; harvesting and marketing.
Landscape Gardening.—Plans for beautifying home and
school grounds; making and care of lawns, walks, and flower
beds; best adapted ornamental trees, shrubs, and flowering plants.
Orcharding.—Location, planting, and management; harvesting and marketing; standard varieties.
Insect Study.—Identification and life-history of field, garden, and orchard insects; remedial measures.
Field Crops.—Selection, cultivation, harvesting, and disposition.
Live Stock.—Necessity of live stock in good farming; history, adaptability, and management of the principal classes.
Poultry.—Breeds, housing, feeding, and management.
Rural Economics.—Agricultural organizations and co-operative associations.
Bee Keeping.—Life history, care and management; equipment; recognition and treatment of diseases.
One paper of two hours.
Note.—Fifty per cent, of the possible total in the final examination will be awarded on the written paper, and fifty per cent,
on term work, including certified laboratory note-books.
Latin.
Texts:—
Caesar Book IV., Chapter 20 to the end.
Caesar Book V, Chapters 1 to 23, inclusive.
Virgil Aeneid II, Lines 1 to 505.
Grammar.—Knowledge of grammar will be tested by translation and composition, and by questions based on the specified
texts.
Translation at sight from Latin to English. ^^"Admission to the University. 55
Composition.—Translation into Latin of detached English
sentences and easy narrative based on the prescribed texts, as in
Henderson and Little's Matriculation Caesar (Copp, Clark Co.).
Two papers of two hours each; one on composition and
grammar, the other on prescribed texts and translation at sight.
Note.—The Roman method of pronouncing Latin is recommended.
Greek.
Lessons 1-48 of White's First Greek Book (Ginn & Co.).
One paper of two hours.
Note.—This course can be covered successfully in one year.
French.
Grammar.—Candidates will not be required to state grammatical rules, in writing, or to reproduce tables of verbs, regular
or irregular. They will be expected to have a thorough practical
knowledge of French accidence and of such points of syntax as.
are of frequent occurrence in ordinary prose style.
This knowledge will be tested by asking candidates to modify
sentences given, to fill in words necessary to complete sentences,
or to change infinitives to the tense required by the context. They
may be asked to form sentences from elements given.
Translation at sight into English of a French passage of
moderate difficulty, dealing with French life, trades, industries,
history, travel. A knowledge of useful words is required.
Translation into French of detached sentences—chiefly common idioms (not rare idioms and little used proverbs) and an
easy English passage. The latter may be a dialogue. It will be
selected with a view to testing the candidate's knowledge of
French, not of grammatical exceptions.
The text prescribed is Siepmann's Primary French Course,
Part II. (Macmillan Co, Canada); the first twenty lessons 56 The University of British Columbia.
only. For supplementary work, teachers are recommended to
use Allen and Schoell, French Life (Henry Holt & Co.).
Two papers of two hours each.
German.
Reading and speaking.
Candidates will be expected to have a fair knowledge of
German sounds and pronunciation. They must be able to read
with ease German prose or verse of ordinary difficulty and to
answer correctly in German simple questions based on the reading
prescribed.
Grammar.—They will be expected to have a thorough practical knowledge of German accidence and of such points of syntax
as are of frequent occurrence in ordinary prose style.
This knowledge will be tested by asking them to modify sentences given, to fill in words necessary to complete sentences, or
to change uninflected words to forms required by context, etc.
Translation at sight into English of a German passage of
moderate difficulty, dealing with German life, ways, and customs.
A knowledge of useful words will be required.
Translation into German of detached English sentences and
of an easy English passage. A knowledge of simple idiomatic
and colloquial German expressions will be required.
Books recommended: (a.) Zinnecker: Deutsch fur Anfanger (Exercises 1-32), (Heath); (b.) Haertel: German Reader
for Beginners (Ginn & Co.).
N.B.—Teachers should insist upon correct pronunciation,
and use the language as much as possible in class instruction.
Two papers of two hours each. Admission to the University. 57
SENIOR MATRICULATION.
Candidates must furnish evidence of having passed Junior
Matriculation, or its equivalent.
Candidates who have been granted Junior Matriculation
standing with supplementals will be permitted to sit for the
Senior Matriculation Examinations, but will not be granted "full
Senior Matriculation' standing until they have completed both
Junior and Senior Matriculation.
The subjects for Senior Matriculation are as follows:—
1. English and History.
2. Mathematics (Algebra, Geometry and Trigonometry).
3. 4, 5. Three of the following: Chemistry, Physics,
French, German, Greek, Latin.
REQUIREMENTS IN EACH SUBJECT.
English.
1. Composition—Fundamental principles—words, sentences,
paragraphs, the composition as a whole. Lomer & Ashmun:
The Study and Practice of Writing English (Houghton, Mifflin
& Co.), indicates the ground covered. Regular practice in Composition is essential.
2. Literature—
1. Chaucer's Prologue to the Canterbury Tales.
2. Spenser's Faerie Queene, Book I.
3. Milton's Comus.
These can be obtained in Macmillan's Pocket Classics.
4. Halleck's History of English Literature,1913 Edition
(American Book Co.), pages 1-255, with such illustrations as time may permit. Suitable illustrative
material will be found in Chambers' Cyclopedia of
English Literature. 58 The University of British Columbia.
History.
The evolution of modern European society as interpreted
by Robinson & Beard in their History of Europe, Our Own
Times (Ginn & Co, 1921). This is the sequel to History of
Europe, Ancient and Mediaeval.
Mathematics.
Algebra.—Equations, progressions, ratio, proportion, variation, surds, theory of equations, inequalities, maxima and
minima, permutations, combinations, binomial theorem.
Text: Crawford's Senior High School Algebra (Macmillan),
(omitting Chapters X, XIV, XV, XVI), or the same subject
matter in similar text-books.
Plane and Solid Geometry.—As in Hall & Stevens' School
Geometry.
Trigonometry.—Playne & Fawdry's Practical Trigonometry
(Copp, Clark Co.), Chapters I to IX, inclusive, or the same
subject matter in similar text-books. Wentworth & Hill's Five-
Place Tables (Ginn & Co.).
Note:
Geometry for 1925 and following years:
A. Synthetic Geometry.
Loci, maxima and minima, the system of inscribed, escribed
and circumscribed circles with metrical relations, the pedal or
orthocentric triangle, Simpson's line, the nine-point circle.
To divide a given straight line internally and externally in
medial section.
To describe a square that shall be equal to a given rectilineal
figure.
To describe an isosceles triangle having each of the angles
at the base double the third angle.
To inscribe a regular pentagon in a given circle.
The square on two sides of a triangle are together equal
to twice the square on half the third side plus twice the square
on the median to that side. Admission to the University. 59
The perpendicular from the right angle to the hypotenuse
in a right-angled triangle divides the triangle into two triangles
which are similar to each other and to the original triangle.
To find the mean proportional between two given straight
lines.
To describe a polygon similar to a given polygon and with
the corresponding sides in a given ratio.
To divide similar polygons into similar triangles.
The areas of similar polygons are proportional to the
squares on corresponding sides.
To make a polygon similar to a given polygon and such
that their areas are in a given ratio.
In a right-angled triangle, any rectilineal figure described
on the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the two similar and
similarly described figures on the other two sides.
If the vertical angle of a triangle be bisected by a straight
line which also cuts the base, the rectangle contained by the
sides of the triangle is equal to the rectangle contained by the
segments of the base together with the square on the straight
line which bisects the angle.
If from the vertical angle of a triangle a straight line be
drawn perpendicular to the base, the rectangle contained by the
sides of the triangle is equal to the rectangle contained by the
perpendicular and the diameter of the circle described about
the triangle.
The rectangle contained by the diagonals of a quadrilateral
inscribed in a circle is equal to the sum of the two rectangles
contained by its opposite sides.
Two similar polygons may be so placed that the lines
adjoining corresponding points are concurrent.
If a straight line meets the sides BC, CA, AB of a triangle
ABC in D, E, F, respectively, then BD.CE.AF = DC.EA.FB
and conversely (Menelaus' Theorem).
If straight lines through the angular points A B C of a
triangle are concurrent and intersect the opposite sides in D,E,F, 60 The University of British Columbia.
respectively, then BD.CE.AF = DC.EA.FB, and conversely
(Ceva's Theorem).
Exercises on the preceding.
B. Analytical Geometry.
Rectangular coordinates, distance between two points, the
coordinates of the point dividing the line joining two given
points in a given ratio, the area of a triangle.
Plotting equations of the forms, ax-\-by+c=o, ax2-\-by2^=c,
ax*—by-\-c, by2^=ax-\-c.
Equations of the straight line in the forms x/a-\-y/b=l
(intercept form), y=mx-\-b (slope form), y—y =m(x—x )
(general slope form), x cos « -\-y sin <*=p (normal form),
(y—yi)/(yx—yt)=(x—xi)/(xi—x^ (two point form). The
interpretation of the different constants in these equations.
The angle between two straight lines, condition of
parallelism, condition of perpendicularity.
The length of the perpendicular from a given point to a
given straight line, i
The equation of a line passing through the intersection of
two straight lines.
The equation of the circle with centre at origin and with
centre at (h, k). Finding the radius and the coordinates of
the centre from the general equation x2-\-y2-\-2gx-\-2fy-\-c=o.
The equation of a circle passing through three points.
The tangent to the circle with centre at the origin in the
forms xx -\-yy —r, and y=mx-\-r V 1+m2.
The normal in the form x/x=y/y .
Exercises on the preceding.
Text: McDougall's Advanced Geometry for High Schools
(Copp, Clark Co.).
One examination paper. Admission to the University. 61
Chemistry.
General Chemistry.—This course is arranged to give a full
exposition of the general principles involved in modern Chemistry, and comprises a systematic study of the properties of the
more important metallic and non-metallic elements and their compounds, and the application of Chemistry in technology.
Students must reach the required standard in both theoretical and practical work, and are required to submit a certified
laboratory note-book.
Book recommended:—Alexander Smith: General Chemistry
for Colleges (Century Co.). Chapter XXXIX may be omitted.
Physics.
A general study of the principles of mechanics, properties of
matter, heat, light, sound, and electricity. The course has two
objects: (1) To give the minimum acquaintance with physical
science requisite for a liberal education to those whose studies
will be mainly literary; (2) to be introductory to the courses in
Agriculture, Chemistry, Engineering, and Physics. Students
must reach the required standard in both theoretical and practical work and are required to submit a certified laboratory
note-book.
Text-books: Ontario High School Physics, and Ontario
High School Laboratory Manual in Physics.
Latin.
Texts.—W. J. Woodhouse: Cicero, Pro Lege Manilia (Copp,
Clark Co.).
Page: Virgil, Aeneid IV., Georgia IV. (Macmillan).
Composition.—Bradley: Arnold's Latin Prose Composition.
(Longmans & Co.) Exercises I-XVIII.
History.—Pelham: Outlines of Roman History to 133 B.C.
(Rivingtons).
Two papers of three hours each. 62 The University of British Columbia.
Greek.
Texts.—Bond & Walpole: Lucian, Extracts (Macmillan);
Blakeney: Euripides, Alcestis (Bell's Illustrated Classics).
Composition and Grammar. — White's First Greek Book
(Copp, Clark Co.).
History. — Cox: Athenian Empire (Longman's Epoch
Series).
French.
(a.) Literature. — Moliere: Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme;
Bazin: Six Contes (Oxford Press); Allen & Schoell: French
Life (Henry Holt).
(b.) Language.—Revision of the essentials of French Grammar applied to the correct writing of French. Oral work from
Weil: Legons de Frangais (Delagrave).
German.
Language.—Completion and Revision of Zinnecker: Deutsch
fur Anfanger (Heath).
Composition based on texts read.
Reading.—Moser: Der Bibliothekar (Ginn); Freytag: Die
Joumalisten (Ginn) ; Heine: Die Harzreise (Allyn and Bacon).
ADMISSION TO APPLIED SCIENCE.
The requirements for Matriculation in Applied Science are
the same as for Senior Matriculation. Students who have passed
the First Year in Arts are admitted to the First Year in Applied
Science without further examination.
RETURNED SOLDIERS
Returned soldiers will be admitted to the First Year in
Applied Science on passing an examination as follows:
1. English (as for Junior Matriculation).
2. History and Historical Geography (as for Junior Matriculation) . Admission to the University. 63
3. One of the following:—
French, German, Latin (as for Junior Matriculation).
4. Algebra (as for Junior and Senior Matriculation). Two
papers.
5. Geometry (as for Junior and Senior Matriculation).
Two papers.
6. Trigonometry (as for Senior Matriculation).
7. One of the following:—
Botany, Chemistry, Physics, a language not already
■ chosen (as for Junior Matriculation).
ADMISSION TO ADVANCED STANDING.
A student of another university applying for exemption from
any subject or subjects which he has already studied is required
to submit with his application a Calendar of the University in
which he has previously studied, together with a complete
statement of the course he has followed and a certificate of the
standing gained therein in the several subjects. The Faculty will
determine the standing of such a student in this University.
The fee for examination of certificates, in respect of which candidates are granted exemptions, is $2.00.
AGE OF ADMISSION.
Except under special circumstances, no student under the
age of sixteen is admitted to the First Year Courses in Arts,
Applied Science or Agriculture, or under the age of seventeen to
the Second Year. 64 The University of British Columbia.
REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE.
Registration.
Application for Admission.
Those who intend to register as students of the University for
the Session 1923-24 are required to make application to the
Registrar before the beginning of lectures, on forms to be obtained from the Registrar's office.
Friday, September 21st, will be the last day of registration for all students.
Lectures will commence on Tuesday, September 25th.
The complete regulations regarding registration follow:—
1. Candidates entering on a course of study in any Faculty,
whether as undergraduates, conditioned students, or partial
students, are required to attend in person at the office of the
Registrar before the beginning of the session, to furnish the
information necessary for the University records, to register for
the particular classes which they wish to attend, and to sign the
following declaration:—
"I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules,
regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia, and of the Faculty or Faculties in which I am registered,
and to any amendments thereto which may be made while I
am a student of the University, and I promise to observe the
same."
2. Students who for any reason have failed to register by
the date specified above, may be permitted to do so within a
limited time thereafter, but only on payment of a fee of $2 for
late registration.
3. The Registrar is empowered to register all students whose
records show that they are entitled to attend the classes applied
for. To enable him to determine this, new students must present certificates at time of registration. (See paragraphs 9 and
10 under Regulations in reference to admission.) All doubtful
cases will be dealt with by the Faculty. Registration and Attendance. 65
4. Class Tickets will be issued to students when they register, and only those for whom tickets have been received by an
Instructor will be admitted to his class. To students whose
standing cannot be determined at the time of registration
special tickets will be issued, which will give them the right of
admission to classes until such time as their status is ascertained.
5. Students desiring to make a change in their choice of
studies must make application to the Registrar, on standard form
for "change of course." This application must be approved
by the Committee on Courses, whereupon due notice will be sent
by the Registrar to all parties concerned. No change in registration will be allowed, except under special circumstances, after
the fifteenth day of the session.
6. Persons who wish to pursue courses in the University
without a view to qualifying for a degree will be classified as
partial students and shall not be admitted to any course until
they have obtained the permission of the Dean and the Head
of the Department concerned.
7. In the Faculty of Arts, where there is a choice of courses,
students in attendance are requested to choose their electives
for the next year before the close of the preceding session, or
(in cases where this cannot be done) not later than one week
before the opening of the session.
Attendance.
1. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths of
the total number of lectures in each course. Those whose
unexcused absences exceed one-eighth of the total number of
lectures in a course shall not be permitted to come up for the
examination in that course, but may sit for supplemental examination; those, however, whose unexcused absences exceed one-
fourth of the total number of lectures in any course must repeat
the work in that course.
Excuses on the ground of illness or domestic affliction will
be dealt with only by the Dean. 66 The University of British Columbia.
m' Medical certificates must be presented immediately on
return to University work.
2. A record will be kept by each professor or lecturer, in
which the presence or absence of students will be carefully noted.
This record will be submitted to the Faculty when required.
3. Credit for attendance at any lecture or class may be refused on the grounds of lateness, inattention, neglect of study,
or disorderly conduct in the class-room or laboratory.
The following special regulations with regard to marking
the attendance of students have been adopted:—
Lectures will commence on the hour, or at the conclusion of
the roll-call. After the commencement of a lecture students
are not allowed to enter, except with the permission of the Instructor. If permitted to enter, they will, on reporting themselves at the close of the lecture, be marked '' late.'' Two '' lates''
will count as one absence. Lectures end at five minutes before
the hour.
CLASSES OF STUDENTS.
There are three classes of students:—
(1.) Full undergraduates—students who have passed the
Matriculation Examination and, in the case of Second,
Third and Fourth Year students, all the examinations of their course in the years below that in which
they are registered.
(2.) Conditioned undergraduates — those with defective
entrance qualifications or those who have failed in one
or more of the subjects of their course in the year previous to that in which they are registered.
(3.) Partial students—comprising all those who, not belonging to one of the above classes, are taking a partial
course of study. Except as provided below, such
students may (subject to the approval of the Dean and
the Head of the Department) attend any class without
previous examination. Fees. 67
FEES.
General Regulations.
1. The sessional fees are as follows:
Registration and Class Fees
In Arts—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $40.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 35.00
$ 75.00
In Applied Science—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $50.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 50.00
100.00
In Agriculture—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $40.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 35.00
75.00
In Nursing—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 6th $40.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 19th.. 35.00
75.00
Alma Mater Fee—Payable on or before Oct. 6th 7.00
Caution Money—Payable on or before Oct. 6th 5.00
For Partial Students
Fees per "Unit"—Payable on or before Oct. 6th 7.00
Alma Mater Fee—Payable on or before Oct. 6th 7.00
Caution Money—Payable on or before Oct. 6th 5.00
For Graduates
Registration and Class Fees — Payable on or before
Oct. 15th : 10.00
After these dates an additional fee of $2.00 will be exacted
of all students in default. 68 The University of British Columbia.
All cheques must be made payable to "The University of
British Columbia."
At the request of the students themselves, and by the
authority of the Board of Governors of the University, the $7.00
fee is exacted from all students for the Alma Mater Society.
The Caution money is returned at the end of the Session
after deductions have been made to cover breakages, wastage,
and use of special materials in laboratories, etc. In case the
balance of the deposit remaining to the credit of a student falls
below $1.50, a second deposit of $5.00 may be required.
2. Immediately after October 20th the Bursar shall send
to the Instructors a list of the students who have not paid their
fees, on receipt of which their names shall be struck from the
registers of attendance, and such students cannot be readmitted
to any class except on presentation of a special ticket, signed
by the Bursar, certifying to the payment of fees.
3. Students registering after October 6th shall pay their fees
at the time of registration, failing which they become subject to
the provisions of Regulation 2.
4. Special fees are:—
Regular supplemental examination,
per paper $ 5.00
Special examination, per paper 7.50
Graduation 20.00
Supplemental examination fees must be paid two weeks
before the examination, special examination fees when application for examination is made, and graduation fees two weeks
before Congregation. Prizes, Medals and Scholarships. 69
PRIZES, MEDALS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS
1. General proficiency scholarships are open to candidates
in the Faculties of Arts and Science, Applied Science, and Agriculture.
2. No scholarship, medal, or prize will be awarded to any
candidate who has failed to take 75 per cent, of the marks
obtainable in the subject or subjects to which the award is
attached.
3. No candidate will be permitted to hold more than one
scholarship, but anyone who would, but for this provision, have
been entitled to a second scholarship will have his name published in the lists.
4. When for this reason the scholarship cannot be awarded
to the candidate obtaining the highest number of marks, it will
be granted to the candidate ranking second, provided he has
obtained the requisite number of marks.
5. A successful candidate, in order to retain his scholarship, must proceed with his course to the satisfaction of the
Faculty concerned, but the Faculty may, upon satisfactory
reasons being shown, permit a scholar to postpone attendance
for a year. If at the end of a year a further postponement is
necessary, special application must again be made. In every
such case the payment of the scholarship will be postponed in
like manner.
6. The scholarships will be paid in three instalments during
the session following their award—on the 15th of November, the
15th of January, and the 15th of March.
7. Winners of scholarships who desire to do so may resign
the monetary value, while the appearance of their names in the
University list enables them to retain the honour. Any funds
thus made available will be used for additional scholarships or
student loans.
8. Scholarships, medals, and prizes will be awarded at the
close of the session, and in case of Matriculation Examinations,
after the June examination. 70 The University of British Columbia.
For 1923-24 the following scholarships, prizes, and medals
will be offered:—
THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL'S MEDAL.
A gold medal, presented by His Excellency the Governor-
General of Canada, will be awarded to the student standing at
the head of the graduating class in the Faculty of Arts and
Science. Honour and pass students may compete for this medal.
ROYAL INSTITUTION SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS,
(a) Matriculation Scholarships.
1. Seven General Proficiency Scholarships will be awarded
on the result of the Junior Matriculation Examinations.
A. One of $150 to be awarded to the British Columbia candidate for matriculation who obtains the highest standing.
B. Six of $100 each, one for each of the following districts,
to be awarded to the candidate from each of such districts who
obtains the highest standing among the candidates from the
district:—
1. Victoria District.
2. Vancouver Island (exclusive of Victoria District)
and Northern Mainland.
3. Vancouver District.
4. Fraser Delta (exclusive of Vancouver District, but
including Agassiz).
5. Yale.
6. Kootenays.
Note.—In the district from which the winner of A comes,
B will be awarded to the candidate standing second.
These scholarships can be enjoyed only by students in
attendance at the University of British Columbia.
2. A student who wins a Junior Matriculation Scholarship
and proceeds to Senior Matriculation in his own district high
school may have the scholarship reserved for him for one year,
to be awarded subject to his obtaining satisfactory standing in
the Senior Matriculation Examination. Prizes, Medals and Scholarships. 71
3. A student winning a Matriculation Scholarship and taking his first two years of the Arts course in an affiliated institution, may be allowed to enjoy the privilege of the scholarship
if he attends the University during the third year.
4. Sums accruing from unawarded Matriculation Scholarships shall be used, at the discretion of Faculty, in the form of
bursaries or loans to assist returned soldiers.
(b) First Year Scholarships.
Four scholarships of $75 each (three in Arts and one in
Applied Science) will be awarded for general proficiency in the
work of the First Year.
(c) Student Loans.
A fund is provided from which a loan not to exceed $100
may be made to a deserving student who is in need of pecuniary
assistance. Application for such a loan should be addressed to
the President of the University.
UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS, ETC.
1. A scholarship of the value of $200 may be awarded to a
graduate student who shows special aptitude for post-graduate
studies. (Applications should be made to the Registrar not
later than the last day of the final examinations.)
2. Two scholarships in Arts of $75 each will be awarded to
students proceeding to the Fourth Year, the award to be based
on the work of the Third Year.
3. Three scholarships (two in Arts and one in Applied
Science) of $75 each will be awarded to students proceeding to
the Third Year, the award to be based on the work of the
Second Year.
4. A scholarship in Agriculture of $75 will be awarded to a
student proceeding to the Second Year, the award to be based
on the work of the First Year.
5. Two scholarships of $75 each may be awarded to
returned soldiers taking the work of the First Year, the award
to be based on the work of the year. 72 The University of British Columbia.
6. One scholarship of $75 will be awarded upon the results
of the Senior Matriculation Examination.
7. The scholarships mentioned in the above sections will be
awarded for general proficiency in the work of the respective
years.
8. A book prize of the value of $25, open to all students of
the University, will be awarded for an essay on a special literary
subject, to be announced at the beginning of the Session by the
Department of English.
DONATED SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES.
The Shaw Memorial Scholarship.
This scholarship of $137.50, founded by friends of the late
James Curtis Shaw, Principal of Vancouver College, and afterwards of McGill University College, Vancouver, will be paid
throughout his undergraduate course to any child of the late
Principal Shaw who is in regular attendance at the University
as a fully matriculated student; when there is no such candidate,
it will be awarded upon the results of the examination of the
Second Year in Arts to the undergraduate student standing
highest in any two of the following three subjects, English,
Latin, Greek, and proceeding to the work of the Third Year.
The McGill Graduates' Scholarship.
This scholarship of $137.50, founded by the McGill
Graduates' Society of British Columbia, will be awarded upon
the results of the examinations of the Second Year in Arts to
the undergraduate student standing highest in English and
French, and proceeding to the work of the Third Year.
The Dunsmuir Scholarship.
This scholarship of $165, founded by the Hon. James
Dunsmuir, will be awarded upon the results of the examinations
of the Third Year in Applied Science to the undergraduate
student standing highest in the Mining Engineering Course, and
proceeding to the work of the Fourth Year.
Note.—The above three scholarships were originally donated
to the Royal Institution, and have, with the consent of the Prizes, Medals and Scholarships. 73
donors, been transferred by the Board of Governors of that
institution to The University of British Columbia.
The Convocation Scholarship.
This scholarship, of the value of $50, donated by Convocation of The University of British Columbia, will be awarded
annually to the student obtaining first place in the Fourth Year
of Applied Science.
The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship.
This scholarship, of the value of $110, founded by the
members of the Terminal City Club as a memorial to those
members of the Club who lost their lives in the Great War, will
be awarded upon the results of the examinations of the Second
Year in Arts to the undergraduate student standing highest in
English and Economics, and proceeding to the work of the Third
Year.
The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship.
This scholarship, of the value of $100, given by the
Faculty Women's Club of the University, will be open to both
men and women graduates of this university who intend to
pursue post-graduate study in this or any other approved
university.
Applications for this scholarship should be made to the
Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations.
Nomination for the award will be made by a joint meeting of
the Committee on Scholarships and the Committee on Student
Affairs of the Faculty Women's Club.
Graduate Scholarship in Applied Science.
This scholarship, of the value of $100, donated by Dean
R. W. Brock, may be awarded to a graduate student in Applied
Science who shows special aptitude for post-graduate studies.
Applications should be made to the Registrar not later than
the last day of the final examinations. 74 The University of British Columbia.
The Arts '19 Scholarship.
This scholarship, of the value of $150, given by the students
of Arts '19, will be awarded on the recommendation of the
Faculty Committee on Scholarships to a Third Year student in
Arts proceeding to the Fourth Year.
The award will be based on (1) literary and scholastic
attainments, and (2) exhibition of moral force of character and
instincts to lead and take an interest in fellow-students and in
University activities.
This scholarship will be paid in full to the winner at the
beginning of the session.
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship.
This scholarship, of the value of $75, given by the Women's
Canadian Club, will be awarded to the student obtaining first
place in Canadian History.
The Gerald Myles Harvey Prize.
A book prize of the value of $50, given by J. N. Harvey,
Esq, in memory of his son, Gerald Myles Harvey, who died on
active service, will be awarded to the student of the Third Year
in Arts who submits the best essay on a specified subject in
Economics or Political Science. The subjects for the Session
1923-24 are as follows:
(1) Improved methods of marketing within the Province
the food products of British Columbia.
(2) The Fordney-McCumber tariff of the United States
and the export trade of British Columbia.
(3) Considering the resources of the Province of British
Columbia, its geographical situation, and financial
position, what should be the commercial educational
policy of the Province?
The Historical Society Prize.
Through the generosity of R. L. Reid, Esq, K.C, the
Historical Society of the University has been able to offer, Prizes, Medals and Scholarships. 75
annually, a prize of $25, open to all students in Arts, for the
best essay on an assigned subject.
The Historical Society Gold Medal.
A gold medal, donated by E. W. Keenleyside, Esq., and
known as the Historical Society Gold Medal, will be open to the
members of the graduating class. The award will be made by
the Department of History, on the basis of the student's standing in the courses in History which he has taken during his
undergraduate course, and the general interest he has shown
in the subject.
The Historical Society Silver Medal.
A silver medal, donated by Hugh Keenleyside, Esq, of
the class of 1920, and known as the Historical Society Silver
Medal, will be awarded in the Third Year on the same basis as
the gold medal.
The Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship.
This scholarship, of the value of $250, donated by the
Universities Service Club, will be awarded for the academic year
1923-24 to a returned soldier student in attendance at The
University of British Columbia. Applications for this Scholarship may be made by returned soldier students who intend
doing second, third, or fourth year work at The University of
British Columbia, or post-graduate work at any approved institution. Each application must contain a statement of the
academic record, the war record, and the special claims of the
applicant, with two supporting references, and must be in the
hands of the Registrar not later than April 30th, 1923.
The award will be made by Senate, upon recommendation
of Faculty acting in consultation with the Executive of the
Universities Service Club.
The Vancouver Women's Conservative Association Prize.
This prize, of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver
Women's Conservative Association, is open to students taking 76 The University of British Columbia.
the Mathematics of the First Year in the Faculty of Arts and
Science. In awarding the prize preference will be given to the
son or daughter of a deceased soldier, provided satisfactory
standing is secured in the subject.
The Scott Memorial Scholarship.
This scholarship, of the annual value of $110—the proceeds of an endowment of $2,000—founded by the Imperial
Order of the Daughters of the Empire of the City of Vancouver,
in memory of Captain Robert Falcon Scott, the Antarctic
explorer, who sacrificed his life in the cause of Science, will be
awarded for general proficiency in biological subjects to the
student who has completed his Second Year in Arts, and who is
proceeding in the Third Year to Honour work either in Biology
or in a course including Biology.
The Vagabonds' Club Prize.
A prize of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver
Vagabonds' Club, is offered for the best original short poem
written by a student of the University. The award will be made
on the recommendation of the Department of English.
The Players' Club Prize.
A prize of the value of $50, donated by the Players' Club,
is offered for an original play suitable for the club's Christmas
performance. The award will be made on the recommendation
of the Faculty members of the Advisory Board of the Players'
Club.
The Letters Club Prize
A prize of $25, presented by R. L. Reid, Esq, K.C, honorary
member of the Letters Club, is offered annually for the best essay
by an undergraduate student in Arts on an assigned subject in
Canadian literature. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Department of English. Prizes, Medals and Scholarships. 77
The British Columbia Dairymen's Association Prizes.
A sum of $100 is given annually by the British Columbia
Dairymen's Association to encourage the judging of live stock
among students in the Department of Animal Husbandry. It is
awarded in three equal amounts to the students winning places
on the team that represents the University in stock-judging at
the Pacific International Exposition.
The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Scholarship.
This scholarship, of the annual value of $100, donated by
the British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association, will be
awarded to a student taking the horticultural options of the
Third Year. To qualify for this scholarship candidates must
attain scholarship standing, not only in horticultural subjects,
but also in the work of the year, and must be proceeding to the
Horticultural Course of the Fourth Year—the year in which the
scholarship shall be enjoyed.
The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy Prizes.
Undergraduate.
The British Columbia Division of the C. I. M. M. offers
annually, to students of The University of British Columbia,
three prizes of $10 each, to be awarded as follows:—
One for the best paper on a subject in Economic Geology.
One for the best paper on a subject in Mining.
One for the best paper on a subject in Metallurgy.
The papers submitted should be in the hands of the Secretary by June 1st. The authors of approved papers will give
oral abstracts of their papers at the annual meeting of the
Division.
Graduate Bursary in Mining and Metallurgy.
Through the British Columbia Division of the Canadian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, the Granby Consolidated
Mining and Smelting Company, and the Crow's Nest Coal Company each offer to give employment annually to two selected 78 The University of British Columbia.
graduates of The University of British Columbia, to enable them,
while earning a livelihood, to obtain practical experience and
personal knowledge of the various phases of metal mining or
smelting, and coal mining, respectively, under favorable conditions and in the minimum of time.
The Provincial Board of Health Prizes.
The Provincial Board of Health of the Province of British
Columbia offers two prizes of $60 and $40 for competition in
the Short Course of Public Health Nursing.
P. E. O. Sisterhood Prizes
A prize of the value of $25, given by Chapter A of the
P. E. 0. Sisterhood, will be awarded to the woman student who
attains the highest standing in the English of the First Year in
Arts and proceeds to the English of the Second Year.
A prize of the value of $25, given by Chapter C of the
P. E. 0. Sisterhood, will be awarded to the woman student
of the First Year in Arts who presents the best essay on an
assigned topic, selected by the Department of English, subject
to the approval of the donors. The essay must be handed to the
Head of the English Department not later than January 15th.
The United Farmers of British Columbia Scholarship.
A scholarship of the value of $50, donated by the United
Farmers of British Columbia, will be awarded to the candidate
under nineteen years of age ranking highest in the competitive
examinations conducted at the close of the extension schools in
agriculture held under the auspices of the U. F. B. C. in
co-operation with the Faculty of Agriculture of the University.
This scholarship may be enjoyed by the winner either in the
regular four years' course or in the series of short courses offered
each year. For the year 1923-24 the scholarship is paid by the
former president of the U. F. B. C, Mr. J. L. Pridham.
The W. C. Macdonald Scholarship.
A scholarship in Agriculture of the value of $500 for one
year's postgraduate study at Macdonald College, P.Q., has been Prizes, Medals and Scholarships. 79
put at the disposal of the University by W. C. Macdonald
Registered (Inc.). The scholarship is primarily intended for
graduates in Agriculture of The University of British Columbia,
but, failing such, will be open to any resident of the province
who is a graduate of an agricultural college.
The Rhodes Scholarship
An annual scholarship at one of the colleges of Oxford is
assigned by the trustees of the late Mr. Cecil J. Rhodes to the
Province of British Columbia. Each scholarship is tenable for
three years, and is of the value of £300 a year, supplemented
until further notice by an annual bonus of £50.
In accordance with the wish of Mr. Rhodes, the election of
candidates will depend upon: (1) Force of character, devotion
to duty, courage, sympathy, capacity for leadership; (2) Ability
and scholastic attainments; (3) Physical vigor, as shown by
participation in games or in other ways.
A candidate must be a British subject, with at least five
years' domicile in Canada, and unmarried. He must have passed
his nineteenth but not his twenty-fifth birthday on October 1st
of the year for which he is elected.
He must be at least in his Sophomore Year in some recognized degree-granting university or college of Canada, and (if
elected) complete the work of that year before coming into
residence at Oxford.
He may compete either in the province in which he has
acquired any considerable part of his educational qualification,
or in the province in which he has his ordinary private domicile,
home, or residence.
Candidates for the 1924 scholarship must have their applications, with all the required material, in the hands of the
Secretary of the Selection Committee not later than October 20th,
1923. The committee is at present constituted as follows:
Chief Justice Hunter (Chairman), Mr. Justice Gregory
(Deputy-Chairman), Messrs. H. R. Bray, A. G. Cameron, H.
T. Logan (Secretary), E. A. Munro. 80 The University of British Columbia.
The University Women's Federation Scholarship.
The scholarship of the Federation of University Women in
Canada, of the value of $1,000, available for study or research,
is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian
university. In general, preference will be given to those candidates who have completed at least one year of graduate study
and have some definite research in preparation. Any candidate
must be recommended by her own university; if successful in
her application, she may pursue her studies at any university
satisfactory to the Committee of Selection. Applications and
recommendations must be received not later than February 1st.
The 1851 Exhibition Scholarship.
Under the revised conditions for the award of the 1851
Exhibition Scholarship in Science, The University of British
Columbia is included in the list of universities from which
nominations for scholarships allotted to Canada may be made.
These scholarships are of the value of £250 per annum,
tenable, ordinarily, for two years. They are granted only to
British subjects under 26 years of age, who have been bona fide
students of science of not less than three years' standing.
The Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association
Memorial Scholarship Fund.
The sum of $12,000, given to the University by the
Administrators of the Khaki University of Canada, provides a
fund to assist Returned Soldiers who are in actual need of money
to enable them to complete their courses, and to found scholarships, in the award of which preference should be given to the
sons and daughters of Soldiers of the Great War.
SUGGESTED LOCAL SCHOLARSHIPS.
The number of Junior Matriculation Scholarships offered at
present is quite inadequate to the needs of the Province, and
opportunity is here taken to recommend a scheme for adding to
their number. Prizes, Medals and Scholarships. 81
This scheme is the establishment of local or district University Entrance Scholarships by City or Municipal Councils or
other public bodies, as well as by private benefactors. These
Scholarships would be awarded by a local authority, the University reserving to itself the right of confirmation.
In the award of such scholarships, standing in the Matriculation Examination, while important, need not be the only consideration ; it is desirable that regard should be had also to
financial circumstances, character, and intellectual promise.
In the large universities, both of Great Britain and the
United States, such district scholarships have proved a strong
bond between the community and the University, have brought
the University close to the life of the young, and opened up the
prospect of a University education to many who would not
otherwise have contemplated it.
Scholarships may be offered to students taking a particular
course; in this way the study of such sciences and technical
branches of knowledge as have a bearing on the industries of
the district will be encouraged and native sons prepared to assist
in developing the resources of the Province.
The scheme has great possibilities both for the growth of
the University and the prosperity of the Province, and it is
earnestly recommended to consideration. FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS.
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.
The degree of B.A. is granted only after four sessions of
class-room work from Junior Matriculation. Students who enter
with Senior Matriculation may complete their course in three
years.
A double course leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc.
(Applied Science) is offered. (See page 179.)
The curriculum as laid down in the following pages may be
changed from time to time as deemed advisable by the Faculty.
The Courses in Arts and Science are arranged on the unit
system.
Definition of a Unit.—A unit is one lecture hour per week,
or one continuous laboratory period of not less than two or more
than three hours per week, throughout the College year.
Students in any affiliated Theological College who file with
the Registrar a written statement expressing their intention of
graduating in Theology will be allowed to offer, in each year of
their Arts Course, in place of optional subjects set down in the
University Calendar for the year and course in which they are
registered, Religious Knowledge options, to the extent of three
units taken from the following list: Hebrew, Biblical Literature,
New Testament Greek, Church History, Christian Ethics and
Apologetics.
First and Second Years.
1. The work of the first two years in Arts and Science is
treated as a whole, according to the following scheme involving
ten courses (30 units):
Units.
1, 2.—English 1 (a and b), 2 (a and 6), one
course in each year 6 84 The University of British Columbia.
3, 4.—The first two courses in a language
offered for Matriculation, one course
in each year 6
5.—Mathematics 1, to be taken in the
First Year 3
6.—Economics 1, or History 1 or 2 or 3,
or Philosophy 1 3
7.—Biology 1, or Chemistry 1, or Geology 1, or Physics 1 3
8,10.—Three courses—not already chosen—
selected from the following:—
Biology 1, Botany 1, Chemistry 1,
Chemistry 2, Economics 1, Economics 2, French 1, French 2, Geography 1, Geology 1, Geology 2,
German 1, German 2, Greek 1,
Greek 2, History 1, History 2, History 3, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3, Mathematics 4, Philosophy 1, Physics 1,
Physics 2, Physics 3, Zoology 1.... 9
Note.—Geology 1 and 2 are not open to
First Year students.
2. No student may take less than 15 units of work in either
his First or Second Year.
3. No student in his First Year may elect more than one
beginners' course in language, and no beginners' course in
language will count towards a degree unless followed by a Second
Year's work in that language.
4. A student taking three languages in the first two years
may defer the course selected under 7 (above) to the Third or
Fourth Year.
Note (for students in First Year Arts intending to enter
the Faculty of Applied Science)—Physics must be taken in First Information for Students in Arts 85
Year Arts. Chemistry 1 or Biology 1 if taken in Arts will be
accepted in lieu of these courses in First Year Applied Science.
French is advisable for students intending to enter Geological
Engineering.
Third and Fourth Years : Pass Curriculum.
1. The Curriculum of the Third and Fourth Years in Arts
and Science includes at least 30 units of work, of which students
must take, in their Third Year, not less than 15 units or more
than 18.
2. In courses that involve laboratory work, one hour of
lecture is regarded as the equivalent of two or three hours of
attendance in the laboratory.
3. All students who are candidates for a Pass Degree must
complete, during their Third and Fourth Years, at least 15 units
of work in two Major subjects, in each of which, except in the
case of Bacteriology, they must have done work in the first two
years. A minimum of 6 units is required in each of the Major
subjects. These Major subjects must be chosen from one of the
following groups:
(a) Chemistry, Bacteriology, Botany, Geology, Physics,
Zoology, Mathematics.*
(6) Economics, Philosophy, Mathematics,
(c) English, Greek, Latin, French, German, History,
Economics, Philosophy.
4. All students who are candidates for a Pass Degree must
take at least 6 units of work in a subject or subjects other than
their two Major subjects.
5. During the Senior Year, students may elect, with the
consent of the department concerned, one course of private
reading, to count not more than 3 units. In such courses examinations will be set, but no class instruction will be given.
1 To be taken only with Chemistry or Physics. 86
The University of British Columbia.
6. On or before March 31st of each year, all students in their
Second Year must submit to the Dean of the Faculty a scheme
of the courses which they propose to take during their last two
years.
Courses open to Third and Fourth Year Students
Session 1923-24:
Units
Agricultural Economies 1 3
2 3
Bacteriology 1 2
2 : 2
3 2
4 vy
5 3
Biology 1 3
3
Botany 1
2
3
4
5
5
6
6
7
Chemistry
(a).
(b).
(a).
(&)-
(a).
1 .
2 .
3 .
4 .
5 .
6 .
7 .
8 .
9 ..
10 ..
11 ..
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
\y2
i
3
3
3
VA
3
2
3
2
3
1
3 Information for Students in Arts.
87
Units
Chemistry 12 1
15 2
Economics 1 3
2 3
3 3
4 3
7 .2
3
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
: 3
3
3
18 (6) 2
19 3
21 (a) 2
21 (b) 1
22
23
24
(«)-
Government 1
2
English 5
7
9
10
12
13
14
16
17
1
3
2
French 3 (a) 3
3
3
4
4
4
4
(6).
(c).
(a),
(b).
(c).
(d).
3
3
3
3
3
3
Geography 1 3
Geology 1 3
2 (a) \y2
2 (6) VA 88
The University of British Columbia.
Geology
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
(a).
German 2
3
" 4 (a).
" 4 (b).
Units
- VA
. VA
. 3
. 3
. 4
. 4
. 2
. \y
. VA
. 3
. 3
. 3
. 3
Greek 2 3
" 5 3
" 7 3
" 8 1
History 4 3
5 3
"/ 6 3
7 3
8 3
Latin 4 3
" 6 3
" 8 1
Mathematics 2 3
3
10
11
13
15
16
17
18
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
1 Information for Students in Arts.
89
Units.
Philosophy 1 3
2 3
Philosophy 4 3
5 2
8 3
Physics 2 3
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
3
2
2
2
3
2
10 3 to 6
Sociology 1 3
Zoology 1 3
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
No credit will be given for a First Year Language taken in
the Third Year unless it is continued in the Fourth Year.
HONOUR COURSES.
All the Departments in the Faculty of Arts and Science
offer Honour Courses, either alone or in combination with certain
other Departments.
General Regulations.
1. The Curriculum of the Third and Fourth Years in Arts
and Science includes at least 30 units of work, of which students
must take, in their Third Year, not less than 15 units or more
than 18. 90 The University of British Columbia.
2. In courses that involve laboratory work, one hour of
lecture is regarded as the equivalent of two or three hours of
attendance in the laboratory.
3. Honour Courses shall be begun at the close of the Second
Year and continued until the end of the Fourth Year.
4. Students must obtain the consent of the departments concerned, and of the Dean, before they enter upon any Course in
Honours; and, under normal conditions, consent will not be
granted unless they present, at the end of the Second Year, a
clear academic record, and unless they have obtained at least
Second Class standing in the subject or subjects of specialization.
Cards of application for admission to Honour Courses may be
obtained at the Registrar's office.
5. A student electing Honours in one subject is required to
take at least 18 units in that subject and at least 6 units outside
it; a student electing a combination Honour Course is required
to take at least 12 units in each subject. Credit for the graduating essay will be not less than 3 or more than 6 units.
6. All candidates for Honours may, at the option of the
department or departments concerned, be required to present a
graduating essay embodying the results of some investigation that
they have made independently.
7. Candidates for Honours are required, at the end of
their Fourth Year, to take a general examination, oral or written,
or both, as the department or departments concerned shall decide.
This examination is designed to test the student's knowledge of
his chosen subject or subjects as a whole and is in addition to the
ordinary class examinations of the Third and Fourth Years.
8. Honours are of two grades—First Class and Second Class.
Students who, in the opinion of the department concerned, have
not attained a sufficiently high ranking may be awarded a pass
degree.
Special Regulations.
The following special regulations control the Honour Courses
mentioned: Courses in Arts. 91
Biology (Botany and Zoology).
Prerequisites:—Students are advised to take Chemistry 1
and 2; Biology 1; Botany 1, or Zoology 1.
Course:—To be chosen from the following, in accordance
with the general regulations and on approval of the departments :—
Units.
Biology 2 1
3 2
Botany 1 3
3 2
4 2
5 (o) 2
6 (a) 1
Zoology 1 3
" 2 2
" 3 2
" 4 1
5 2
" 6 2
" 7 2
" 8 2
Chemistry.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Mathematics 2.
Course:—Candidates are required to take the following
classes: Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9, and are advised to take
Physics 2, and Mathematics 10.
Geology.
Students intending to take Honour Geology are recommended to take Chemistry and Physics in the First Year, as
some knowledge of these subjects is essential. Geology 1 should
be taken in the Second Year, as it is a prerequisite for all Honour 92 The University of British Columbia.
Geology, and Geology 2, if possible, as it supplements Geology 1,
and is a prerequisite for Geology 7, 8 and 9.
Geology 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 and 12 may be taken as Honour
subjects.
Biology (Botany and Zoology) and Bacteriology.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1 and 2; Biology 1; Botany 1,
or Zoology 1.
Course:—To be chosen in accordance with the general regulations and on the approval of the departments.
Biology (Botany and Zoology) and Geology.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Biology 1, and Geology 1.
Course:—To be chosen in accordance with general regulations and on approval of departments.
Chemistry and Biology (Botany and Zoology).
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2, and
Biology 1.
Course:—Candidates must complete the following courses:
Chemistry 3, 4, 7 and 9; and Botany and Zoology as arranged
with departments concerned.
Chemistry and Physics.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Mathematics 2.
Course:—Candidates must complete Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and
7, and Physics 3, 4, 7, or 9 and 8 or 10. They are advised to take
Mathematics 10.
Chemistry and Geology.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Geology 1.
Course:—Candidates must take Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7,
and at least 12 units in Geology. Courses in Arts. 93
Mathematics.
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2.
Course:
Third Year:—Mathematics 10, 11 and either 12 and 14
or 13 and 15; Physics 3.
Fourth Year:—Mathematics, the remaining two of 12
to 15, and 16, 17, 18; Physics 4.
Physics.
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2.
Required in Third and Fourth Years:—Mathematics 10,
11 and 16; Physics 3, 4, 7, 8, 9 and 10.
Mathematics and Physics.
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2.
Course:
Third Year:—Mathematics 10, 11 and one of 12 to 15;
Physics 3 and 4.
Fourth Year:—Mathematics 16 and two of 12, 13, 14,
15 and 17; Physics 5 or 6 and 8 or 10.
English Language and Literature.
Candidates for Honours in English Language and Literature
are subject to the following special regulations:
1. They shall take Courses 20, 21 (a), 21(b), 22, 24. Attendance upon the seminar is required during both of the final years,
but credits which count for the B.A. degree will be given only
for the work of the Fourth Year.
2. They shall pass examinations on the life, times, and complete works of some major English author (see English 19).
3. They shall take other courses covering at least 15 units of
credit. One part of this work shall be a course in English 94 The University of British Columbia.
History; or, lacking this, candidates must submit to an examination in that subject.
4. They shall submit to a final Honours Examination,
written or oral, or both, on the History of English Literature.
In the award of Honours special importance will be attached
to the Graduating Essay and to the final Honours Examination.
English and History.
Candidates for Honours must comply with the following
regulations:
English:—1. They shall take Courses 20 and 24, and any
three of the English Courses of the first division. Attendance
upon the Seminar is required during both of the final years, but
credits which count for the B.A. degree will be given only for
the work of the Fourth Year.
2. They shall submit to a final Honours Examination,
written or oral, or both, on the History of English Literature
since 1400.
History:—Candidates must take at least 12 units in History
during their Third and Fourth Years.
The graduating essay will count 3 units.
English and French.
English:—As in English and History.
French:—See details under Modern Languages.
English and Latin.
English:—As in English and History.
Latin:—Candidates must in their Third and Fourth Years
take at least 12 units in Latin. They will be expected to show
special knowledge of some one major Latin author, and to pass
an examination upon their general knowledge of Latin Literature, History, Antiquities, etc. Courses in Arts. 95
English and Philosophy.
English:—As in English and History.
Philosophy, Prerequisite:—Philosophy 1.
Course .-—Totalling 12 units, 6 of which must be taken
in the Third Year.
Economics, Political Science and Sociology.
A student seeking Honours in the Department of Economies,
Political Science and Sociology must:
(1) During the first two years have satisfactorily passed in
Economics 1;
(2) Obtain a satisfactory standing in Economics 2;
(3) During his Third and Fourth Years obtain a satisfactory standing in at least five additional courses in
the Department of Economics, counting not less than
14 units;
(4) Obtain a satisfactory standing in a final General Honours Examination, written or oral, or both, to be taken
at the end of the Fourth Year;
(5) Submit before the end of the Fourth Year a Graduation
Essay, embodying the result of independent work. This
essay may count for 3 to 6 units, at the discretion of
the Department of Economics. Tutorial instruction
amounting to one hour per week will be arranged in
connection with this work.
(6) Deliver an address on some subject relative to his course
of study before a general audience, to be designated by
the Head of the Department.
Advice: Those seeking Honours in this Department are
advised to take, if possible, a course in Ethics, the foundational
courses in History, and Mathematics 3.
Economics and French.
Economics:—As in Economics and History.
French:—See details under Modern Languages. 96 The University of British Columbia.
History and Economics.
History:—As in English and History.
Economics:—Three courses in this Department other than
Courses 1 and 2. For further regulations see Economics, Political Science and Sociology.
History and Philosophy.
History:—As in English and History.
Philosophy:—As in English and Philosophy.
History and French.
History:—As in English and History.
French:—See details under Modern Languages.
History and Latin.
History:—As in English and History.
Latin:—As in English and Latin.
French and Latin.
French:—See details under Modern Languages.
Latin:—As in English and Latin.
, French and Philosophy.
French:—See details under Modern Languages.
Philosophy:—As in English and Philosophy.
Economics and Philosophy.
Economics:—As in History and Economics.
Philosophy:—As in English and Philosophy.
Philosophy and Latin.
Philosophy:—As in English and Philosophy.
Latin:—As in English and Latin. Courses in Arts. 97
EXAMINATIONS IN ARTS AND SCIENCE.
1. There are two examinations in each year — one at
Christmas and the other at the end of the session. Successful
students are arranged in three classes, as follows: First class,
those who obtain 80 per cent, or more; Second class, 65 to 80
per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
In the First and Second Years, in order to pass, Candidates
must obtain 50% on the examinations as a whole and not less
than 40% on each subject. In the Third and Fourth Years, in
order to pass, Candidates must obtain 50% on each subject of
examination.
Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and,
in this event, students will be required to pass a special examination in English to be set by the Department of English.
Christmas examinations will be held in all subjects, and are
obligatory for all students.
Applications for Special Consideration on account of illness
in the matter of examinations must be in the hands of the Dean
not later than two days after the close of the examination period.
Any student whose academic record, as determined by the
tests and examinations of the first term, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University
for the remainder of the session.
2. The following are the regulations for advancement to
the Second, Third and Fourth Years of the undergraduate
course:—
Advancement to the Second Year.—In order that a student
may proceed to the Second Year of his course, he must have
completed his Matriculation, and have passed in all, or all but
one, of the subjects of the preceding year, but may not continue
in the Second Year in the subject in which he has failed to make
good his standing, except in the cases of compulsory subjects for
the Second Year. 98 The University of British Columbia.
Advancement to the Third Year.—In order that a student
may proceed to the Third Year, he must have completed his
First Year and have passed in all, or all but one, of the subjects
of his Second Year, but he may not continue the subject in which
he has failed to make good his standing.
Advancement to the Fourth Year.—In order that a student
may proceed to the Fourth Year he must have completed his
First and Second Years and have passed in all, or all but one,
of the subjects of the Third Year.
A student who fails a second time to make his year may,
upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the
Senate to withdraw from the University.
3. Repeating Year.—By special permission of the Faculty, a
student who is required to repeat his year may, on application in
writing,— aP
(a) Be exempted from attending lectures and passing
examinations in the subjects in which he has already
passed, provided he has made therein a standing of
60 per cent, or over.
(b) And if so exempted, be permitted to take, in addition
to the subjects in which he has failed, such subjects of
the following year of his course as the Faculty may deem
advisable.
Supplemental Examinations.
4. Notice will be sent to all students to whom the Faculty
has granted supplemental examinations.
5. Examinations supplemental to the sessional examinations
will be held in September, simultaneously with the matriculation
examinations. The time for each supplemental examination will
be fixed by the Faculty; the examination will not be granted at
any other time, except by special permission of the Faculty, and
on payment of a fee of $7.50.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied
by the necessary fees (See Schedule of Fees), must be in the
hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date set
for the examinations. Courses in Arts. 99
Department of Bacteriology.
Professor: R. H. Mullin.
Lecturer: R. E. Coleman.
Assistant: Freda L. Wilson.
1. A Course of General Bacteriology, consisting of lectures,
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
Text-books: Percival, Agricultural Bacteriology. Park &
Williams, Pathogenic Bacteria.
The history of bacteriology, the place of bacteria in nature,
the classification of bacterial forms, methods of culture and
isolation, and various bactericidal substances and conditions will
be studied. The relationship of bacteria to agriculture, household science, and public health will be carefully considered.
Chemistry 1, and Biology 1, are prerequisites.
Seven hours a week. First Term. 2 units.
2. A Course of Special Bacteriology, consisting of lectures,
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
Text-book: Park & Williams, Pathogenic Bacteria.
The more common pathogenic bacteria will be studied, together with the reaction of the animal body against invasion by
these bacteria. The course will include studies in immunity
and the various diagnostic methods in use in public health
laboratories. Bacteriology 1 is a prerequisite.
Seven hours a week. Second Term. 2 units.
3. As in Dairying 3 (under Faculty of Agriculture).
2 units.
4. As in Dairying 7 (under Faculty of Agriculture).
V/2 units.
5. Immunity, a reading course. Meets one hour a week
throughout the year.
Text-book: Kolmer, Infection, Immunity and Specific
Therapy.
Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2. 3 units. 100 The University of British Columbia.
Department of Botany.
Professor: A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor: John Davidson.
Special Lecturer in Plant Pathology: J. W. Eastham.
Assistant: L. Bolton.
Biology.
1. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to
more advanced work in Botany or Zoology; also to courses
closely related to Biological Science, such as Agriculture, Forestry, Medicine.
The fundamental principles of Biology; the interrelationships of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division
of labour; life-histories; relation to environment.
The course is prerequisite to all other courses in Biology.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory work per week,
throughout the Session.
Text-book: W. M. Smallwood, Text-book of Biology, Lea &
Febiger, 1920. 3 units.
2. Principles of Heredity.—The fundamentals of Genetics
illustrated by the race histories of certain plants and animals;
the physical basis of heredity; variations; mutations; acquired
characters; Mendel's law with suggested applications.
Two lectures per week. First Term.
Text-book: W. E. Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard
Press. 1 unit.
3. General Physiology of animal and plant life processes.
Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having prerequisite
Chemistry and Physics.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory work per week.
Second Term.
Text-book: W. M. Bayliss, Principles of General Physiology,
Longmans, Green & Co. 2 units. Courses in Arts. 101
Botany.
1. General Botany.—A course including a general survey
of the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specialized courses in Botany.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory work per week,
throughout the Session.
This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany,
except the Evening Course. Partial credit for this course
(2 units) may be obtained through the Evening Course.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press. 3 units.
2. Morphology.
General Morphology of plants. A comparative study of
plant structures. The relationships of plant groups. Comparative life-histories. Emphasis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant structures, from the lower to the higher forms,
involving a progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence of parts.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory work per week.
First Term. J
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press. 2 units.
3. Plant Physiology.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory work per week.
First Term.
Text-book: V. I. Palladin, Plant Physiology, English Edition
(Translation of 6th Russian Edition), 1918, P. Blakiston, Son
& Co. 2 units.
4. Histology. A study of the structure and development
of plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning,
staining, mounting, drawing, reconstructing. Use of microscope,
camera lucida; photo-micrographic apparatus.
Seven hours per week. Second Term. 102 The University of British Columbia.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
Text-book: W. C. Stevens, Plant Anatomy, P. Blakiston,
Son & Co. 2 units.
5. Systematic Flora.
5 (a). Economic Flora.—A course in Systematic Botany,
illustrated by native and introduced plants of economic importance.
The classification of injurious and useful algae, fungi,
mosses, ferns and flowering plants. The identification of weeds,
native trees, poisonous, medicinal, and fodder plants.
The course, while designed particularly to meet the needs of
students of Agriculture or Forestry, is open to students of the
Third and Fourth Years in Arts.
Two hours lecture, and the equivalent of four hours practical work per week, including laboratory, excursions and the
preparation of collections. Second Term.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
Text-books: J. K. Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia, W. J. Gage & Co.; R. G. Leavitt, Outlines of Botany with
Flora, American Book Co. 2 units.
5 (b). Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada,
the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of
the United States which are not native to Canada. Emphasis
on the species of economic importance. Identification, distribution, relative importance, construction of keys.
One hour lecture and two or three hours laboratory or field
work per week throughout the session.
Text-books: Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada,
Dominion Forestry Branch, Ottawa. Sudworth, Forest Trees of
the Pacific Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington,
D. C. 2 units.
6. Plant Pathology.
6 (a). General Plant Pathology.—Identification and life-
histories of parasites causing plant-diseases; means of combating them. Courses in Arts. 103
One lecture and two hours laboratory work per week.
Second Term.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
Text-book: B. M. Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants,
Ginn & Co. 1 unit.
6 (b). Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification and control
of the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant
parasites of forests.
One lecture and two hours laboratory work per week during
one-half of one term.
Text-book: Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.
y2 unit.
7. Plant Ecology.
7 (a). Forest Ecology and Geography.—The inter-relations
of forests and their environment; the biological eharacteristies
of important forest trees; forest associations; types and regions;
physiography.
One lecture per week. Field trips during year amounting
to thirty hours.
Text-book: M. E. Hardy, The Geography of Plants, Oxford
University Press. 1 unit.
Evening and Short Courses in Botany.
A Course in General Botany, comprising approximately
fifty lectures, is open to all interested in the study of plant life
of the Province. No entrance examination and no previous
knowledge of the subject is required.
The course is designed to assist teachers, gardeners, foresters,
and other lovers of outdoor life in the Province. As far as
possible, illustrative material will be selected from the flora of
British Columbia.
The classes meet every Tuesday evening during the University session (Sept.-May) from 7.30 to 9.30 p.m.; the first hour 104 The University of British Columbia.
is devoted to elementary work; the second hour to more advanced
botany. Field or laboratory work, under direction, is regarded
as a regular part of the course.
No examination is required except in the case of University
students desiring credit (two units) for this course. Other
students desiring to ascertain their standing in the class may
apply for a written test.
A detailed statement of requirements, and work covered in
this course, is issued as a separate circular. Copies may be had
on request.
Department of Chemistry.
Professor: E. H. Archibald.
Professor of Organic Chemistry: R. H. Clark.
Associate Professor: W. F. Seyer.
Assistant Professor: M. J. Marshall.
Assistant: John Allardyce.
Assistant: A. E. Boss.
Assistant: J. A. Dauphinee.
Assistant: J. Allan Harris.
Assistant: S. R. MacDougall.
Assistant: W. O. Banfield.
Assistant: William Ure.
Assistant: Christian Sivertz.
1. General Chemistry.—This course is arranged to give a
full exposition of the general principles involved in modern
Chemistry and comprises a systematic study of the properties of
the more important metallic and non-metallic elements and their
compounds, and the application of Chemistry in technology.
Book recommended: Alexander Smith, Inorganic Chemistry,
Century Co.
Three lectures and one laboratory period of three hours a
week. 3 units.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—A course consisting of one hour
of lecture or recitation and six hours of laboratory work each Courses in Arts. 105
week throughout the First Term. During the first six weeks
of the term an additional lecture or recitation hour may be substituted for a part of the laboratory work.
(6) Quantitative Analysis.—A course consisting of one hour
of lecture or recitation and six hours of laboratory work each
week throughout the Second Term. The course embraces the
more important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
Course (o) must be preceded by Course (a).
Books recommended: A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis,
Macmillan Co.; Cumming & Kay, Quantitative Analysis, Gur-
ney & Jackson. 3 units.
3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of the
compounds of carbon will include the methods of preparation
and a description of the more important groups of compounds
in both the fatty and the aromatic series. Two lectures and one
laboratory period of three hours weekly.
Chemistry 3 will only be given to those students taking
Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2.
Books recommended: Holleman-Walker, Text-book of Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons; Gatterman, The Practical
Methods of Organic Chemistry, Macmillan. 3 units.
4. Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course on the
development of modern Chemistry, including osmotic phenomena,
the ionization theory, the law of mass action, and the phase rule.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week during the
Second Term.
Text-book: James Walker, Introduction to Physical Chemistry, Macmillan. \y2 units.
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—One lecture and six hours in the
laboratory throughout the First Term. The work of this 106 The University of British Columbia.
course will include the detection and separation of the less common metals, particularly those that are important industrially,
together with the analysis of somewhat complex substances
occurring in nature.
(b) Qtmntitative Analysis.—One lecture and six hours laboratory work per week during the Second Term. The determinations made will include the more difficult estimations in the
analysis of rocks, as well as certain constituents of steel and
alloys. The principles on which analytical chemistry is based
will receive a more minute consideration than was possible in
the elementary course.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2. 3 units.
6. Industrial Chemistry.—Two hours of lectures per week
throughout the year. Those industries, which are dependent on
the facts and principles of Chemistry, will be considered in as
much detail as time will permit. The lectures will be supplemented by visits to manufacturing establishments in the neighbourhood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be given by
specialists in their respective fields.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 3. 2 units.
7. Physical Chemistry.—The lectures, which are a continuation of those given in 4, include the kinetic theory of gases,
thermo-chemistry, the application of the principles of thermodynamics to chemistry, osmotic phenomena, applications of the
dissociation theory, colloidal solutions, and a study of the physical
properties of gases, liquids, and solids and of their chemical
constitutions.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of three hours
weekly throughout the year.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, 3, and 4.
Text-books: Bigelow, Physical Chemistry, Century Co;
Findlay, Physico-Chemical Measurements, Longmans Green.
For reference: Ramsay's Series of Books on Physical Chemistry, Longmans Green. 3 units. Courses in Arts. 107
8. Applied Electro-Chemistry.—Solutions are studied from
the standpoint of the osmotic and the dissociation theories. The
laws of electrolysis, electroplating, primary and secondary batteries, and the preparation of the elements and compounds by
electrolytic methods and in the electric furnace are studied.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly during
the First Term.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 4.
For reference: Le Blanc, Elements of Electro-Chemistry,
Macmillan; Thompson, Applied Electro-Chemistry, Macmillan;
and Stanfield, The Electric Furnace. 2 units.
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—Important Organic reactions will be discussed. The Carbohydrates, Proteins, Enzyme
Action, Terpenes and Alkaloids will be studied in more or less
detail. In the laboratory some complex compounds will be prepared and quantitative determinations of carbon, hydrogen,
nitrogen, sulphur and the halogens made with the view of identifying organic compounds.
Two lectures and one laboratory period weekly throughout
the year.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 3.
For reference: Cohen, Organic Chemistry, Arnold.
3 units.
10. History of Chemistry.—Particular attention will be paid
to the development of chemical theory.
Two hours a week during the Second Term.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, 3, and 4.
For reference: Von Meyer-McGowan, History of Chemistry,
Macmillan. 1 unit.
11. Stereochemistry.—Stereochemical theories will be discussed in greater detail than in Chemistry 9, and chemical and
physico-chemical methods employed in determining the constitution of organic compounds will be studied.
The lectures may be taken without the laboratory work. 108 The University of British Columbia.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 7 and 9. 3 units.
Lectures: 2 units. Laboratory: 1 unit.
12. Colloid Chemistry.—The Chemistry of colloids and the
application of colloidal chemistry to industry.
Two hours a week during the First Term.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 and 4.
For reference: Zsigmondy-Spear, Chemistry of Colloids,
John Wiley & Sons; Reports on Colloid Chemistry by British
Association for Advancement of Science. 1 unit.
14. Agricultural Chemistry.—The chemical composition of
the soil. An introduction to the compounds of carbon will comprise the work of the First Term. During the Second Term
fertilizers, fungicides and insecticides will be considered.
The laboratory work will be adapted to the needs of the
individual student.
Two lectures and one laboratory period throughout the year.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2. 3 units.
15. Dairy Chemistry.—The chemistry of the carbohydrates,
fats, and proteins will be discussed in outline, and the chemical
processes involved in enzyme action and fermentation will receive
consideration.
One lecture and one laboratory period throughout the year.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 and 3.
Text-book: Chamberlain, AgriculturalChemistry,Macmillan.
2 units. Courses in Arts. 109
Department of Classics.
Professor: Lemuel F. Robertson.
Professor of Greek: O. J. Todd.
Associate Professor: H. T. Logan.
Assistant: A. N. St. John Mildmay.
Greek.
Beginner's Course.—White, First Greek Book, Chap. I.-
XLVIII.; Copp, Clark Co.
Four hours a week. Mr. Logan. 3 units.
1. Lectures.—White, First Greek Book, Chap. XLIX.-
LXXX. Xenophon, Anabasis I. and IV., Goodwin and White,
Ginn & Co.
History.—Shuckburgh, History of Greece, Chap. I.-V.;
Unwin. Four hours a week. Mr. Todd. 3 units.
2. Lectures.—Plato, Apology, Adam, Elementary Classics,
Cambridge University Press; Aeschylus, Prometheus Bound,
Wecklein-Allen, Ginn & Co.
Composition.—North and Hillard, Greek Prose Composition,
Rivingtons. Selected passages will occasionally be set for
Unseen Translation.
History.—Shuckburgh, History of Greece, Chap. VI.-X,
Unwin. Four hours a week. Mr. Logan, Mr. Todd. 3 units.
3. Lectures.—Thucydides, History, Book VII., Marchant,
Macmillan; Sophocles, Antigone, Jebb and Shuckburgh, Cambridge University Press; Euripides, Heracles, Byrde, Oxford
University Press.
Literature.—Wright, A Short History of Greek Literature,
American Book Company. Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.) 110 The University of British Columbia.
5. Lectures. — Demosthenes, Third Olynthiac, First and
Third Philippics, Butcher, Oxford University Press (Vol. I.);
Homer, Iliad (Selections), Monro, Iliad, 2 Vols, Clarendon
Press.
Literature.—Wright, A Short History of Greek Literature,
American Book Company.
Three hours a week. Mr. Todd, Mr. Robertson. 3 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
6. Lectures.—Herodotus, History, Hude, Oxford University Press (the equivalent of one book will be read); Lysias,
Orations, Hude, Oxford University Press; Aristophanes, The
Birds, Hall and Geldart, Oxford University Press. (Open only
to those who have taken or are taking Greek 3 or 5.)
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
7. Lectures.—Aristotle, Ars Poelica, Bywater, Oxford
University Press; Plato, The Republic (selections), Burnet,
Oxford University Press. (Open only to those who have taken
or are taking Greek 3 or 5.)
Three hours a week. Mr. Todd, Mr. Logan. 3 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour Students.
One hour a week. Mr. Todd. 1 unit.
Latin.
1. Lectures.—Cicero, Pro Lege Manilla, Select Orations and
Letters, Allen and Greenough, Ginn & Co. Ovid, Elegiac Selections, Smith, Bell's Illustrated Classics.
Composition.—Bradley, Arnold's Latin Prose Composition,
Longmans, Green & Co., to exercise 19. Courses in Arts. Ill
History.—Boak, A History of Rome to 565 A.D., Macmillan,
chapters 1 to 13.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robertson, Mr. Todd.
A fourth hour a week will be devoted to lectures on the
Roman History prescribed.
Attendance at these lectures is voluntary and no formal
credit is given. Mr. Logan. 3 units.
2. Lectures.—Cicero, Pro Archia. Select Orations and
Letters, Allen & Greenough, Ginn & Co. Horace, Selected Odes,
Wickham, Clarendon Press. Virgil, Aeneid, Bk. VI., Page,
Macmillan.
Composition.—Bradley, Arnold's Latin Prose Composition,
Longmans, Green & Co, to exercise 40.
History.—Boak, A History of Rome to 565 A.D., Macmillan,
chapters 14 to 20.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robertson, Mr. Logan.
A fourth hour a week will be devoted to lectures on the
Roman History prescribed. Attendance at these lectures is
voluntary and no formal credit is given. Mr. Logan. 3 units.
3. Lectures.—Virgil.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
4. Lectures.—Horace, Epistles, Wilkins, Macmillan's Classical Series. Cicero, Pro Sestio, Holden, Macmillan's Classical
Series. Cicero, Selected Letters, Prichard & Bernard, Clarendon
Press.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robertson. 3 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
5. Lectures.—Seneca, Select Letters, Summers, Macmillan.
Juvenal, Satires, Duff, Pitt Press. (Open only to those who
have taken, or are taking, Latin 3 or 4.)
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.) 112 The University of British Columbia.
6. Lectures.—Tacitus, Histories I., II., Godley, Macmillan's Classical Series. Garrod, Oxford Book of Latin Verse
(selections), Oxford Press.
Three hours a week. Mr. Logan, Mr. Todd. 3 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
7. Lectures.—Roman History from 133 B.C. to 180 A.D.
Three hours a week. Mr. Logan. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour Students.
One hour a week. Mr. Todd. 1 unit.
Department of Economics, Sociology and Political Science.
Professor: Theodore H. Boggs.
Associate Professor: H. F. Angus.
Assistant Professor: S. E. Beckett.
Assistant: L. T. Fournier.
Students who intend to specialize in Economics are advised
to associate with it certain allied courses in other departments,
such as History.
A reading knowledge of French and German will be found
very helpful in the Third and Fourth Year courses. Hereafter,
French at least will be required for Honour work.
Economics.
1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of general economic theory, including a survey of the principles of
value, prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs,
monopoly, taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of
railways and trusts, etc.
Ely, Outlines of Economics, Macmillan, 1922. Clay,
Economics for the General Reader, Macmillan. Courses in Arts. 113
Economics 1 is the prerequisite for all other courses in the
department, but may be taken concurrently with Economics 2,
or Government 1. This rule may be waived in the case of
students of the Department of Nursing who may find it impossible to take both Economics 1 and Sociology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
2. History of Economic Life and Economic Thought.—A
brief outline of Economic Thought, and of Economic and Social
conditions in England previous to 1776. A survey of the more
important phases of European Organization from the time of
the Middle Ages, with special reference to the Industrial Revolution, the Progress of Agriculture, and resultant social conditions. The development of modern Economic Thought, with a
study of the influence of Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Mill and
others, and the place of the Deductive and Historical Methods.
Toynbee, The Industrial Revolution, Longmans, Green &
Co. Price, Political Economy in England, Methuen; and
assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
3. Labour Problems and Social Reform.—A study of the rise
of the factory system and capitalistic production, and of the more
important phases of trade unionism in England, Canada, and the
United States. A critical analysis of various solutions of the
labour problem attempted and proposed; profit-sharing, co-operation, arbitration and conciliation, scientific management, labour
legislation and socialism.
Hoxie, Trade Unionism in the United States, D. Appleton
& Co. Cole, Guild Socialism, Stokes & Co. Simkhovitch, Marxism
versus Socialism, Williams & Norgate. Spargo and Arner,
Elements of Socialism, Macmillan; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
4. Money and Banking.—The origin and development of
money. Banking principles and operations, laws of coinage,
credit, price movements, foreign exchange. Banking policy in
the leading countries, with particular reference to Canada. 114 The University of British Columbia.
Phillips, Readings in Money and Banking, Macmillan.
White, Money and Banking, Ginn & Co, 1914. Patterson,
Domestic and Foreign Exchange, Alexander Hamilton Institute;
and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
5. Public Finance.—This course deals with public revenues
and expenditures, and the administration of public funds. Some
of the topics discussed are: Theories of just taxation, progressive taxation, the internal revenue system, tariffs on imports,
the general property tax, personal and business income tax,
inheritance tax, the single tax, double taxation, the relation
between provincial and local taxation, the shifting and incidence
of taxation. Particular attention is devoted to the taxation
systems (federal, provincial, and local) of Canada.
Seligman, Essays in Taxation, Macmillan, 1921. Plehn,
Introduction to Public Finance, Macmillan, 1920; and assigned
readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
6. International Trade and Tariff Policy.—A survey of the
theory of international trade and the foreign exchanges; and a
study of the commercial policy of the leading countries, with
considerable attention to the British Dominions.
Bastable, The Theory of International Trade, Macmillan,
1903. Taussig, Selected Readings in International Trade and
Tariff Problems, Ginn & Co.; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
7. Corporation Economics.—Historical development of the
different forms of industrial organization, including the partnership, joint-stock company, and the corporation, and the later
developments, such as the pool, trust, combination, and holding
company. Methods of promotion and financing, over-capitaliza- Courses in Arts. 115
tion, stock market activities, the public policy toward corporations, etc.
Haney, Business Organization and Combination, Macmillan.
Walker, Corporation Finance, Alexander Hamilton Institute;
and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
Agricultural Economics.
1. (a) Farmer Movements.—A study of the Grange; the
Patrons of Industry; the Farmers' Alliance; the American
Society of Equity; the Non-partisan League; the Farm Bureau
Federation; the United Farmers, and other farmer organizations.
(b) Rural Life.—The country life movement; the rural
school; the country church; rural surveys, and a study of special
topics, such as recreation in country life; the farmer's standard
of living; the functions of a small town; rural migrations.
Lectures and assigned readings. Mr. Clement. 3 units.
2. (a) Agricultural Economics.—An application of the principles of Economics to the field of Agriculture.
Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan. Assigned
readings.
(b) The Marketing of Farm Products.—An analysis of the
marketing problem as it applies to Agriculture.
Macklin, Efficient Marketing for Agriculture, Macmillan.
Assigned readings. Mr. Clement. 3 units.
Government.
1. Constitutional Government.—This course deals with the
nature, origin, and aims of the State; and with the organization
of government in the British Empire, the United States of
America, France, and Germany.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units. 116 The University of British Columbia.
2. Introduction to the Study of Law.—(a) A rapid survey
of Legal History, (b) Outlines of Jurisprudence.
Jenks, A Short History of English Law, Methuen, 1912.
Salmond, Jurisprudence, or Theory of the Law, Sweet & Maxwell, 1919. Vinogradoff, Common Sense in Law, Home University Library; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units.
3. A course on problems of government within the British
Empire, to be given in alternate years with Economics 7.
Readings to be assigned.
Government 1 is a prerequisite of this course, but may be
taken concurrently with it.
Two hours a week. Mr. Angus. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
Sociology.
1. Principles of Sociology.—An introductory study of early
man and his relation to his environment; of races of men and
their distribution; of the early forms and development of
industrial organization, marriage and the family, arts and
sciences, religious systems, government, classes, rights, etc. A
review also of certain of the social problems of modern society
growing out of destitution, crime, overcrowding, etc. A critical
survey of schemes for betterment.
Blackmar & Gillin, Outlines of Sociology, Macmillan. Fair-
child, Applied Sociology, Macmillan; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.) Courses in Arts. 117
Department of English.
Professor: G. G. Sedgewick.
Associate Professor: W. L. MacDonald.
Assistant Professor: F. G. C. Wood.
Assistant Professor: Thorleif Larsen.
Assistant Professor: F. C. Walker.
Assistant Professor: M. L. Bollert.
Assistant: Stella McGuire.
Assistant: Katherine McKay.
Assistant: Isobel Harvey.
First Year.
1. (a) Literature.—Elementary study of a number of
literary forms to be chosen from the short story, the play, the
novel, the essay, the simpler sorts of poetry.
Texts for 1923-4: Canby, A Study of the Short Story,
Holt. Euripides, Electra, in Gilbert Murray's paraphrase.
Shakespeare, Julius Caesar. Sheridan, The School for Scandal,
Everyman. Ibsen, The Doll's House, Everyman. A book of
contemporary verse.
Two hours a week. I
(b) Composition.—Elementary forms and principles of
composition; expository themes; study of models.
Two hours a week. 3 units.
Second Year.
2. (a) Literature.—Studies in the history of English Literature.
Pass Course: Lectures and texts illustrative of the chief
authors and movements from Tottel's Miscellany to Shelley.
Halleck, History of English Literature, American Book Company, 1918. Century Readings in English, ed. Cunliffe, Century
Publishing Co.
Two hours a week.
(6) Composition.—Narrative and Descriptive Themes; the
writing of reports.
One hour a week. 3 units. 118 The University of British Columbia.
(c) Literature.—Readings from Nineteenth Century poetry
since 1830.
For this course, which is intended for prospective Honour
Students in English and for others especially interested in the
study of Literature, no formal credit is given.
One hour a week.
Third and Fourth Years.
The curriculum in English for students of the Third and
Fourth Years is arranged in three divisions. The first includes a
central body of general courses which will be offered, as far as
possible, every year, and to each of which are assigned 3 units
of credit. In the second division are listed courses carrying 2
units of credit and usually given in alternate years. And the
third consists of courses designed especially for honour and
graduate students, and open to others only by special permission.
Division I.
9. Shakespeare.—This course may be taken for credit in two
successive years. In 1923-24, 9 (a) will be given as follows:
i. A detailed study of the text of Henry IV., Part I.;
Much Ado About Nothing; King Lear; The Tempest.
ii. Lectures on Shakespeare's development, on his use of
sources, and on his relation to the stage and the
dramatic practice of his time.
Students will provide themselves with annotated editions of
the four plays named above, and with The Facts about Shakespeare, by Neilson and Thorndyke, Macmillan. They are advised
to get the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson, or the Oxford
Shakespeare, ed. Craig.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
9 (b). (Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
10. The Drama to 1642.—The rise, the development, and the
decline of the Elizabethan drama. The course begins with a Courses in Arts. 119
short study of one or two of the plays of Sophocles and an outline of Aristotle's dramatic criticism, but treats mainly the rise
of the English drama in the Miracle and Morality Plays; the
Interludes; the influence of the Roman stage; Shakespeare's
predecessors—Lyly, Kyd, Greene, Peele, and Marlowe; its full
development in Shakespeare, and, briefly, its decline.
Texts: Lewis Campbell, Sophocles in English Verse. Everyman with other Interludes, Everyman Library. Chief Elizabethan Dramatists, ed. Neilson. Oxford Shakespeare, ed. Craig;
or Cambridge Edition, ed. Neilson.
Three hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 3 units.
13. The English Novel from Richardson to the Present Time.
—The development of English fiction will be traced from Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, and Sterne through Goldsmith, Mrs.
Radcliffe, Jane Austen, Scott, C. Bronte, Dickens, Thackeray,
and George Eliot to Trollope, Meredith, Stevenson, and a few
representative novelists now living.
A fair knowledge of the works of Jane Austen, Scott,
Dickens, Thackeray, and George Eliot is a prerequisite for those
taking this course.
Three hours a week. Mr. Wood. 3 units.
14. From Milton to Burns.—After a preliminary survey of
the work of Milton and Bunyan, the course will follow the
development of English literature during the 18th century.
Various special forms, such as the "Restoration" and "Sentimental" Drama, the Periodical Essay, etc, will be considered.
Emphasis will be laid on the work of Dryden, Butler, Addison,
Steele, Defoe, Pope, Swift, Thomson, Gray, Collins, Johnson,
Goldsmith, Cowper, and Burns.
Three hours a week. Mr. Macdonald. 3 units.
16. Romantic Poetry, 1780 to 1830.—Studies in the beginnings and progress of Romanticism, based chiefly on the work of
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, Shelley, Scott. 120 The University of British Columbia.
Texts: The Oxford editions of the first five poets named.
For reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature, 1780-
1830.
Three hours a week. Mr. Walker. 3 units.
17. Victorian Poetry.—This course is concerned chiefly with
the work of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. A few weeks
at the close of the term will be devoted to a survey of the development of later poetry down to the work of Hardy.
Texts: Browning, Complete Poetical Works, Cambridge Edition. Arnold, Poems, Oxford Edition. Tennyson, Poems, Globe
Edition.
For reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature,
1830-1880.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
19. Private Reading.—Students of the Senior Year may
pursue, with the consent and under the direction of the Department of English, a course of private reading to which, if successfully completed, will be assigned 3 units of credit. In such
courses examinations will be set, but no class instruction will be
given. 3 units.
23. Method in the Teaching of English.—This course is
given to help students who are intending to teach English
Literature and Composition, particularly in the secondary
schools of this province.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
Division II.
5. The Elements of Poetics.—Studies in the criticism and
appreciation of poetry; the poetic frame of mind; the emotional
element in poetry; poetic content and the nature of poetic truth;
poetic form and its varieties; metrics; contemporary developments in poetry; literary criticism, its nature and function; and Courses in Arts. 121
an outline of aesthetic theory from Aristotle to Croce. Exercises
in criticism and metrical composition.
Winchester, Principles of Literary Criticism.
Two hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
6. Narrative Writing.—A study of narrative composition:
(a) critical reading of a considerable number of modern short
stories and of two or three modern novels; (6) frequent critical
and narrative themes.
Only a limited number of students will be admitted to this
course.
Two hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
7. Technique of the Drama.—A practical study of dramatic
form and structure based on the analysis of modern plays, with
special reference to the one-act play as an art form. Playmaking,
by Wm. Archer, and Representative One-act Plays by British
and Irish Authors, Little, Brown & Co, are the texts used in
this course.
Two hours a week. Mr. Wood. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
8. Elizabethan Poetry, exclusive of the Drama.—(1) The
Renaissance; (2) the social background of Elizabethan England;
(3) John Skelton and the poets of the transition; (4) the Lyric
from Tottel's Miscellany to the Caroline poets; (5) Spenser and
the Spenserians; (6) the Sonneteers; (7) Verse Translation; (8)
Verse Narrative.
Texts: T. H. Ward, The English Poets, Vol. I. Spenser,
ed. Smith and de Selincourt, Oxford.
Two hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.) 122 The University of British Columbia.
11. English Drama since 1600.—A survey of English drama
from the time of Ben Jonson to the present. Later Elizabethan
drama, representative plays of the Restoration, the works of
Goldsmith, Sheridan, and of early Nineteenth Century writers
will be considered. This will be followed by a study of some
dramatists of recent years, including Wilde, Shaw, Galsworthy,
Pinero, Jones, Stephen Phillips, Barrie, and the Irish School.
Two hours a week. Mr. Wood. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
12. Romance and Ballad.—As far as possible the course will
be continuous, an attempt being made to show the relation as
well as the difference between the two forms. There will be discussion of such topics as origins, types, relations with other literatures, etc.; the Arthurian Cycle; the Matter of England,
France, the Orient; Metrical Romances 1200-1500; Malory's
Morte d'Arthur; English and Scottish Popular Ballads, Political Ballads, American Ballads.
Modernised versions of a considerable body of Middle English Metrical Romances are to be found in Chief Middle English
Poets by J. Weston.
Two hours a week. Mr. Macdonald. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
15. Prose of the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries.—The
development of English prose from 1500 to 1700, considered with
reference to such topics as (1) the English Bible; (2) Literary
Criticism; (3) the Character; (4) the Essay; (5) Pamphlets;
(6) Prose Fiction; (7) Milton, Bunyan, Browne, Dryden.
Two hours a week. Mr. Macdonald. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
18. Nineteenth Century Prose, studied in two divisions in
alternate years:—
(a) Critical and Literary Prose of the early part of the century: Coleridge, Wordsworth, Lamb, Hazlitt, De Quincey,
Jeffrey, Landor.
(Not given in 1923-24.) Courses in Arts. 123
(b) Social, literary, and religious movements of the Victorian period: Carlyle, Ruskin, Macaulay, Newman, Mill, Arnold,
Pater, Stevenson.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24.)
Division III.
20. Chaucer and Middle English.—(a) Middle English
grammar with the reading of representative texts, (b) The
Canterbury Tales.
Texts: A Middle English reader and the Oxford Chaucer,
ed. Skeat.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
21a. Anglo-Saxon.—Bright, Anglo-Saxon Reader.
Two hours a week. Mr. Walker. 2 units.
21b.—Anglo-Saxon.—Beowulf.
One hour a week. Mr. Walker. 1 unit.
22. Studies in Linguistic History.—Origins, growth, and
development of the English language. A brief introduction to
Germanic philology; the Indo-European language group;
Grimm's Law; the Anglo-Saxon period; Norman, French, and
Latin influences; study of the gradual evolution of forms, sounds,
and meanings.
One hour a week. Mr. Walker. 1 unit.
24. Seminar.—In this class advanced students will get practice in some of the simpler methods of criticism and investigation.
The subject for 1923-24 will probably be the work of Milton.
Two hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 2 units. 124 The University of British Columbia.
Department of Geology and Geography.
Professor: R. W. Brock.
Professor of Physical and Structural Geology: S. J. Schofield.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: W. L. Uglow.
Professor of Palaeontology and Stratigraphy: M. Y. Williams.
Geology.
1. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction
to the science of Geology. The following subjects are treated in
the lectures:
(a) Physical Geology, which includes the study of the following topics: Weathering, work of the wind, the work of ground
water, the work of streams, the work of glaciers, the ocean and
its work, the structure of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes and
igneous intrusions, metamorphism, mountains and plateaus, and
ore-deposits.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. First Term. Mr. Schofield.
(b) Historical Geology, which includes a study of the following: The earth before the Cambrian, the Palaeozoic, the
Mesozoic, the Cenozoic, and Quaternary eras.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. Second Term. Mr. Williams.
The Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology include the
study and identification of the commonest minerals and rocks,
the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and
the study of structures by the use of models.
Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will
take the form of excursions to localities in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver which illustrate the subject-matter of the
lectures.
The Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology consist of
the general study of fossils, their characteristics and associations,
their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrence Courses in Arts. 125
in the strata. The principles of Palaeogeography will be taken
up and illustrated by the study of the palaeogeography of North
America.
Text-book: ' Cleland, Geology, Physical and Historical,
American Book Co.
Reference Books: Pirsson and Schuchert, Text-book of
Geology, Wiley. Geikie, Text-book of Geology, Macmillan. Merrill, Rocks, Rock-weathering and Soils, Macmillan. Coleman and
Parks, Elementary Geology, Dent & Sons. National Geographic
Magazine. Shimer, Introduction to the Study of Fossils,
Macmillan. Davis, Geographical Essays, Ginn & Co. Hugh
Miller's works. 3 units.
2. (a) General Mineralogy.—This course is designed to give
students a general survey of the field of mineralogy.
Lectures consist of a description of the crystallographical
and physical properties of minerals in general, combined with a
detailed study of about 50 of the common mineral species.
Laboratory Work consists of the practical study of these
minerals, a demonstration of their chemical properties, and practise in the methods of their determination.
Text-book: Dana, Manual of Mineralogy, revised by Ford
(new edition), Wiley.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. First Term. Mr. Uglow. VA units.
2. (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy.—This
course supplements 2 (a), and consists of a critical study of
about 50 of the less common mineral species, special emphasis
being given to their crystallography, origin, association, and
alteration.
Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by
Ford, Wiley.
Reference Books: Williams, Elements of Crystallography,
Holt. Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, Wiley. J. Volney Lewis, Manual of Determinative Mineralogy, Wiley. 126 The University of British Columbia.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. Second Term. Mr. Uglow. iy2 units.
3. Historical Geology.—Continental evolution and development of life with special reference to North America.
Three hours per week. First Term.
Text-book: Schuchert, Historical Geology, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Mr. Williams. iy2 units.
4. Structural and Physiographical Geology.—The following
subjects are treated in the lectures: Fractures, faults, flowage,
structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, major
units of structure, forces of deformation, the origin and development of land forms with special reference to the physiography of
British Columbia.
Text-book: Leith, Structural Geology, Holt.
Three hours per week. Second Term.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Mr. Schofield. iy units.
5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study
of the earth and the development of the geological sciences.
Mr. Brock.
(b) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geology
and economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,
Mr. Brock.
(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of the
continents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and their
influences upon life. Mr. Brock.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. 3 units.
6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate
fossils, their classification, identification and distribution both
geological and geographical.
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week.
Mr. Williams. 3 units. Courses in Arts. 127
7. Petrology—Lectures: These consist of a discussion of the
origin, occurrence, alteration, decomposition, and removal of
rocks; a study of their chemical, mineralogical and physical
characteristics; their mode of classification; and a presentation
of the method of application of the polarizing microscope to the
determination of rock types.
Laboratory Work.—The collections of the department are
used by the students for practice in the application of the above
principles to rock study, determination and classification. Field
methods of determination are stressed; and the polarizing microscope is used to study the texture, structure and composition of
the common rock types.
Text-books: Pirsson, Rocks and Rock Minerals, Wiley.
Luquer, Minerals in Rock Sections, Van Nostrand.
Prerequisites: Geology 1 and 2.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods of two hours per
week Mr. Uglow. 4 units.
8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis,
and structure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral
deposits with type illustrations; and a description of the ore-
deposits of the British Empire, special stress being placed on
those in Canada.
Text-book: Ries, Economic Geology, Wiley, 4th ed.
Reference Book: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits, McGraw-
Hill, 2nd ed.
Prerequisite: Geology 7 must precede or accompany this
course; Geology 1 must have been taken.
Three hours of lectures and one of laboratory work per
week. Mr. Brock and Mr. Williams. 4 units.
9. Mineralography.—A study of opaque minerals by means
of the reflecting microscope.
Two hours per week. Mr. Uglow. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.) 128 The University of British Columbia.
10. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers
of the Geological Survey of Canada. The course is essentially
practical, and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording and correlating geological facts in the field. The students
construct geological maps of selected areas in the vicinity of
Vancouver which require the use of the various methods and
instruments employed in field geology.
Reference Books: Lahee, Field Geology, McGraw-Hill.
Hayes, Handbook for Field Geologists, Wiley. Spurr, Geology
Applied to Mining, Hill Pub. Co.
Three hours per week.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 4, if not already taken,
must be taken concurrently.
Mr. Schofield. iy2 units.
12. Meteorology and Climatology.—Two lectures and one
laboratory period of two hours per week. Second Term.
Mr. Schofield. V/2 units.
Geography.
1. Principles of Geography.—A general course dealing
especially with the effects of the physical features of the earth
upon life, and the ways in which various forms of life respond
to their physical environment. The following topics are studied:
earth relations; earth features; climate and climatic factors;
oceans; materials of the land and their uses; changes of the
earth's surface; coasts, plains, plateaus, mountains, inland
waters, and their relations to life; distribution and development
of industries; distribution of population.
Text-book: Salisbury, Barrows and Tower, Elements of
Geography, Holt.
Three lectures per week.
Mr. Brock and Mr. Schofield. 3 units. Courses in Arts. 129
Department of History.
Professor: Mack Eastman.
Associate Professor: W. N. Sage.
Instructor: F. H. Soward.
Students who intend to specialize in History are advised
to associate with it from the first some allied subject, such as
Economics. Economics 1, 2, 3, Government 1 and Sociology 1
will be found especially helpful.
A reading knowledge of French and German will be found
extremely valuable in Third and Fourth Year courses, while in
certain classes of more advanced work Latin is indispensable.
Hereafter, French at least will be required for Honour work.
First and Second Years.
1. Modern European History.—A general view of the
development of modern Europe from the eve of the French
Revolution to the present day. This course is designed for First
Year students who wish to complete the survey of European and
world history begun in the high schools.
Text-book: Robinson and Beard, History of Europe, Our
Own Times, Ginn & Co, 1921. This is the sequel to the Breasted
and Robinson History of Europe, Ancient and Mediaeval, used
for Junior Matriculation.
Additional reading will be assigned during the year, including articles in the Encyclopaedia Britannica and chapters in the
Cambridge Modern History; Carlton Hayes, Political and Social
History of Modern Europe; Hazen, Europe Since 1815; Belloc,
French Revolution; Fisher, Napoleon; Bourgeois, Modern
France, 1815-1913; Hearnshaw, Main Currents of European
History in the Nineteenth Century; Grant Robertson, Bismarck;
Dawson, Evolution of Modem Germany; Stilman, Union of
Italy (1815-1895); Marriott, The Eastern Question; Trevelyan,
British History in the Nineteenth Century; Egerton, British
Foreign Policy in the Nineteenth Century; Cunningham, Growth
of English Industry and Commerce, Vol. 3; A. F. Pollard,
A Short History of the Great War, etc, etc. 130 The University of British Columbia.
Suggested for outside reading: H. G. Wells, An Outline of
History.
Three hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units.
(This course may not be offered after 1923-24.)
2. Canadian History.—This course opens with a brief
analysis of the reasons for European colonization of America
and a sketch of the colonial effort of Spain, France and Great
Britain. In the French regime, exploration, the development of
government, the conflict of church and state, and the struggle
with Great Britain for the West are studied. In the British
period, the relations of the French and English and the evolution
of Canadian self-government are given special attention.
Books especially recommended, which can be purchased at
the University book-store: Charles G. D. Roberts, History of
Canada. Sir Charles Lucas, History of Canada, Vol. 1, New
France. W. P. M. Kennedy, Documents of the Canadian Constitution, 1759-1915. Francis Parkman, Pioneers of France in the
New World; The Jesuits in North America; Count Frontenac
and New France; La Salle and the Discovery of the Great West;
The Old Regime in Canada; A Half-century of Conflict;
Montcalm and Wolfe.
Other reference books: Makers of Canada Series. Chronicles
of Canada. Ramsay Muir, Expansion of Europe. R. Thwaites,
The Colonies, 1492-1760. W. B. Munro, Crusaders of New
France. G. M. Wrong, Conquest of New France. Mack Eastman,
Church and State in Early Canada. A. G. Bradley, Fight With
France for North America; The Making of Canada. Egerton,
Canada Under British Rule. Morison, British Supremacy and
Canadian Self-government, 1889-1854- Lord Durham's Report.
Sir Robert Borden, Canadian Constitutional Studies. Shortt
and Doughty, Documents of Canadian Constitutional History,
1759-1791. Doughty and McArthur, Documents of Canadian
Constitutional History, 1791-1818. O. D. Skelton, Life and
Times of A. J. Gait; Life and Letters of Sir Wilfrid Laurier.
A preliminary essay counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work must be handed in by October 15th. Subject: '' The Work Courses ;n Arts. 131
of La Salle and the Verendryes in Exploration—A Comparison
and Contrast." Books recommended: Parkman, La Salle and
the Great West. Munro, Crusaders of New France. Burpee,
The Pathfinders of the Western Plains. Wrong, Conquest of
New France.
Three hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units.
3. English History. — The history of England from the
Norman Conquest to the Revolution of 1688. This course is
intended primarily for Second Year students who mean to specialize in history. It aims at interpreting the constitutional, political,
economic, and religious development of England and Wales during the period prescribed. Attention will also be paid to the
history of Scotland and Ireland and the origin of Overseas
Britain. The sequel to this course is History 8.
Text-book: R. Muir, A Short History of the British Commonwealth, Vol. I., G. Philip & Son, 1920.
Books of reference: J. R. Green, A Short History of the
English People. Mowat, A New History of Great Britain.
Stubbs, Constitutional History of England. Medley, Constitutional History of England. H. W. C. Davis, England Under the
Normans and Angevins. Vickers, England in the Later Middle
Ages. A. D. Innes, England Under the Tudors. G. M. Trevelyan,
England Under the Stuarts. Poole and Hunt (editors), The
Political History of England, Vols. II.-VIII. (inclusive). A. D.
Innes, A History of the British Nation; History of England and
the British Empire, Vols. I. and II. Traill (editor), Social
England, Vols. I. and II. Lipson, The Economic History of
England. Hunt and Stephens (editors), Tlve Church of England,
Vols. II.-VI. (inclusive). Ward, Prothero and Leathes (editors),
The Cambridge Modern History, Vols. I.-V. (inclusive), the
chapters dealing with British history; and also standard
biographies in the Twelve English Statesmen Series, etc.
A preliminary essay counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening of
the autumn term. Subject: "The Effects of the Norman
Conquest on Subsequent English History." References, in 132 The University of British Columbia.
addition to those already cited: Haskins, The Normans in
European History. Freeman, The Norman Conquest. Thierry,
The Norman Conquest.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
Third and Fourth Years.
History 4, 5 and 6 are intended especially for Third Year
students. History 4 (or 5) must be taken by all candidates for
Honours. In European History the proper sequence of courses
is History 4, 5, 6, 7.
Honour students are required to attend a weekly seminar
during their Third or Fourth Year. The seminar and the
graduating essay together will count 3 units.
4. Mediaeval History.—A sketch of Mediaeval History from
the Council of Nicaea to the Fall of Constantinople, 325-1453
A.D. The following subjects will be treated: the triumph of
Christianity; the breakdown of the Western Roman Empire;
the Barbarian Invasions; the earlier monastic movements;
Mohammed and Islam; the rise of the Papacy; the Franks and
Charlemagne; the struggle between Empire and Papacy; the
Normans in Europe; the Crusades; the Mediaeval Towns; the
later monastic movements; the rise of the universities;
Frederick II.; the later Mediaeval Empire; the National Kingdoms in France, Spain, England and Scotland; the Turks and
the collapse of the Byzantine Empire.
Text-book: Thorndike, A History of Mediaeval Europe,
Houghton, Mifflin Co.
Additional text-books for Honour students: Oman, The
Dark Ages. Tout, Empire and Papacy. R. Lodge, The Close of
the Middle Ages. Bryce, The Holy Roman Empire.
The above text-books may be purchased from the University
book-store.
Books of reference: Gibbon, Decline and Fall of the Roman
Empire (Bury's or Milman's edition). Gwatkin and Whitney
(editors), The Cambridge Mediaeval History. Lavisse and
Rambaud (editors), Histoire Generale. Lavisse (editor), Histoire Courses in Arts. 133
de France. H. A. L. Fisher, The Mediaeval Empire. H. W. C.
Davis, Mediaeval Europe. Hodgkin, Italy and Her Invaders.
Milman, History of Christianity; History of Latin Christianity.
Orton, Outline of Mediaeval History. D. C. Munro, The Middle
Ages. Emerton, Mediaeval Europe. Giesebreeht, Geschichte der
Deutschen Kaiserzeit. Archer and Kingsford, The Crusades.
Krey, The First Crusade. Archer, The Crusade of Richard I.
Duncalf and Krey, Parallel Source Book for the Middle Ages.
Henderson, Historical Documents of the Middle Ages. Etc.
A preliminary essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening of
the autumn term. Subject: "A Comparison of the Roman
Empire Under Constantine and Justinian." For materials for
this essay consult works by Gibbon, Milman, Hodgkin, Oman,
and the Cambridge Mediaeval History, listed above, also articles
in the Encyclopaedia Britannica on Constantine, Justinian and
the Roman Empire.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
5. Renaissance and Reformation.—Mediaeval civilization in
the time of Dante; the forerunners of the Renaissance; the
Renaissance in Italy (illustrated with slides); the Protestant
Reformation and the Catholic Reaction; in conclusion, a short
account of the subsequent history of religious thought down to
our own times, with especial reference to the English Deists, the
French Philosophers, Evangelicalism and Rationalism, the
Higher Criticism and Catholic Modernism.
An introductory essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"The Significance of Dante." Reading recommended: Translations by Cary, Norton, etc. Christopher Hare, Dante the
Wayfarer. Boynton, The World's Leading Poets. Mackail,
Lectures on Poetry. Santayana, Three Philosophical Poets.
Snell, Handbook to the Works of Dante. Caird, Essays on
Literature and Philosophy, Vol. IV. Brooks, Dante: How to
Know Him. Federn, Dante and His Time. Rossetti, Dante at
Verona. James Russell Lowell, Prose Works, Vol. IV. Flamini,
History of Italian Literature. Pollock, History of the Science of 134 The University of British Columbia.
Politics. Charles Maurras, Le Conseil de Dante. La Grande
Encyclopedic Also, The Contemporary Review, Atlantic
Monthly, etc, for 1921.
Text-books (in University book-store): Sichel, The Renaissance. Fisher, The Reformation, Scribners. Further reading:
Symonds, A Short History of the Renaissance in Italy.
Burckhardt, The Renaissance in Italy. Symonds, The Renaissance in Italy. Andre Michel, Histoire de I'Art (III, IV.).
Christopher Hare, Life and Letters in the Italian Renaissance.
Allen, The Age of Erasmus. Emerton, Erasmus. Lindsay,
A History of the Reformation. Vedder, Reformation in Germany.
Smith, Martin Luther. McGiffert, Martin Luther, the Man and
His Work. Articles in Encyclopaedia Britannica on Renaissance
by Symonds, and on Reformation by Robinson. McGiffert, The
Rise of Modern Religious Ideas. Sabatier, Modernism. Houtin,
Le Modernisme Catholique. Also several works on the Higher
Criticism.
Three hours a week. Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
6. The Age of Louis XIV., the Pre-Revolution, the Revolution and Napoleon.
An introductory essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"Discipline as the Central Principle of the Reign of Louis XIV."
Books recommended for reading and reference: Wakeman,
The Ascendancy of France. Grant, The French Monarchy,
Vol. II. Hassall, France, Mediaeval and Modern. Cambridge
Modern History, Vol. V. Lavisse, Histoire de France. Lavisse
et Rambaud, Histoire Generate. La Grande Encyclopedic, article
on Louis XIV, etc.
Text-books (in University book-store) : Johnston, A Short
History of the French Revolution; Napoleon, Henry Holt.
Further reading: Lowell, The Eve of the French Revolution,
Houghton Mifflin. De Tocqueville, The State of Society in France
Before the Revolution. Taine, L'Ancien Regime (abridged),
Heath & Co, or Taine, The Ancient Regime. Arthur Young,
Travels in France. Tallentyre, The Friends of Voltaire. John Courses in Arts. 135
Morley, Voltaire; Diderot and the Encyclopedists; Rousseau,
Macmillan. Wadia, The Philosophers and the French Revolution. Say, Turgot. Aulard, The French Revolution. Madelin,
The French Revolution. J. Holland Rose, The Revolutionary
and Napoleonic Era. Morse Stephens, A History of the French
Revolution. Barthou, Mirabeau. Belloc, Danton. Belloc, Marie
Antoinette. Lintilhac, Vergniaud. Stephens, Women in the
French Revolution. Bournand, La Terreur a Paris. Gooch,
Germany and the French Revolution. Mahan, The Influence of
Sea Power Upon the French Revolution. Sorel, L'Europe et la
Revolution Frangaise. Legg, Select Documents of the French
Revolution. Bourne, Revolutionary Europe (1763-1815). Fisher,
Napoleon; Bonapartism. R. M. Johnston, The Corsican
(Napoleon's Diary). Lacour-Goyet, Napoleon. J. Holland Rose,
Napoleon. Richardson, A Dictionary of Napoleon. Vandal,
L'Avenement de Bonaparte. Frederic Masson, Napoleon et son
Fits. McCabe, Talleyrand.
Three hours a week. Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
7. Europe, 1815-1923. The political, social and religious
history of the chief countries of continental Europe, with
especial attention to international relations. Intended for Fourth
Year students.
An introductory essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"The Changes, Permanent and Ephemeral, Wrought in
European Society by the French Revolution." For reading,
consult History 6.
Text-books (in University book-store) : Hazen, Europe Since
1815, Henry Holt. Shapiro, Modern and Contemporary
European History, Houghton Mifflin. Fueter, World History,
1815-1920.
Further reading: Allison Philipps, The Confederation of
Europe. Carlton Hayes, A Political and Social History of
Modern Europe, Macmillan. Holland Rose, The Development
of the European Nations (1870-1914). Ramsay Muir, The Expansion of Europe. Hearnshaw, Main Currents of European 136 The University of British Columbia.
History (1815-1915). Mowat, A History of European Diplomacy
(1815-1914). Bowman, The New World, Problems in Political
Geography. Rambaud, Histoire de la Civilisation Frangaise.
Un Demi-Siecle de Civilisation Frangaise. Deschanel, Gambetta.
Poincare, Thiers. Bourgeois, Modern France. Sait, Government
and Politics of France. Stuart, French Foreign Policy. Tardieu,
The Truth About the Treaty. Von Biilow, Imperial Germany.
Grant Robertson, Bismarck. Fife, The German Empire Between
Two Wars. Dawson, The Evolution of Modern Germany.
Marriott, The Evolution of Prussia. Veblen, Imperial Germany
and the Industrial Revolution. King, Mazzini. Stillman, The
Union of Italy (1815-1895). Thayer, Cavour, or Pietro Orsi,
Cavour. Feiling, Italian Policy Since 1870. Pingaud, L'ltalie
Depuis 1870. Beazley, Russia. Rambaud, Histoire de la Russie.
Marriott, The Eastern Question. Schevill, The Balkans. Certain
books and articles on the origins of the World War, the Peace
Conference, the League of Nations and the present state of
Europe.
Works of reference: Cambridge Modern History. Lavisse,
Histoire de France Contemporaine. Lavisse et Rambaud,
Histoire Generate. Hanotaux, Histoire de la Nation Frangaise.
Three hours a week. Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
8. Great Britain Since 1688.—This course aims at an interpretation of the constitutional, political, economic and religious
development of the British Isles since the Revolution of 1688.
Attention will also be paid to the growth of the British Empire
during the eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. This
course is the sequel to History 3.
The following subjects will be treated: The Revolution of
1688; the rise of political parties during the reigns of
William III. and Anne; the Scottish Union; Walpole and the
Whig ascendancy under George I. and George II.; British and
French colonial rivalry; Chatham; Lord North and the King's
friends; the American War of Independence; the Industrial
Revolution; the Younger Pitt; the French Revolutionary and
Napoleonic Wars; the Irish Union; Catholic Emancipation;
the three Reform Bills; the Victorian Age; Free Trade; the Courses in Arts. 137
Development of the British Empire; "Little Englanders" vs.
"Imperialists"; Disraeli vs. Gladstone; Home Rule for Ireland;
the Diamond Jubilee, the Boer War and the turn of the century;
Edward VII. and the Diplomatic Revolution; the New
Liberalism, Lloyd George and Social Reform; the World War
and Britain's part in it; British problems of the peace.
Text-book: R. Muir, Short History of the British Commonwealth, Vols. I. and II, G. Philip & Son.
Books of reference: Mowat, A New History of Great Britain.
Innes, A History of England and the British Empire, Vols. III.
and IV. G. M. Trevelyan, England Under the Stuarts. Grant
Robertson, England Under the Hanoverians. Marriott, England
Since Waterloo. Poole and Hunt (editors), The Political History
of England, Vols. VIII.-XII. (inclusive). Ward, Prothero and
Leather (editors), The Cambridge Modern History, Vols. V.-XII.
(inclusive), the chapters dealing with British History. G. M.
Trevelyan, British History in the Nineteenth Century. Toynbee,
The Industrial Revolution. Cunningham, The Growth of English
Industry and Commerce. Usher, An Introduction to the Industrial History of England. Townsend Warner, Landmarks in
English Industrial History. Egerton, A Short History of British
Colonial Policy. Lecky, England in the Eighteenth Century;
Ireland in the Eighteenth Century; Leaders of Public Opinion
in Ireland. Hume Brown, History of Scotland. A. Lang,
History of Scotland. Morley, Walpole; Burke. Basil Williams,
Life of Chatham. J. Holland Rose, William Pitt and the National
Revival; William Pitt and the Great War. Rosebery, Pitt.
Donnan, History of the British Empire in the Nineteenth
Century. G. M. Trevelyan, Lord Grey and the Reform Bill.
Thursfield, Peel. Moneypenny and Buckle, Life of Disraeli.
Morley, Life of Gladstone; Life of Cobden. G. M. Trevelyan,
Life of John Bright. O'Brien, Life of Parnell. Lord Newton,
Life of Lord Lyons. Queen Victoria, Letters 1837-1861. Sir
Edward Cook, Delane of "The Times." Herbert Paul, History
of Modern England. Gretton, A Modern History of the English
People. Farrar, England Under Edward VII. Barker, Ireland 138 The University of British Columbia.
in the Last Fifty Years. Howard Robinson, The Development
of the British Empire.
A preliminary essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening
of the autumn term. Subject: "The Revolution of 1688." Books
of reference, in addition to those listed above, which deal with
the subject, Burnet, History of My Own Times. Macaulay,
History of England. Locke, Second Treatise on Civil
Government.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
9. American History.—This course begins with a sketch of
the American colonies at the outbreak of the Revolution and
traces the history of the United States from the commencement
of the War of Independence to the close of the World War.
The following topics receive special attention: The War of
Independence, the formation of the Federal Union, the rise of
the political parties, the War of 1812, the expansion westward,
the slavery question, the American Civil War, the period of
reconstruction, the age of big business and the Roosevelt regime,
the administration of Wilson, and the United States in the
World War.
Books recommended for reading and reference: The
Chronicles of America. Cambridge Modern History, Vol. VII.
Adams, History of the United States, 1800-1815. Rhodes, History
of the United States, 1850-1.908. The Riverside History of the
United States. Epochs in American History. McMaster, The
History of the People of the United States. Farrand, The
Development of the United States. Channing, Student's History
of the United States. Beer, The British Colonial Policy, 1754-
1765. Hertz, The Old Colonial System. Fiske, American
Revolution. Fiske, Struggle for American Independence. Lecky,
American Revolution. Van Tyne, Causes of the War of
Independence. Greene, Foundations of American Nationality.
Thayer, Life of Washington; Life of Roosevelt. Charnwood,
Life of Lincoln. F. G. Oliver, Alexander Hamilton. Paxson,
American Civil War. Lingley, Since the Civil War. Andrews, Courses in Arts. 139
The Last Quarter Century in the United States. Dunning, The
British Empire and the United States. Foster, A Century of
American Diplomacy. Turner, The Frontier in American
History.
Text-book: Muzzey, American History, Ginn & Co.
An essay, counting 10 per cent, of the year's work, must be
handed in by October 15th. Subject: "The Loyalist Position
in the American Revolution." Books recommended: Wallace,
The U. E. Loyalists (Chronicles of Canada Series). Van Tyne,
The Loyalists in the American Revolution. Tyler, The Literary
History of the American Revolution. Lecky, The American
Revolution.
Three hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25.)
Department of Mathematics.
Professor: Daniel Buchanan.
Associate Professor: G. E. Robinson.
Assistant Professor: E. E. Jordan.
Assistant Professor: L. Richardson.
Lecturer: B. S. Hartley.
Assistant: John Henry.
Assistant: May L. Barclay.
Assistant: M. Home.
Course 1 is required of all regular students in First Year
Arts. Courses 2, 3, and 4 are open to students who have completed Course 1. Course 2 is required of those intending to
proceed to Honours in Mathematics.
Courses 3, 13, 15 and 4, 12, 14 are given in alternate years,
as indicated below.
A selection will be made from graduate courses at the
beginning of each session to meet the needs and qualifications
of students proceeding to the degree of M.A. 140 The University of British Columbia.
Pass Courses.
1. (a) Algebra.—An elementary course, including ratio,
proportion, variation, solutions of equations, simple series, permutations, combinations, and the binomial theorem.
Hall and Knight, Elementary Algebra.
Three hours a week. First Term.
(b) Geometry.—This course covers the work in Hall and
Steven's School Geometry, Parts V. and VI.
Two hours a week. Second Term.
(c) Trigonometry.—An elementary course involving the use
of logarithms.
Playne and Fawdry, Practical Trigonometry.
Wentworth and Hill, Logarithmic Tables.
Six-Place Tables (McGraw-Hill)—For those intending to
proceed to Applied Science.
One hour a week, First Term, and two hours a week, Second
Term. 3 units.
2. (a) Analytical Geometry.—An introductory course with
special emphasis upon the straight line and circle.
Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry.
Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Buchanan.
(6) Algebra.—A continuation of the previous course in
algebra involving exponential, logarithmic and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued fractions.
Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra.
Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Robinson.
(c) Calculus.—An introductory course in differential and
integral calculus, with various applications.
Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus.
One hour a week. Mr. Buchanan. 3 units.
3. The Mathematical Theory of Investments.—This course
deals with the theory of interest, annuities, debentures, valuation Courses in Arts. 141
of bonds, sinking funds, depreciation, probability and its application to life insurance.
Rietz, Crathorne and Rietz, Matliematics of Finance.
Two hours a week. Mr. Robinson. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
4. Descriptive Astronomy.—The object of this course is to
acquaint the student with the various heavenly bodies and their
motions. It is intended primarily for Pass students, and only a
knowledge of elementary mathematics is essential. The subject-
matter treated includes: The shape and motions of the earth,
systems of coordinates, the constellations, planetary motion, gravitation, tides, time, the stars and nebulae, theories of evolution
of the solar system.
Moulton, Introduction to Astronomy.
Two hours a week. Mr. Buchanan. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
Honour Courses.
10. Calculus.—The elementary theory and applications of
the subject.
Three hours a week. Mr. Buchanan. 3 units.
11. Plane and Spherical Trigonometry.—The work in plane
trigonometry will deal with the following: Identities and trigonometrical equations, the solution of triangles with various applications, circumscribed, inscribed and escribed circles, De Moivre's
theorem, expansions of sin n#, etc, hyperbolic and inverse functions. The work in spherical trigonometry will cover the solution
of triangles with various applications to astronomy and geodesy.
Loney, Plane Trigonometry, Parts I. and II.
Dupuis and Matheson, Spherical Trigonometry and Astronomy.
Two hours a week. Mr. Hartley. 2 units.
12. Synthetic Plane and Solid Geometry.—The course in
plane geometry is intended to cover such topics as the principle 142 The University of British Columbia.
of duality, cross ratio geometry, etc. In solid geometry the principal properties of solid figures are studied, as well as the theory
of projection in space, with various applications to the conic
sections.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
13. Analytical Geometry.—A general study of the conies and
systems of conies, and elementary work in three dimensions.
Loney, Coordinate Geometry. Tanner and Allen, Brief
Course in Analytical Geometry.
Two hours a week. Mr. Jordan. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
14. Theory of Equations and Determinants. — A course
covering the main theory and use of these subjects.
Burnside and Panton, Theory of Equations, Vol. I. Weld,
Theory of Determinants.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
15. Higher Algebra.—Selected topics in higher algebra, including infinite series, continued fractions, the theory of numbers,
probability!
Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra. Chrystal, Text-book of
Algebra, Part II.
Two hours a week. Mr. Robinson. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
16. Calculus and Differential Equations.—A continuation of
the previous course in calculus, treating partial differentiation,
expansions of functions of many variables, singular points, reduction formulae, successive integration, elliptic integrals, and
Fourier series.
Ordinary and partial differential equations, with various
applications to geometry, mechanics and physics. Courses in Arts. 143
Granville, Differential and Integral Calculus. Murray,
Differential Equations.
Two hours a week. Mr. Buchanan. 2 units.
17. Applied Mathematics.—A course dealing with the
applications of mathematics to dynamics of a particle and of a
rigid body, and to the two body problem in celestial mechanics.
Reference Books: Webster, Dynamics of Particles and of
Rigid, Fluid and Elastic Bodies. Smith and Langley, Theoretical
Mechanics.
Two hours a week. Mr. Richardson. 2 units.
18. History of Mathematics.—A reading course covering the
historical development of the elementary branches of mathematics from the earliest times to the present.
Ball, History of Mathematics. Cajori, History of Elementary Mathematics. Mr. Buchanan. 1 unit.
Graduate Courses.
20. Analytical Solid Geometry.—Snyder and Sisam, Analytical Geometry of Space.
21. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. — Goursat-
Hedrick, Mathematical Analysis, Vol. I.
22. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable.—Pierpont,
Functions of a Complex Variable.
23. Differential Geometry. Eisenhart, Differential Geometry.
24. Projective Geometry.—Veblen and Young, Projective
Geometry, Vol. I.
25. Celestial Mechanics.—Moulton, An Introduction to
Celestial Mechanics.
26. Advanced Differential Equations. — Moulton, Periodic
Orbits. 144 The University of British Columbia.
Department of Modern Languages.
Professor: H. Ashton.
Associate Professor: A. F. B. Clark.
Assistant Professor: Isabel Maclnnes.
Assistant Professor: G. Grojean.
Instructor: Margaret Ross.
Instructor: Janet T. Greig.
Assistant: Kathleen Peck.
Assistant: Hazel McConnell.
Tutor: E. E. Delavault.
Tutor: G. Barry.
French.
1. (a) Moliere, Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme, Ginn. Bazin,
Une tache d'encre, Ginn. Chouville and Savory, Three Weeks
in France, Clarendon Press. Weil, Legons de Frangais,
Delagrave, Paris.
Revision of the essentials of French grammar and syntax
applied to the correct writing of French.
Oral work from Weil, Legons de Frangais.
There will be an oral examination based on this book.
3 units.
1. (b) A course of Lectures on France, French Life and
Institutions. Open to all students without obligation to take the
examination. Students intending to take French throughout
their course are advised to attend these lectures. Future Honours students in French should take the course and the examination. No formal credit is given for this course.
One hour a week.
2. (a) La Fontaine, One Hundred Fables (Super). Ginn.
Augier et Sandeau, Le Gendre de Monsieur Poirier (Roedder),
American Book Company. Anatole France, Le Crime de
Sylvestre Bonnard (Wright), Holt.
Conversation in French on the above. Written resumes.
Composition from Wilson and Jaccard, A First French
Prose Composition, Bell, London; or from Jules Lazare,
Elementary French Composition, Hachette, London. Courses in Arts. 145
Students intending to take Second Year French will be
required to read Quelques Contes des Romanciers Naturalistes,
Heath, during the summer vacation of 1923, and an examination
(to be written in French) will be held during the first week of
the autumn term to test their knowledge of this text. 3 units.
2. (b) The Life and Works of eight French authors, Mme.
de La Fayette, Mme. de Sevigne, Mme. de Stael, George Sand,
Balzac, Flaubert, Musset, Rostand.
For students who intend to continue French in the Third
and Fourth Years. No formal credit is given for this course.
One hour a week.
3. (a) The Literature of the Age of Louis XIV. Lectures
on the history and social conditions of the period, and on the
development of the literature. Careful reading and discussion
of the following texts: Racine, Phedre, Hachette, Paris. Moliere,
Les Femmes Savantes, Didier; Le Tartuffe, Hachette, Paris.
Schinz and King, Seventeenth Century French Readings, Holt.
Conversation and written resumes based on the above.
Weekley's French Prose Composition will be used for translation from English into French.
This course is obligatory for all students taking Third Year
French. 3 units.
Students intending to take Third Year French will be
required to read 500 pages of French during the summer vacation of 1923. This reading may consist of one or more novels,
plays, short stories, critical or historical articles, poetry, etc,
at the choice of the student, but the texts selected must be
approved by the Department. This reading will be tested by
an essay in French (summing up or criticizing the texts read
and not exceeding 5,000 words), to be handed in during the first
week of the autumn term.
Before registering in Third Year classes the student should
talk over the work with the Professor concerned.
3. (b) The Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Lectures
on the history and social conditions of the period, with special
emphasis on the '' philosophe'' movement, and the beginnings of 146 The University of British Columbia.
romanticism. The inter-relations of French and English thought
and literature will be touched upon. Careful reading and discussion of the following texts: Voltaire, Contes, Oxford University Press. Diderot, Extraits (Fallex), Delagrave. Rousseau,
Morceaux Choisis, 4th ed. (Mornet), Didier. Beaumarchais, Le
Barbier de Seville, Macmillan.
This course is intended for students who are already taking
French 3 (a), and who wish three extra units in French (whether
for the purpose of taking Honours in French or not). 3 units.
3. (c) French Composition and translation from English
into French. Weekley, French Prose Composition, Clive, London.
Obligatory for Honours students. 3 units.
4. (a) Stewart and Tilley, The Romantic Movement in
French Literature, Cambridge Press. Rostand, Cyrano de
Bergerac, Fasquelle, Paris.
Reading: Taine on Byron, in Histoire de la Litterature
Anglaise. Chateaubriand, Rene. Mme. de Stael, De I'Allemagne,
Oxford Press. De Stendhal, Racine et Shakespeare, Oxford
Press. 3 units.
4. (b) Modern French Poetry—Romantics to Present Day.
Auzas, Les poetes frangais du XIXe siecle, Oxford Press.
Gauthier-Ferrieres, Anthologie des ecrivains frangais contem-
porains (Poesie), Larousse, Paris. 3 units.
4. (c) Composition and Oral French.
Book required: Ritchie and Moore, A Manual of French
Composition, Cambridge Press.
For Honours students. 3 units.
4. (d) Methods of Modern Language Teaching.
For Honours students and all who intend to teach French.
3 units.
N.B.—Courses 3 (a), (b), (c), and 4 (a), (b), (c), (d),
call for much work out of class. They should be chosen only
by students able and willing to work alone. Courses in Arts. 147
While the Library provides copies of standard dictionaries
for occasional reference, every student of the Second, Third, and
Fourth Years should possess a small dictionary for use when
preparing class work. Suitable dictionaries can be obtained at
the Bookstore.
German.
Beginner's Course. Composition, Grammar, Conversation.
— Texts: (a) Zinnecker, Deutsch fur Anf linger, Heath.
(b) Haertel, German Reader for Beginners (Ginn & Co.).
3 units.
Beginner's Course, Scientific.—As Beginner's Course above,
substituting for Text (b) Gore, German Science Reader, Heath.
3 units.
1. Language.—Completion and Revision of Zinnecker. Composition and conversation based on texts read. Hillern, Hoher
als die Kirche, Scribner. Moser, Der Bibliothekar, Ginn.
F. Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.
Four hours a week.
One hour a week alternate reading for Science students may
be arranged. 3 units.
2. (a) Language.—Whitney and Stroebe, Advanced German
Composition, Holt. Composition and conversation based on
texts read.
Storm, Pole Poppenspdler, Scribner. Freytag, Die Jour-
nalisten, Ginn. Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
2. (6) A general survey of German literature.
For students who intend to take German in the Third and
Fourth Years.
One hour a week. No formal credit is given for this course.
3. Lessing, Minna von Barnhelm, Macmillan. Goethe,
Egmont, Ginn. Schiller, Die Jungfrau von Orleans, Holt.
Composition based on above texts and Whitney and Stroebe,
Advanced German Composition, Holt. 148 The University of British Columbia.
Study of the classical period in German Literature. 3 units.
4. (a) Nineteenth Century Drama. 3 units.
4. (b) Nineteenth Century Fiction. 3 units.
These courses, which include reading of a number of standard works, will be given alternately.
Department of Philosophy.
Professor: H. T. J. Coleman.
Associate Professor: James Henderson.
1. (a) A Course in Elementary Psychology.
Text-book: Pillsbury, The Essentials of Psychology, Macmillan.
References: Stout, A Manual of Psychology. Titchener,
A Text-book in Psychology; A Beginner's Psychology. James,
Psychology (Briefer Course).
Two hours a week throughout the year.
(b) A Course in Elementary Logic, Deductive and Inductive.
Text-book: Mellone, Introductory Text-book of Logic,
Blackwood (latest edition).
One hour a week throughout the year.
(c) A fourth hour per week will be devoted to lectures
introductory to the main problems of Philosophy, and a special
study of Descartes' Discourse on Method and Berkeley's Treatise
Concerning the Principles of Human Knowledge. Attendance
at this hour is voluntary and no formal credit is given. Students
contemplating honors are, however, advised to take this course.
3 units.
2. A general course in Ethics.
Text-book: Everett, Moral Values, Holt. Courses in Arts. 149
A special study will be made of selected portions of Aristotle's Ethics, Mill's Utilitarianism, and Kant's Metaphysic of
Morals.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
3. History of Greek Philosophy from Thales to Plato
(inclusive).
Text-book: Burnet, Greek Philosophy (Part I.), Macmillan.
In connection with the course a special study will be made of
Plato's Republic, Phaedo, and Philebus.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
4. The History of Philosophy from the Renaissance to the
Present time.
Text-book: A. B. D. Alexander, A Short History of
Philosophy, Macmillan.
Works of reference: Rand, Modern Classical Philosophers,
and the various Histories of Philosophy.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
5. The Philosopluy of Kant, with special study of the
Critique of Pure Reason.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
6. Philosophic Movements since the time of Kant. Post-
Kantian Idealism, Pragmatism, the New Realism, Bergson and
others.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
7. Introduction to Education. A course of lectures and
discussions dealing with educational movements since the beginning of the 19th century, and with the theories of life and of
mind which are implicit in these movements. 150 The University of British Columbia.
Texts: Spencer, Education, Everyman Edition. Dewey,
Democracy and Education, Macmillan.
References: Butler, The Meaning of Education. Moore,
What is Educationf Adams (ed.), The New Teaching. Holmes,
What is and What might be. Articles in Cyclopedia of Education, Macmillan.
Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatory to this course.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1924-25 and alternate years.)
8. (a) Social Psychology.—First Term. A study of those
particular phases of mental life and development which are
fundamental in social organization and activity.
Text: McDougall, Social Psychology, Methuen, London.
Collateral reading will be prescribed from the following: Cooley,
Human Nature and the Social Order. Wallas, Human Nature
in Politics; The Great Society. Ross, Social Psychology'.
(6) Educational Psychology.—Second Term. A study of
the psychological basis of teaching, with particular attention to
newer methods of class organization and instruction, and the
problem of the measurement of mental traits.
Text: Colvin, The Learning Process, Macmillan.
References: Thorndike, Educational Psychology. Judd,
Psychology of High School Subjects. Terman, The Measurement of Intelligence. Starch, Educational Psychology.
Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatory to this course.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1923-24 and alternate years.)
Students will note that Courses 3 and 4, Courses 5 and 6,
and Courses 7 and 8 are given in alternate years. This arrangement is designed to meet the needs of students who desire to
pursue the study of philosophy beyond the elementary stage. Courses in Arts. 151
Department of Physics.
Professor: T. C. Hebb.
Associate Professor: A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor: J. G. Davidson.
Assistant: Cyril Jones.
1. A General Study of the principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, and electricity, both in the
lecture-room and in the laboratory. The course has two objects:
(1) To give the minimum acquaintance with physical science
requisite for a liberal education to those whose studies will be
mainly literary; (2) to be introductory to the courses in Agriculture, Chemistry, Engineering, and Advanced Physics. Students must reach the required standard in both theoretical and
practical work.
Three hours of lectures and one period of two hours of
laboratory work per week.
Note: Separate lectures and laboratory periods will be provided for those students who have matriculated in Physics.
3 units.
2. General Physics.—Lectures and demonstrations. Especial
attention is given to modern points of view.
Three lectures per week for the pass course and one extra
lecture hour, or one laboratory period of two hours per week,
for distinction students.
Students who intend to proceed to a Medical Course should
take the laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Course 1, or its equivalent.
Text-book: Kimball, College Physics. 3 units.
3. Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat.—A study of the
statics and dynamics of both a particle and a rigid body, the laws
of gases and vapors, temperature, hygrometry, capillarity, expansion, and calorimetry.
Two hours of lectures and three hours of laboratory per
week. 152 The University of British Columbia.
Prerequisite: Course 1, or its equivalent.
Text-book: Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and
Heat. 3 units.
4. Electricity, Sound, and Light.—A study of the fundamentals of magnetism, electricity, sound, and light.
Two hours of lectures and three hours of laboratory per
week.
Prerequisite: Course 1, or its equivalent.
Text-book: Millikan and Mills, Electricity, Sound and Light.
3 units.
5. Dynamics of a Particle and of a Rigid Body.—A rigorous
mathematical study of this subject.
Two hours of lectures per week.
Prerequisites: Course 3, and Differential and Integral Calculus. 2 units.
6. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism.—In this course,
especial attention is given to the theoretical phases of Electricity
and Magnetism.
Two hours of lectures per week.
Prerequisites: Courses 3 and 4, and Differential and Integral
Calculus. |
Text-book: Starling, Electricity and Magnetism. 2 units.
7. Kinetic Theory of Gases and Introduction to Thermodynamics.—A course of lectures elucidating the fundamentals of
these subjects.
Two hours of lectures per week.
Prerequisites: Course 3, and Differential and Integral Calculus.
Books for reference: Poynting and Thomson, Heat. Boyn-
ton, Kinetic Theory of Gases. Preston, Heat, and Meyer,
Kinetic Theory of Gases. 2 units.
8. Theoretical and Experimental Optics.—A course of lectures accompanied by laboratory work consisting of accurate Courses in Arts. 153
measurements in diffraction, dispersion, interference, and polarization.
Two hours of lectures and three hours of laboratory per
week.
Prerequisites: Courses 3 and 4, and Differential and Integral
Calculus.
Books for reference: Houstoun, Treatise on Light. Mann,
Advanced Optics. Wood, Physical Optics. Preston, Theory of
Light. Drude, Theory of Optics, and Edser, Light for Students.
3 units.
9. Recent Advances in Physics.—A course of lectures dealing
with the electrical properties of gases, the electron theory, and
radioactivity.
Two hours of lectures per week.
Prerequisites: Courses 3 and 4, and Differential and Integral
Calculus.
Books for reference: Thomson, Conduction of Electricity
through Gases. Rutherford, Radio-active Substances and Their
Radiations. Millikan, Electron. Thomson, Positive Rays.
Hughes, Photo-electricity, and Kaye, X-Rays. 2 units.
10. Advanced Experimental Physics.—In this course the
candidate for honours is expected to perform one or more classical experiments and to do some special work
Carefully prepared reports, abstracts, and bibliographies will
constitute an essential part of the course.
Six hours of laboratory work per week. 3 to 6 unit*.
Department of Zoology.
Professor: C. McLean Fraser.
Instructor: H. A. Dunlop.
Assistant: C. P. Leckie.
Assistant: Kenneth F. Auden.
Note: Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.
1. General Morphology.—General morphology of animals.
Comparative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups.
Comparative life-histories. 154 The University of British Columbia.
This course is prerequisite to other courses in zoology.
Pass Course: Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory
work per week throughout the year. 3 units.
Text-books: T. J. Parker and W. A. Haswell, Manual of
Zoology, Macmillan & Co. (American Edition, 1916).
2. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates.—A detailed comparative study of a member of each of the classes of Vertebrates.
Two lectures and four laboratory hours per week. First
Term. 2 units.
3. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates.—A detailed comparative study of a member of each of the main classes of Invertebrates.
Two lectures and four laboratory hours per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
4. Morphology of Insects. General Entomology: A collection is required.
One lecture and two hours laboratory work per week. One
Term. 1 unit.
5. Histology.—Study of the structure and development of
animal tissues. Methods in histology.
Seven hours per week. Second Term. 2 units.
6. Embryology. A general survey of the principles of verteT
brate embryology. Preparation and examination of embryologi-
cal sections.
Seven hours per week. First Term. 2 units.
7. Economic Entomology.—A study of the insect pests of
animals and plants; means of combating them.
Lecture and laboratory work, six hours per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
8. Private Reading.—A course of reading on Biological
theories. In this course examinations will be set but no class
instruction will be given. 2 units. FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS IN APPLIED
SCIENCE
Admission.
The general regulations as to admission to the University
are to be found on page 41 and following.
Students entering the Faculty of Applied Science are
required to have completed one year in Arts. A Senior Matriculation certificate may be accepted provided at least 50 per cent,
has been obtained on the aggregate and 40 per cent, on each
paper, or in the case of students entering the Department of
Nursing, a Junior Matriculation certificate may be accepted.
In First Year Arts or Senior Matriculation, Mathematics
and Physics must both be taken. French is advisable for students
intending to enter Geological Engineering.
English, Mathematics and Physics are prerequisite subjects,
and students must have passed the examinations in them to be
admitted to First Year Applied Science.
For returned soldiers the requirements for entrance to the
Faculty of Applied Science are those of the Applied Science
Matriculation of 1915. (See page 62.)
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.Sc.
The degree of B.A.Sc. is granted on the satisfactory completion of four sessions of class-room work in the Applied Science
Faculty.
A double course leading to the degree of B.A. and B.A.Sc.
is also offered.
The curriculum as laid down in the following pages may be
changed from time to time as deemed advisable by the Faculty. 156 The University of British Columbia.
Courses leading to the degree of BA.Sc. are offered in the
following :
I. Chemical Engineering.
II. Chemistry.
III. Civil Engineering.
IV. Electrical Engineering.
V. Forest Engineering.
VI. Geological Engineering.
VII. Mechanical Engineering.
VIII. Metallurgical Engineering.
IX. Mining Engineering.
X. Nursing
XI. Public Health.
GENERAL OUTLINE OF COURSES
Except in the Department of Nursing, which is treated
separately (pages 176, 215), the work of the first two years is
largely in Mathematics and pure science, giving a foundation for
specialization in the various branches of Engineering in the
Third and Fourth Years of a BA.Sc. Course.
f Vacation Work
Students are expected to spend their summer vacations in
some employment that will furnish practical experience helpful
in their professional studies, or in their future professional
work. It is of prime importance for the mastery of the professional subjects that the theoretical work of the classroom
and the practical work of the laboratory should be supplemented
by experience in field or industrial work.
Before applying for a degree, a candidate is required to
furnish certificates of having had at least four months' employment of a nature that, in the opinion of the Department concerned, shall have afforded suitable experience in the practice
of his profession. Information for Students in Applied Science 157
Students engaged in summer work that, in the opinion of
the Head of the Department and the Dean, affords necessary
practical experience in connection with their academic courses,
such as Geological students on geological survey field parties,
and who cannot, by reason of such work, enter college at the
specified time, may be allowed to register and enter classes,
without penalty, after the time specified in the calendar, on
presentation of statements from their employers that circumstances rendered it impossible for them to report at college
earlier.
Summer work and sessional work are required.
The summer work in Mechanical Engineering 2, required
of all students entering First Year Applied Science except
Nursing, will begin on Monday, September 10th.
Field work will begin at the close of the sessional
examination.
Practical work, such as Shop-work, Freehand Drawing,
Mechanical Drawing, Surveying, etc., done outside the University, may be accepted in lieu of laboratory or field work (but
not in lieu of lectures) in these subjects, on the recommendation of the Head of the Department and approval of the Dean.
Students seeking exemption as above must make written
application accompanied by certificate indicating the character
of the work done and the time devoted to it.
The work of the First and Second Years is the same in all
courses in Applied Science except Nursing.
First Year.
Summer Work.
All undergraduates entering the First Year of Applied
Science (except in Nursing) are required to register on or before,
and to be in attendance at the University, on Monday, September
10th, when the classes in Mechanical Engineering 2 will
commence. 158
The University of British Columbia.
Sessional Work.
Subject.
&
Mathematics 1
Mathematics 2
Mathematics 3
Mathematics 4
Civil Engineering 1
Mechanical Drawing 1 . .
Physics 1
Physics 2
Chemistry 1*
Mechanical Engineering 2.
Biology 1*
200
200
200
201
184
202
214
214
183
202
183
First Term.
8*
I*
■5 <=P
Second Term.
$*
a » v
a a v
oSJC
I
*lf Chemistry or Biology has been taken in Arts it will be accepted
in lieu of the Science Course.
Field Work.
(See page 185.)
All undergraduates completing the First Year—except those
taking Nursing Courses—are required to take Civil Engineering 2 immediately after the spring examination.
Second Year.
Sessional Work.
Subject.
=3?
First
Term.
Second Term.
V I*
ed D9 V
b*
efl oo oi
5 ti *
i—i
Mathematics 6
Mathematics 7
Chemistry 2
Civil Engineering 3
Civil Engineering 4
Mechanical Engineering 3
Physics 3
Physics 4
Civil Engineering 5
Civil Engineering 6
Geology 1
201
3
3
201
2
2
184
1
6
1
186
1
1
186
203
1
1
214
2
3
2
214
2
2
186
3
187
2
2
199
2
2
2 Information for Students in Applied Science 159
Field Work.
Civil Engineering 7 (see page 187) will commence immediately after the spring examination for students in Civil, Forest,
Geological, Metallurgical, and Mining Engineering.
Third and Fourth Years.
Information regarding Third and Fourth Year work will be
found under the various courses on succeeding pages. For the
session 1924-25 and succeeding sessions the Third and Fourth
Years will be altered in conformity with the changes made in
the First and Second Years in this Calendar.
Third and Fourth Year Essays.
Essays are required of all students entering the Third and
Fourth Years, and must conform to the following:—
1. The essay shall consist of not less than 2,000 words.
2. It must be a technical description of the engineering aspects
of the work on which the student was engaged during the
summer, or of any scientific or engineering work with which
he is familiar. In the preparation of the essay, advantage
may be taken of any source of information, but due
acknowledgment must be made of all authorities consulted.
It should be suitably illustrated by drawings, sketches,
photographs or specimens.
3. It must be typewritten, or clearly written on paper of substantial quality, standard letter size (8V2XH inches), on
one side of the paper only, leaving a clear margin on top
and left-hand side. Students are recommended to examine
sample reports to be found in the library.
4. All essays must be handed in to the Dean not later than
November 15th.
All essays, when handed in, will become the property of the
Department concerned, and will be filed for reference. Students
may submit duplicate copies of their essays in competition for
the students' prizes of the Engineering Institute of Canada, or
the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. 160
The University of British Columbia.
The value of an essay will be judged, not only by its substance, but also by the precision and quality of its English. A
maximum of 100 marks is allowed for an essay, 50 being required
for a pass. Essays will be considered as final Christmas
examinations, and subject to the same regulations and fees as
apply to supplemental examinations.
I. Chemical Engineering.
This course is arranged to prepare the student for the duties
of managing engineer in a chemical manufactory. As such he
must be not only conversant with the chemical processes involved,
but he must be prepared to design and to oversee the construction of new buildings and to direct the installation and use of
machinery. Accordingly, the course of study combines a considerable amount of engineering with the maximum of chemical
training allowed by the time at his disposal.
First and Second Years.
As in other Engineering courses. (See pages 157 to 159.)
Third Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
First Term.
S3
si w aj
fe % v
II*
3X
Second Term.
£?.*
Economics 1
Metallurgy 1
Mechanical Engineering 6
Geology 2 (a)
Chemistry 3
Chemistry 4
Chemistry 5
Civil Engineering 10
Civil Engineering 9
Electrical Engineering 1.
Physics 5
195
2
2
211
2
2
204
2
3
2
199
2
2
184
2
3
2
184
2
184
i
9
1
189
2
2
1S8
1
207
2
2
2
215
1
1 Information for Students in Applied Science. 161
Fourth Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
IS
First Term.
ii a,
I*
co pa 4)
(h E v
Second Term.
8-g
I*
Geology 1 (a) .
Civil Engineering 19
Civil Engineering 12
Chemistry 6
Chemistry 7
Chemistry 8
Chemistry 16
Metallurgy 2
Thesis
199
2
192
1
189
1
184
2
184
3
184
2
184
211
2
15
II. Chemistry.
The aim of this course is to train the students in the practice
of Chemistry, and to give a thorough knowledge in the fundamental principles of this subject, that they may be prepared to
assist in the solution of problems of value to the industrial and
agricultural fife of the Province. The course is arranged to
give in the first two years a knowledge of the fundamental
principles of Chemistry and Physics, with sufficient mathematics
to enable the theoretical parts of the subject to be understood.
In the Third Year, analytical, organic, and physical
chemistry are studied from the scientific side and in relation
to technology; while in the Fourth Year a considerable amount
of time is devoted to a short piece of original work.
First and Second Years.
As in other Engineering courses. (See pages 157 to 159.) 162
The University of British Columbia.
Third Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
First Term.
■KP
■S«\m
Second Term.
•2p
6) *.
C3 W <j)
fc fa «
Economics 1
Geology 1
Chemistry 3
Chemistry 4
Chemistry 5
Metallurgy 1
Geology 2 (a)
Bacteriology 1 (Arts)
Metallurgy 5
German (Arts) 1 . . .
Physics 5
195
199
184
184
184
211
199
99
212
147
215
Fourth Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
TO ..
IS
First Term.
Second Term.
85 •*
■Sfe
5*
SIS
Si t.
" D.
fr"
° a .:
w on a)
►J*
215
2
2
184
2
2
184
2
3
2
3
184
3
3
184
2
3
2
3
211
2
15
2
18
Physics 9
Chemistry 6 .
Chemistry 7 .
Chemistry 8 .
Chemistry 9 .
Metallurgy 2
Thesis Information for Students in Applied Science 163
III. Civil Engineering.
The aim of this course is to give the student a sound training
in the fundamental scientific principles on which the practice of
the profession is based, and in the various branches of general
engineering which are most called for in the practice of the
profession in this Province. Experience shows that graduates
do not usually follow any narrow differentiation that they may
make in their course, but are governed by many other factors
which affect them after leaving college. In practice in British
Columbia, in particular, the engineer is called upon to undertake
work in various branches of the profession. The course is
therefore adapted to the needs of the engineer who expects to
enter the profession in this Province in general practice, or the
student who wishes to take up a special branch of engineering
in a post-graduate course. The instruction is given by means of
lectures and practical work in the field, the draughting-room,
and the laboratory, and by visits to works in regularly conducted
class excursions.
During the earlier years of the course the training is along
engineering lines in Mathematics, Physics, Mechanics, and allied
subjects which are essential to the proper education of the
engineer who in practice is applying the principles of these
sciences.
In the Third and Fourth Years, while the student's
attention is devoted especially to the study of the courses in
Civil Engineering, his outlook is broadened by courses in
General Economics, General Geology, Engineering Law and
Economies, as well as a brief introduction to the business side
of the profession.
The subjects covered in each year follow in tabulated form:
First and Second Years.
As in other Engineering courses. (See pages 157 to 159.)
Third Year.
Summer Essay. (See page 159.) 164
The University of British Columbia.
Sessional Work.
*3 So
a*
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
a*
fe S »
3b
SI
p.
Civil Engineering 8
Civil Engineering 9
Civil Engineering 10
Civil Engineering 11
Mechanical Engineering 6. .
Electrical Engineering 1 . .
Economics 1
188
188
189
189
189
204
207
195
190
190
191
l
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
1
3
3
2
6
3
1
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
2
Civil Engineering 13
Civil Engineering 15
4
Field Work.
Civil Engineering 16 (see page 191) will commence immediately after the spring examination.
Fourth Year.
Summer Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
V
3
be
Q
Oh
Jh
V
fc
First Term.
1-4 <U
fr1*
|S*
IS*
Second Term.
fr"-
Hs-
!§*
3b
Civil Engineering 17
Civil Engineering 18
Civil Engineering 19
Civil Engineering 20
Civil Engineering 21
Civil Engineering 22
Civil Engineering 23
Civil Engineering 24
Civil Engineering 25
Civil Engineering 26
191
192
192
193
193
193
194
195
195
195
Sat. mornings 20 weeks Inf©rmation for Students in Applied Science. 165
IV. Electrical Engineering.
This course is designed for those students who desire a general training in the theory and practice of electrical engineering
in addition to the basic principles of mechanical engineering.
The Third Year of the course is devoted mainly to mechanical
engineering, together with work which involves the broad principles which underlie all engineering work. The Fourth Year is
devoted to electrical engineering, the fundamental principles of
industrial economics, works organization, management, and financing. No attempt is made to give the student that intimate
knowledge of the details of Electrical Engineering practice which
practical experience alone can supply.
Vancouver and the surrounding country afford excellent
facilities for the study of engineering works under commercial
conditions. The managing officials of these works are pleased to
permit students, in charge of a member of the Faculty, to inspect
and conduct tests at pre-arranged times. Organized visits to
industrial plants constitute a regular part of the advanced work.
First and Second Years.
As in other Engineering courses. (See pages 157, 158.)
Third Year.*
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
'3 8
IS 8
First Term.
■•a
V ii
U ii
III
Second Term.
sis
KB*
•§§£
Mechanical Engineering 4
Mechanical Engineering 5
Mechanical Engineering 6
Mechanical Engineering 7
Civil Engineering 9
Civil Engineering 10 ....
Electrical Engineering 1
Electrical Engineering 2
Civil Engineering 12 ....
Mechanical Engineering 200
204
204
204
205
188
189
207
207
189
203
* Given as Third Year in Mechanical Engineering 166
The University of British Columbia.
Fourth Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
~ ii
es bo
a*
. a
k a
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
ft «
f*
S aji
ed at a
u h ii
a a
frfe
.J
Electrical Engineering 4 . .
Electrical Engineering 5 . .
Electrical Engineering 6 . .
Electrical Engineering 7 . .
Electrical Engineering 8 . .
Mechanical Engineering 8. .
Mechanical Engineering 10.
Mechanical Engineering 12.
Civil Engineering 19
208
208
208
208
209
205
206
206
192
192
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
9
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
9
3
3
3
V. Forest Engineering.
This course is intended primarily for students who wish to
enter the lumbering industry in British Columbia. The course,
therefore, is designed to give a thorough training in branches of
engineering that are applied in the industry. At the same time
a sufficient training is afforded in the sciences fundamental to
forestry to enable a student to enter professional forestry,
especially in this Province, where a knowledge of the special
problems connected with the industry greatly increases the
usefulness of the forester.
Vancouver contains large saw-mills, wood-working plants,
and plants for seasoning and preserving wood—more, in fact,
than any other place in the Province. Pulp mills, logging operations, and extensive forests are within easy reach. The advantages of location are therefore exceptional.
As in the other engineering courses, students are expected to
obtain practical experience in their work during the summer Information for Students in Applied Science. 1,67
vacations, this being an essential supplement to the theoretical
and practical work of the Session. (See pages 156, 157.)
The requirements for admission to this course are those set
forth for admission to Applied Science. (See page 155.)
Students intending to enter this course are advised to take
Economics I in their first year Arts.
First and Second Years.
As in other Engineering courses. (See pages 157 to 159.)
Third Year.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
3
First Term.
TO.M
ii fl}
Im a)
2£
a
si*
SB
Second Term.
5£
p. p-ii
31
Forestry 1
Forestry 2
Forestry 3
Forestry 4
Botany 1
Botany 5 (b)
Electrical Engineering 1
Civil Engineering 8 . . .
Civil Engineering 9 . . .
Civil Engineering 10 . .
Civil Engineering 11 . .
Civil Engineering 13
Civil Engineering 14 . .
Civil Engineering 19 . .
196
197
197
197
183
197
207
188
188
189
189
190
190
192
Field Work.
Civil Engineering 16 (see page 191) will commence immediately after the spring examination.
Fourth Year.
Essay. (See page 159.) 168
The University of British Columbia.
Sessional Work.
Subject.
First Term.
L a
u a.
S £ %
fe S »
1§*
Second Term.
8*
1*
!°*
Forestry 5
Forestry 6
Forestry 7
Forestry 8
Forestry 9
Forestry 10
Botany 6 (b)
Zoology 4 (Special) ....
Botany 7 (a)
Mechanical Engineering 6
Civil Engineering 12 ....
Civil Engineering 17
Civil Engineering 18 ....
197
198
198
198
199
199
183
183
204
189
191
192
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR, CANADA
FOREST PRODUCTS LABORATORIES OF CANADA.
VANCOUVER LABORATORY.
The above Laboratory was established in 1918 by the Forestry Branch of the Department of the Interior, as a permanent
branch of the Forest Products Laboratories of Canada.
The purpose of the laboratory is primarily to test the
woods grown in Western Canada to determine their mechanical
and physical properties and to show by results of standardized
tests their relative strengths as compared with woods grown
elsewhere and tested in other laboratories under the same standards; to investigate the conditions produced in timbers by
natural and induced defects; to assist the wood-using industries
in the choice and treatment of woods for various services; to
advise in operations related to pulp and paper manufacture, Information for Students in Applied Science. 169
the preservation and identification of woods, and timber
construction.
A scheme of co-operation exists between the Laboratory and
University by which students of the University have access to
the Laboratory to watch the work being carried on, and by whieh
students may use the apparatus at times in testing the strength
of materials.
The main apparatus consists of two. Olsen Universal Testing
Machines of 200,000-lb. and 30,000-lb. capacity respectively;
one Hatt-Turner Impact Machine, having three test weights of
50, 100, and 250 pounds, with a maximum drop of 6 feet; and
the necessary equipment of drying ovens, extensometers, micrometers, etc., for research into the strength and characteristics
of wood and wooden articles. Wood-working machinery, consisting of saw-table, buzz planer, thickness planer, borer, etc.,
is also installed in connection with the laboratory for the
preparation of test specimens.
VI. Geological Engineering.
This course is designed to meet the requirements of students
who intend to enter Geology as a profession.
It gives a broad training not only in Geology, but also in
the sciences of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics,
which are extensively applied in the solution of geological problems. The engineering subjects are useful not only to the
mining and consulting geologist and the geological surveyor, but
to the geologist engaged in original research in any branch of
the science.
The course therefore furnishes a foundation for the professions of mineralogist, geological surveyor, mining geologist,
consulting geologist, palaeontologist, geographer, etc., and is
useful for those who will be in any way connected with the
discovery or development of the natural resources of the country. 170
The University of British Columbia.
As a supplement to the work in the classroom, laboratory
and field during the session, the student is expected to obtain
practical experience during the summer vacations.
First Year.
As in other Engineering courses. (See pages 157 and 158.)
Second Year.
Sessional Work.
As in other engineering courses.
Field Work.
Civil Engineering 7 (see page 187) will commence immediately after the spring examination.
Third Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
First Term.
3£
■2 %>m
fa fa v
Second Term.
11
I*
frh
SO.J4
2ES
Geology 2
Geology 3
Geology 4 ,
Geology 5 ,
Chemistry 4
Chemistry 5
Economics 1
Mining 1 ,
Mining 5
Metallurgy 5
Metallurgy 1 ,
Ore Dressing 1
Zoology 3
Civil Engineering 13
199
2
2
200
3
200
200
3
1
184
184
i
6
195
2
209
1
210
212
1
5
211
2
212
2
218
2
2
190 Information for Students in Applied Science. 171
Fourth Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Subject.
?3 ii
a to
p Oi
First Term.
B ft •
o fe «
Si*
Second Term.
IIs
Geology 6
Geology 7
Geology 8
Civil Engineering 18
Geology 10
Mining 2
Mining 3
Metallurgy 2
Ore Dressing 2
Civil Engineering 8
Geological Essay ..
200
200
200
192
200
209
210
211
213
188
VII. Mechanical Engineering.
As this branch of Engineering forms an outstanding feature
in all industrial development, the course of training is general
and basic in its character. Because of its general character it is
not possible in the time available to give the student an intimate
knowledge of the details of practice in any special line of work.
The course is designed more particularly for those who are likely
to take up the manufacture of machinery, power plant work
(including design and construction of steam, gas, oil, or hydraulic
plants), heating and ventilation of buildings, refrigeration, or
industrial management.
Students in this course are given a systematic course in the
fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.
Governed by the fact that values and costs are controlling
factors in the practice of Engineering, the subjects of the final
years are treated with a view of developing a business sense,
an understanding of men, and the ability to report clearly on
industrial problems. This demands the study of Economics, the 172
The University of British Columbia.
use of good English, and the participation in outside industrial
work during the vacation.
The courses of the First and Second Years are the same as
in other branches of Engineering. (See pages 157 to 159.)
Third Year.
As in Electrical Engineering. (See page 165.)
Fourth Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work. I
172 ii
rt bo
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
00 <*&
ii ii
*. ii
I*
►J %
ft
jB
ii ii
u
»J a
a
2 ft*
!§^
Jb
Mechanical Engineering 8. .
Mechanical Engineering 9. .
Mechanical Engineering 10.
Mechanical Engineering 11.
Mechanical Engineering 12.
Mechanical Engineering 13.
Mechanical Engineering 14.
Electrical Engineering 3 .. .
205
206
206
. 206
206
207
207
208
192
192
195
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
6
5
*3
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
o
6
5
3
3
*Not required 1923-24.
VIII.-IX. Metallurgical and Mining Engineering.
These courses are intended to give a broad foundation in
Mining or Metallurgical Engineering that will form a suitable
introduction to any branch of the work that aptitude or circumstances may lead the student to enter after graduation.
Special attention is therefore given to the fundamental
sciences upon which the practice of the profession is based. As
the usual avenues toward professional work are through Information for Students in Applied Science. 173
draughting, surveying, and assaying, special attention will be
given to training in these branches of the work.
Specialization does not begin until the Third Year, when
courses in Mining, Metallurgy, Ore-dressing, Assaying, and Mine
Surveying are commenced, but the chief work of the Third Year
is still in such fundamental subjects as Applied Mechanics,
Mechanical Engineering, Chemistry, Geology, and Mineralogy.
Instruction is given by means of lectures and practical work
in the field, draughting-room, and laboratory, and by visits to
mines and works. Students are recommended to spend their
vacations at practical works in connection with Mining or
Metallurgy, and are required to do so between the Third and
Fourth Years.
Vancouver is conveniently located in proximity to coal and
metal mining districts, large coal and metal mining operations
being carried on within a few hours' journey of the city, while
a number of mining companies have offices in the city itself.
Students have little difiiculty in obtaining positions in mines or
in smelters during vacations, as several of the larger companies
have established the practice of accepting student employees in
reasonable numbers during the vacation months.
Special attention is paid to British Columbia conditions,
fitting students to practise their profession to special advantage
in this Province after graduation either in Mining or Metallurgy.
Students are advised to become members of the Canadian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
VIII. Metallurgical Engineering.
First and Second Year.
As in other Engineering courses. (See pages 157 to 159.)
Third Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.) 174
The University of British Columbia.
Sessional Work.
Subject.
fa a
First Term.
3*
OS JO ft)
fc ti «
Second Term.
•fiftji
Economics 1
Civil Engineering 9
Civil Engineering 10
Civil Engineering 13
Mechanical Engineering 6
Geology 1
Geology 2
Chemistry 5m
Mining 1
Mining 5
Metallurgy 1
Metallurgy 5
Ore Dressing 1
Civil Engineering 12
195
188
189
190
204
199
199
184
209
210
211
212
212
189
Fourth Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
^Sessional Work.
Subject.
otn
First Term.
■Sft.*
Second Term.
I*
r ■ »h
■Sftji
d m o>
Geology 8
Electrical Engineering 1
Ore Dressing 2
Civil Engineering 18 . . .
Mining 3
Metallurgy 2
Metallurgy 3
Metallurgy 4
Chemistry 8
200
207
192
192
210
211
212
212
184
3 | 1
2 | 2
9
2
2
2
2
9
3 Information for Students in Applied Science.
175
IX. Mining Engineering.
First and Second Years.
As in other Engineering courses. (See pages 157 to 159.)
Third Year.
As in Metallurgical Engineering. (See pages 173 and 174.)
Fourth Year.
Summer Work.
Essay. (See page 159.)
Sessional Work.
Subject.
a"
First Term.
8*
u
V u
2aM
a co o
is ~ »
Second Term.
843
3*
rt » a;
Geology 7
Geology 8
Electrical Engineering 1
Mining 6
Ore Dressing 2
Civil Engineering 18 . . .
Mining 2
Mining 3
Mining 4
Metallurgy 2
200
200
207
211
213
192
209
210
210
211
Short Courses in Mining.
The regular Short Courses in Mining for the Session of
1923-24 will commence the second Monday in January, 1924,
and will continue for eight weeks. These courses include Mining,
Smelting, Ore Concentration, Geology and Ore-deposits, Mineralogy and Rock Study, Fire Assaying, Chemistry, and Surveying.
The courses are thoroughly practical in nature. They are
not primarily intended for those who have had a technical training, but rather for those who have had practical experience in
mining and prospecting, or are connected with the business of 176 The University of British Columbia.
mining in any way. The courses are designed to give practical
and technical knowledge, helpful in practical mining work and
mining business. While they are short they are complete in
themselves, and require no other preparation than a common-
school education or ability to read and write.
Experience has shown that they fill a real need in a practical way and they have proved very successful in the past.
As they do not form part of the regular University course,
a special bulletin is issued, in which details of the courses and
requirements for admission are given. Copies of this may be
obtained on application to the Registrar of the University.
These courses will not be given unless at least ten students
register for them.
X. Nursing.
First Year.
1.
English 1 (a)
and (b).
2.
Mathematics 1
or Latin 1 or French 1
or Histqry 1, 2,
or 3.
3.
Physics 1.
4.
Chemistry 1.
5.
Biology 1.
If she has not already done so, the student must enter an
approved Training School for Nurses in May at the close of the
First Year, and take the ordinary four months' Preparatory
Course for Probationers. During this period the student will
undergo (a) rigid physical examination, (b) examination as to
fitness in temperament and character for nursing.
Second Year.
1. English 2 (a) and (b).
2. Zoology 1.
3. Philosophy 1.
4. Sociology 1.
5. Bacteriology 1 and 2. Information for Students in Applied Science. 177
Third and Fourth Year.
The Third and Fourth Years will be spent in practical training in an approved Hospital, but students must register with the
University.
During this portion of the course the pupil, though registered at the University, resides at the Hospital, and while there is
subject to the authority and is under the direction of the Officers
of the Training School. She receives full maintenance and such
allowances as the Hospital authorities may designate. For information regarding the Hospital portion of the course, see
page 216.
Fifth Year.
In the Fifth Year the student will attend the Session of the
University. Two major subjects are offered, of which the student,
with the consent of her advisers, may elect either (a) Teaching
and Administration in Schools of Nursing, or (b) Public Health
Nursing. ^_
Course A.—Teaching and Administration in
Schools of Nursing.
Academic Work.—A course of lectures in each of the following :—
(a) Introduction to Education.
(b) Teaching of Nursing principles and methods.
(c) History of Nursing and contemporary problems.
(d) Nutrition.
(e) Sanitation and Hygiene.
(/) Economics and Social Legislation.
(g) Mental Hygiene.
Field Work.—Students electing this option will be required
to do practice teaching under supervision, and will be afforded
an opportunity of studying training school administration.
Course B.—Public Health Nursing.
Academic Work.—A course of lectures in each of the following :— 178 The University of British Columbia.
(a) Motor mechanics, (b) Nutrition, (c) Communicable
diseases. (d) Sanitation and Hygiene. (e) Tuberculosis.
(/) Child Welfare, (g) Public Health Nursing, (h) School
Nursing, (i) Social Service, (j) History of Nursing, (k) Psychology and Teaching Principles. (I) Economics and Social
Legislation, (m) Mental Hygiene, (n) Health Legislation.
(o) Teaching of Nursing Principles and Methods.
Students electing Public Health Nursing as their major subject will have suitable field work arranged for them in conjunction with the Department of Public Health, and in selected cases,
with the consent of the Department, may specialize in some one
branch of Public Health Nursing.
Students taking the Combined Course in Nursing are
required to serve twenty-four months (including the Probationary period of four months) in an approved hospital. Full
maintenance and such allowances as the hospital authorities may
designate are accorded them during this period, and an annual
vacation of three weeks is granted them at the convenience of
the Director of the Training School.
Students are afforded actual nursing experience in the
following departments.
Medical. Operating Rooms.
Surgical. Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat.
Gynecological. Obstetrical.
Pediatric: and Orthopaedic. Infectious.
Observation and Neurological. Tuberculosis.
Infants. Diet Kitchen.
Instruction in the following nursing subjects is given by
members of the medical staff of the hospital and by qualified
nurse instructors. This schedule is subject to change at any
time.
Introductory History and Ethics of Nursing.
Nursing Procedure (primary and advanced).
Introductory Nutrition and Cookery.
Drugs and Solutions.
Materia Mediea.
Surgical Nursing. Information for Students in Applied Science. 179
Medical Nursing.
Charting.
Obstetrical Nursing.
Nursing in Communicable Disease (including tuberculosis).
Gynecological Nursing.
Pediatric and Orthopaedic Nursing.
Diet in Disease.
Nursing of Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat.
Physiotherapy and X-Ray.
Anaesthesia.
Urinalysis.
During the Fifth Year the student is required to serve for
a period of six weeks in the Social Service and Out-patient
Department of the Hospital. She receives neither maintenance
nor allowances during this time. ^
Students wishing to enter the Combined Course are advised
to get into touch with the Director of the Department of Nursing
in the University before registering for the course, in order that
they may clearly understand its nature and requirements from
a nursing point of view.
For short course for Graduate Nurses, see "Summer
Session," page 280.
XL Public Health.
The regular course leading to the degree of B.A.Sc. is the
same as in Nursing Course X, excepting that in the fifth year
Course B, Public Health Nursing, must be taken.
The course for Graduate Nurses is outlined on pages
177 and 178.
Double Course for the Degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc.
The requirements are as follows:
First and Second Years.
As set forth in the Calendar for the First and Second Years
of Arts, except as follows: 180 The University of British Columbia.
Physics 1, Chemistry 1, and Mathematics 2 must be taken.
French should be selected by students intending to enter
Geological Engineering.
A course in German is recommended for students intending to enter Chemical, Forest, Geological or Metallurgical
Engineering.
The summer school in Mechanical Engineering 1 of the
First Year of Applied Science must be taken before entering
upon the Third Year of the Double Course.
Third Year.
1. Three units in one of the following:
A language;
History;
Economies;
Philosophy;
2. Biology 1, Applied Science.
3. Mathematics 1, 2, 3, Applied Science.
4. Physics 1 and 2, Applied Science.
5. Mechanical Drawing 1, Mechanical Engineering 2, and
Civil Engineering 1.
Civil Engineering 2 (Field Work) will be taken immediately after the spring examinations.
Fourth Year.
As for Second Year Applied Science.
Fifth Year.
As for Third Year Applied Science. The degree of B.A.
to be conferred on completing the Fifth Year of this course.
Sixth Year.
As for Fourth Year Applied Science.
Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A.Sc.
(See page 241.) Information for Students in Applied Science. 181
EXAMINATIONS IN APPLIED SCIENCE.
1. There are two examinations in each year—one at Christmas and the other at the end of the session. Successful students
are arranged in three classes, as follows: First class, those who
obtain 80 per cent, or more; Second class, 65 to 80 per cent.;
Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. In the First and Second Years of the
course in Nursing, the requirements for passing are the same as
those for the First and Second Years in Arts, namely, 50 per
cent, of the examination as a whole, and not less than 40 per cent,
in each subject.
Christmas examinations will be held in all subjects of the
First and Second Years, and are obligatory for all students of
these years. Christmas examinations in subjects of the Third
and Fourth Years, excepting those subjects that are completed
before Christmas, shall be optional with the Departments concerned.
Applications for Special Consideration in the matter of
examinations on account of illness must be in the hands of the
Dean not later than two days after the close of the examination
period.
Any student whose academic record, as determined by the
tests and examinations of the first term, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be
required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session.
A student who fails to pass in the final examinations of his
year, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required
by the Senate either to repeat his year, or to withdraw from the
Faculty.
For Classes of Students, see page 66.
2. Except in special cases as provided below, no undergraduate or conditioned undergraduate shall be permitted to
take any second-year subjects until he has passed or secured
exemption in all Matriculation and First Year Arts requirements; 182 The University of British Columbia.
and, similarly, no third-year work may be undertaken until all
first-year subjects shall have been passed or exemption granted.
No fourth-year work may be undertaken until all second-year
subjects shall have been passed or exemption granted.
3. No student proceeding to a degree will be allowed to
take any subject unless he has previously passed, or secured
exemption, in all prerequisite subjects. If any subject has
another which is concurrent with it, both must be taken in the
same session.
Supplemental Examinations.
4. Notice will be sent to all students to whom Faculty has
granted supplemental examinations.
5. Examinations supplemental to the sessional examinations
will be held in September, simultaneously with the matriculation
examinations. The time for each supplemental examination will
be fixed by the Faculty; the examination will not be granted at
any other time, except by special permission of the Faculty, and
on payment of a fee of $7.50.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see page 68), must be in the hands
of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date set for the
examinations.
7. Repeating Year.—By special permission of the Faculty, a
student who is required to repeat his year may, on application
in writing,—
(a) Be exempted from attending lectures and passing
examinations in the subjects in which he has already
passed, provided he has made therein a standing of
60 per cent, or over.
(b) And if so exempted, be permitted to take, in addition
to the subjects in which he has failed, such subjects
of the following year of his course as the Faculty
may deem expedient. Courses in Applied Science. 183
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION, APPLIED SCIENCE.
N.B.—The following courses are subject to such modifications during the year as the Faculty may deem advisable.
Department of Botany.
Professor: A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor: John Davidson.
Special Lecturer in Plant Pathology: J. W. Eastham.
Assistant: L. Bolton.
Biology.
Biology 1.—General Biology.—As in Arts, but only one
lecture per week.
" 2.—Principles of Heredity.—As in Arts.
" 3.—General Physiology.—As in Arts.
—General Botany.—As in Arts.
—Morphology.—As in Arts.
—Physiology.—As in Arts.
—Histology.—As in Arts.
.—Economic Flora.—As in Arts.
" 5(b).—Dendrology.—As in Arts.
" 6(&).—Forest Pathology.—As in Arts.
" 6(6).—Forest Pathology.—As in Arts.
" 7(a).—Forest Ecology.—As in Arts.
Department of Chemistry.
Professor: E. H. Archibald.
Professor of Organic Chemistry: R. H. Clark.
Associate Professor: W. F. Seyer.
Assistant Professor: M. J. Marshall.
Assistant: J. Allardyce.
Assistant: A. E. Boss.
Assistant: J. A. Dauphinee.
Assistant: J. Allan Harris.
Assistant: S. R. MacDougall.
Assistant: W. O. Banfield.
Assistant: William Ure.
Assistant: Christian Sivertz.
1. General Chemistry.—As in Arts.
Botany.
Botany
l.
< i
2.
a
3.
a
4.
a
5(a) 184 The University of British Columbia.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.—As in Arts.
3. Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts.
4. Theoretical Chemistry.—As in Arts.
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.—
As in Arts.
5 m.—For mining students, one hour lecture and three
hours' laboratory.
6. Industrial Chemistry.—As in Arts.
7. Physical Chemistry.—As in Arts.
8. Applied Electro-Chemistry.—As in Arts.
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts.
16. Chemical Engineering.—Theory and design of fractionating columns, condensers, multiple effect evaporators;
chamber, tunnel, drum, rotary and spray driers. Theory and
practice of technical filtration; calculation of capacity of box
filters, filter presses, centrifugals, etc. Principles of counter
current extraction.
Two lectures per week during second term of Fourth Year.
Reference books: Liddell, Handbook of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Robinson, Elements of Practical Distillation,
McGraw-Hill.
Department of Civil Engineering and Surveying.
Professor: W. E. Duckering.
Associate Professor: E. G. Matheson.
Lecturer: W. H. Powell.
Instructor: A. Lighthall.
Instructor: G. M. Irwin.
Lecturer: F. A. Wilkin.
Assistant: W. O. C. Scott.
Civil Engineering 1.
Descriptive Geometry.—Geometrical drawing; orthographic,
isometric, and axometric projections; shades and shadows.
Two lectures and three hours' laboratory per week.
Text-book: Armstrong, Descriptive Geometry, Wiley. Courses in Applied Science. 185
Civil Engineering 2.
Field Work.—
(1) Telemeter and Compass.—A closed circuit following
Marine Drive and the road boundary of The University
site at Point Grey.
Closing Error, 1 in 100. Time, 1 day.
(2) Chain and Compass.—Traverse of the newly cleared
portion of The University site. Calculation of Area.
Established Stations to be occupied by each party. Latitudes and Departures to be calculated when work is
being done.
Closing Error, 1 in 500. Time, 2 days.
(3) Chain and Transit.—Traverse of the cultivated portion
of The University site (except the area occupied by the
Horticultural Department). All Buildings, Roads,
Fences, etc., to be noted for mapping purposes. Angles
to be measured, using both Deflection and Plate Azimuth
methods. The lines to be calculated and run directly
across the farm from West to East. Obstacles to be
passed by right-angled offsets.
Closing Error, 1 in 5000. Time, 8 days.
(4) Establishment of Bench Marks at beach by comparison
with tide tables. Connection of same with Bench Marks
established by the Geodetic Survey (one on the Dairy
Barn, one on Monument P). Profile of Main Roadway.
Marine Drive to Dairy Barn. Macadam Road. Dairy
Barn to Marine Drive. Contour carefully a given section of the Farm, nsing different methods of location.
Hand level practice.
Time, 5 days.
(5) Detail Survey.—Oak Street to Heather, Tenth Avenue
to Twelfth. This will form the basis for one of the
maps to be plotted during the College year, and accurate
notes must be taken by each and every student.
Time, 3 days.
Extra days may be utilized for special problems. 186 The University of British Columbia.
All calculations to be made as the field work progresses.
Sufficient notes to be copied that there shall be no confusion in
the draughting room.
For all undergraduates completing the First Year—except
those taking the Chemistry Course 2 and Nursing.
Civil Engineering 3.
Materials of Engineering.—Manufacture and properties of
iron and steel; principal alloys; considerations governing selection of materials; manufacture and properties of cements; study
of concrete; stone and brick masonry; principal kinds of commercial timber; preservation of timber; discussion of standard
specifications for engineering work.
One hour per week.
Text-book: Moore, Materials of Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books: Mills, Materials of Engineering. Johnssn,
Materials of Construction. Upton, Materials of Engineering.
Civil Engineering 4.
Graphical Statics.—Composition of forces; general methods
involving the use of funicular and force polygons; determination
of reactions, centres of gravity, bending moments and moments
of resistance; stresses in cranes, braced towers, roof-trusses, and
bridge-trusses. The stresses shall be found also by the Algebraic
method.
Laboratory period of three hours during the Second Term.
Required of all Engineering students.
Text-book: Johnson, Bryan and Turneaure, Modern Framed
Structures, Vol. 1 to end of Section III, page 156, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 1, Mechanics 1 and 2.
Civil Engineering 5.
Mapping 1. — Draughting from notes obtained in Field
Work 1.
1. Telemeter Survey.—Angles to be plotted by protractor
method. Scale, 1 inch=200 feet. Courses in Applied Science. 187
2. Compass Survey.—To be plotted by Latitudes and Departure method. Scale, 1 incb=3 chains.
3. Transit Survey.—Angles to be plotted by Tangents and
Chords. Scale, 1 inch=200 feet.
4. Contours.
5. Detail Survey.—Scale, 1 inch = 50 feet. This map may
be tinted in water colors.
6. Mine plan from notes furnished.
7. Land plan from notes furnished.
All undergraduates in Second Year except those taking
Chemistry Courses.
Three hours per week.
CrviL Engineering 6.
Surveying I.—Lectures. Chain and angular surveying. The
construction, adjustment and use of the transit, level, compass,
stadia, and minor field instruments; topography; levelling; contour surveying; stadia surveying; railway circular curves; vertical curves; transition curves; planimeter; pantograph.
Second Year students. Two hours per week.
Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying,
Vol. I., Wiley.
Reference Books: Gillespie, Surveying, Vol. I. Nugent,
Plane Surveying. Baker, Engineers' Surveying Instruments.
Allen, Curves and Earthwork. Sullivan, Spiral Tables, McGraw-
Hill.
Civil Engineering 7.
Field Work 2.— (a) Railway surveys, including reconnaissance, preliminary and location surveys, illustrating the methods
of taking topography; of cross-sectioning; of estimating quantities of earth, and of running in easement and vertical curves,
etc. The notes secured will be used in class work during term
for mapping and for estimating quantities and costs. 188 The University of British Columbia.
(b) Hydrographie Surveys.—This will include the topography of the bed of a section of a river by sounding and fixing
positions by transits and by sextants, illustrating the three-point
problem; the gauging the stream-flow by surface and deep floats
and by the current meter.
(c) Mine Surveys.—Carrying lines down shafts and producing the same.
(d) Astronomical observations with sextant and transit to
determine Latitude and Azimuths.
(e) The use of the transit, plane table, sextant, barometer,
current meter, etc.
Civil Engineering 8.
Foundations and Masonry.—Borings; bearing power of
soils; pile and other foundations; coffer-dams; caissons; open
dredging; pneumatic and freezing processes; estimates of quantities and costs.
One hour lecture and three hours' laboratory during First
Term.
Text-book: Howe, Foundations, Wiley.
Reference Books: Baker, Treatise on Masonry Construction,
Wiley. Jacoby and Davis, Foundations of Bridges and Buildings,
McGraw-Hill, New York.
► Civil Engineering 9.
Building Design.—Problems in draughting, illustrating designs in structural engineering; estimates of quantities and
costs; preparation of plans.
One hour lecture and three hours' laboratory during Second
Term.
Text-book: Conklin, Structural Draughting and Elementary
Design, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Structural Engineering 1; General Engineering 2. First Term. Courses in Applied Science. 189
Civil Engineering 10.
Strength of Materials.—Lectures dealing with the fundamental principles of the strength of materials. The subject
includes stress, strain, resilience; bending moment and shearing
force diagrams; simple, continuous, and cantilever beams;
strength of shafting; spiral springs; elementary consideration
of compound stresses and shearing in different sections.
Strength of Materials in Laboratory.—Testing of concrete,
timber, steel, and other materials to illustrate the theories and
factors considered in the lectures.
Text-book: Boyd, Strength of Materials, McGraw-Hill.
Third Year students. Two hours a week, with one laboratory period per week offered during the Second Term.
Prerequisite: Mathematics and Mechanics of the First and
Second Years.
Civil Engineering 11.
Railway Engineering 1.—The inception of railway projects;
reconnaissance, preliminary and location; grade problems,
grades, curvature and distance, and their effects on operating
costs; assistant engines; adjustment of grades for unbalanced
traffic; construction; railway economics, traffic, revenue, branch
lines.
Two lectures per week.
Text-books: Allen, Railroads, Curves and Earthwork,
McGraw-Hill. Williams, Design of Railway Location, Wiley.
Civil Engineering 12.
Hydraulic Engineering and Laboratory.—
Hydrostatics.—Design of Standpipes, Reservoirs and Dams
Hydrodynamics.—Fundamental principles and application
of same to problems on the discharge of orifices, notches and
weirs; flow in pipes and in open channels, such as ditches and
flumes; practical field measurements of above. Examination of
hydraulic developments. 190 The University of British Columbia.
Third Year students in Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, Mining
and Metallurgical Engineering.
Fourth Year students in Chemical and Forest Engineering.
One hour per week First Term; four hours per week Second
Term.
Text-book: Russell, Hydraulics, Holt.
Prerequisites: Mechanics and Mathematics of First and
Second Years.
Civil Engineering 13.
Mapping 2 and Map Projections.—
Draughting from notes obtained on Field Work of railway
location and hydrographie survey.
Theory of, and practical work in Map Projections.
Development of a topographical map showing elevations,
from photographic plates.
Third Year students Metallurgical and Mining Engineering.
Three hours per week. First Term.
Third Year students Civil Engineering. Six hours per week
First Term, four hours per week Second Term.
Civil Engineering 14.
Surveying 2.—A continuation of Surveying 1.
Theory and use of instruments, Aneroid, Sextant, Plane
Table Surveying, Mine Surveying, Hydrographie Surveying,
Phototopographic Surveying, Dominion and Provincial Surveys,
Field Astronomy.
Third Year students in Civil Engineering.
Two hours per week.
Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Surveying, Vol. II., Wiley.
Reference Books: Johnson and Smith, Theory and Practice
of Surveying. Wilson, Topographic, Trigonometric and Geodetic
Surveying. Green's Practical and Spherical Astronomy. Manual
of Surveys of Dominion Lands. Instructions for B. C. Land
Surveyors. Courses in Applied Science. 191
Civil Engineering 15.
Perspective Drawing.—Mathematical perspective; perspective of shadows.
One lecture and three hours' laboratory. First Term.
Text-book: Crosskey, Elementary Perspective, Blackie &
Son, London.
Civil Engineering 16.
Field Work 3.—The following work shall be performed by
each student or group of students:—
1. Determination of latitude—
(a) By transit and sextant observations of polaris.
(b) Noon observations with transit and sextant.
2. Determination of azimuth—
(a) By equal altitude observations of the sun.
(b) By observation of elongation of polaris.
(c) By observation of circumpolar star and also of
polaris.
(d) By means of solar attachments and solar compass.
3. Determination of time—
(a) By equal altitude observations of the sun with the
sextant and transit.
(b) By observation of meridian passage of stars with
transit.
4. Baseline measurements.
5. Precision levelling.
6. Measurements of angles by geodetic methods.
7. Plane table surveys.
Civil Engineering 17.
Bridge Design.—In this subject the factors governing the
selection of the most suitable type of bridge will be considered;
the loads to which structures may be subjected will be discussed ;
the stresses in the several members calculated; the cross-sectional 192 The University of British Columbia.
forms and areas chosen; the connections designed and complete
drawings made.
Two lectures and six hours' laboratory.
Text-book: Johnson, Bryan & Turneaure, Modern Framed
Structures, Vol. III., Wiley.
Civil Engineering 18.
Engineering Economics.—Students must understand simple
and compound interest and all the elements of the latter as a
prerequisite.
The subject shall include the consideration of: Sinking
funds; first-cost; cost analysis; salvage and scrap values; yearly
cost of service; collecting data; estimating; economic selection.
General management; banking; partnerships and corporations; stocks; bonds; operating and fixed charges; business
finance and organization; capital; interpretation of financial
statements.
Text-books: Fish, Engineering Economics, McGraw-Hill.
Waddell and Wait, Specifications and Contracts, McGraw-Hill.
Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law, chapters on banking;
contracts; partnerships; joint stock companies.
Two hours per week.
Civil Engineering 19.
Engineering Law.—
The engineer's status; fees; salary; as a witness; responsibility for negligence; engineering contracts generally; tenders;
quantities; specifications; plans; drawings; designs; extras and
alterations; time; payments and certificates; penalty bonus or
liquidated damages clauses; maintenance and defect clauses; subcontractors; engineer's assistant or agent; arbitration and
awards; specifications and contract writing.
Students must read: Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile
Law of Canada; chapters on Banks and Banking; Chattel
Mortgages; Mortgages; Contracts; Joint Stock Companies;
Landlord and Tenant; Master and Servant; Mechanics' Lien
Act; Negotiable Paper; Partnership; Principal and Agent; Courses in Applied Science. 193
Statute of Limitations; also notes on Law of Contracts in
Specifications and Contracts, by Waddell and Wait; also the
Law Affecting Engineers, by Ball. All are in Library.
One hour per week.
Civil Engineering 20.
Geodesy.—
The lectures in this subject shall cover the determinations
of azimuth, longitude, latitude, time, the figure of the earth,
measurements of base lines, triangulation systems, adjustments
and reductions of observations, and precision levelling.
One hour per week.
Civil Engineering 21.
Hydraulic Machines.—
The design of turbines and centrifugal pumps shall be determined by the application of the principles of hydraulics. The
leading dimensions of different machines will be ascertained.
The several forms of machines and the methods of their control
or operation will be carefully considered, as well as the transmission of hydraulic power.
Two hours per week First Term, one hour per week Second
Term.
Civil Engineering 22.
Municipal Engineering.—
1. Water Supply.—Rainfall; evaporation; run-off; quantity, quality and pressure required; pumping machinery;
storage; aqueducts, pipe lines and distribution systems; valves;
hydrants; purification systems; fire service; construction
methods; materials, estimates and designs; costs.
Text-book: Turneaure, Public Water Supply, Wiley.
2. Sewerage—•
(a) General methods and economic considerations; quantity
of sewage; storm water run-off; design of sewers; manholes;
flush tanks; catch basins, overflows, outlets, siphons, etc.; con- 194 The University of British Columbia.
struction methods, materials, costs; estimates, design, maintenance and management.
(b) Sewage disposal; physical, chemical, biological and
eeonomical aspects of sewage treatment; dilution; screening;
sedimentation; filtration; disinfection; maintenance and management costs.
Text-book: Metcalf & Eddy, Sewerage and Sewerage
Disposal, Wiley.
3. Roads, Streets and Pavements—
(a) Highway economics, surveys and locations; grades;
cross-sections; paving materials—bituminous, stone, brick, wood,
concrete, etc.; construction methods; street cleaning and repairs;
designing and estimating.
(b) Disposal of waste, etc.: Composition and quantity of
city wastes, ashes, garbage, rubbish, etc.; collection, disposal,
dumping, land treatment; incineration; reduction; feeding to
swine; costs and returns.
(c) Town planning: Covering the eeonomical and artistic
development of a city.
Reference book: Lewis, City Planning, Wiley.
Two hours' lectures per week throughout the year.
Three hours' laboratory period per week, First Term.
Civil Engineering 23.
Railway Engineering 2.—
Organization and rules of maintenance-of-way; roadway;
ballast; ties; lumber preservation; rails and appurtenances;
turnouts, tracks, accessories; structures and their design;
stresses in track; track tools; track work; work train service;
maintenance-of-way records and accounts; expenditures;
betterments; improvement of old lines, yards and terminals;
maximum capacity of single track.
Two hours' lectures per week, Second Term. Courses in Applied Science. 195
Civil Engineering 24.
Mechanics of Materials.—
The bending and deflection of beams loaded in any manner;
continuous beams over several supports; distribution of shear;
deflection due to shear; principle of work applied to deflection
of beams; trussed beams; bending of unsymmetrical sections;
elastic strains; strength of thick shells; earthwork theories,
retaining walls, reinforced concrete and other; design of floor
and column systems for reinforced concrete buildings; study of
standard specifications.
Two hours' lectures per week First Term, and one hour
Second Term. Three hours' laboratory per week Second Term.
Civil Engineering 25.
Theory of Structures.—
The analysis of statically determinate framed structures
under dead and live loads; distortion of framed structures;
swing spans; braced arches; hinged arched ribs; hingeless reinforced concrete arches.
One lecture and three hours' laboratory per week, First
Term. Two lectures and six hours' laboratory per week, Second
Term.
Civil Engineering 26.
Class Excursions.—
The class, under the guidance of a professor, will visit such
factories, industrial developments, public works, docks, shipyards, etc., as are calculated to best assist the student to grasp
fully the application and scope of the studies he has pursued in
his college career.
Department of Economics.
Professor: T. H. Boggs.
Associate Professor: H. F. Angus.
Assistant Professor: S. E. Beckett.
Assistant: L. T. Fournier.
1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of general Economic theory, including a survey of the principles of 196 The University of British Columbia.
value, prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs,
monopoly, taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of
railways and trusts, etc.
Text-books: Clay, Economics for the General Reader, Macmillan. Ely, Outlines of Economics, Macmillan, 1915.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
Department of Forestry.
Associate Professor of Forestry: H. R. Christie.
Professor of Botany: A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor of Botany: John Davidson.
Lecturer in Forestry: F. Malcolm Knapp.
See courses in
Applied Science,
under Department
of Botany.
Biology 1.—Introductory Biology ..
Botany 1.—General Botany
Botany 5 (b).—Dendrology or Forest
Botany
Botany 6 (b).—Forest Pathology ....
Botany 7 (a).—Forest Ecology and
Geography
Zoology 4.—Forest Entomology. (See courses in Arts under
Department of Zoology. This is a special part of the regular
course.)
Forestry 1.
General Forestry.—A general survey of the subject.
One lecture per week.
Text-book: Fernow, Economics of Forestry, Toronto University Press.
References: Whitford and Craig, Forests of British
Columbia, Commission of Conservation, Ottawa. Pinchot, Primer
of Forestry, Superintendent of Documents, Washington. Moon
and Brown, Elements of Forestry, Wiley. Allen, Practical
Forestry in the Pacific Northwest, Western Forestry and Conservation Association. Schlich, Forest Policy in the British
Empire, Bradbury, Agnew & Co., London. Various government
publications. Courses in Applied Science. 197
Forestry 2.
Forest Mensuration.—Log scaling, timber cruising, volume
tables, growth studies, yield tables.
One lecture and four hours' field or laboratory work per
week.
Text-book: Chapman, Forest Mensuration, Wiley.
Reference books: Winkenwerder and Clark, Problems in
Forest Mensuration, Wiley. Graves, Woodsman's Handbook,
Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C. Graves, Forest
Mensuration, Wiley. Carey, Manual for Northern Woodsmen,
Harvard University Press.
Forestry 3.
Forest Protection.—The fire problem, legislation, organizations, prevention and control.
One lecture per week, second term.
Text-books: Western Fire Fighters' Manual, Western
Forestry and Conservation Association, Portland, Ore. Millar,
Methods of Communication Adapted to Forest Protection,
Dominion Forestry Branch, Ottawa.
Forestry 4.
Forest Finance.—A study of the financial aspects of forestry, compound interest, methods of determining costs and
values, appraisal of damage, taxation, etc.
Two lectures per week. Second Term.
Text-book: Roth, Forest Valuation, University of Michigan.
Reference books: Chapman, Forest Valuation, Wiley.
Woodward, Valuation of North American Timber Lands, Wiley.
Forestry 5.
Timber Physics and Wood Technology.—The structure of
wood; the identification of different woods and their qualities
and uses; wood seasoning; wood preservation; emphasis on the
Canadian woods of commercial importance.
One lecture per week one term, two the other; three hours'
laboratory work per week. 198 The University of British Columbia.
Text-books: Record, Economic Woods of the United States,
Wiley. Record, Mechanical Properties of Wood, Wiley.
Reference books: Weiss, Preservation of Structural Timber,
McGraw-Hill. Snow, Wood and Other Organic Structural Materials, McGraw-Hill. Roth, Timber, U. S. F. S. Bui. 10, Superintendent of Documents, Washington. Tiemann, The Kiln Drying
of Lumber, Lippincott.
Forestry 6.
Forest Organization.—The principles and methods of organizing forest areas for business management. Normal forest, increment, rotation, felling budget, working plans.
One lecture per week.
Text-book: Woolsey, American Forest Regulation, Woolsey.
Reference books: Roth, American Forest Regulation, Roth.
Recknagel and Bentley, Forest Management, Wiley. Recknagel,
Forest Working Plans, Wiley. Schlich, Forest Management,
Bradbury, Agnew & Co., London.
Forestry 7.
History of Forestry and Forest Administration.—The development of Forestry in different parts of the world, with particular emphasis on Canada. Forestry policy, legislation, and
education. t
One lecture per week.
Text-book: Fernow, History of Forestry, University Press,
Toronto.
Reference books: Schlich, Forest Policy in the British
Empire, Bradbury, Agnew & Co., London. Boerker, Our National
Forests, Macmillan. Ise, The United States Forest Policy, Yale.
Various government publications.
Forestry 8.
Silviculture.—Principles and methods of caring for forests
and growing timber crops.
Two lectures per week during the year, and three hours'
field or laboratory work during the second term.
Text-book: Hawley, Practice of Silviculture, Wiley. Courses in Applied Science. 199
Reference books: Graves, Principles of Handling Woodlands, Wiley. Tourney, Planting and Seeding, Wiley. Woolsey,
Studies in French Forestry, Wiley. Schlich, Silviculture,
Bradbury, Agnew & Co., London.
Forestry 9.
Logging.—A study of the principles and practice of logging.
Two lectures per week. Four hours' laboratory or field
work per week, alternating with Forestry 10.
Reference books: Bryant, Logging, Wiley. Gibbons, Logging
in the Douglas Fir Region, U. S. D. A. Bui. 711, Superintendent
of Documents, Washington. Berry, Lumbering in the Sugar
and Yellow Pine Region of California, U. S. D. A. Bui. 440,
Superintendent of Documents, Washington.
Forestry 10.
Lumber, Pulp and Forest Products.—Production, manufacture, distribution.
Two lectures per week. Four hours' laboratory or field
work, alternating with Forestry 9.
Text-book: Bryant, Lumber, Wiley.
Reference books: Oakleaf, Lumber Manufacture in the
Douglas Fir Region, Commercial Press. Brown, Forest Products,
Their Manufacture and Use, Wiley. Berry, Lumbering in the
Sugar and Yellow Pine Region of California, U. S. D. A.
Bui. 440, Superintendent of Documents, Washington. Seerey,
Small Sawmills, U. S. D. A. Bui. 718, Superintendent of Documents, Washington. Whitham, Modern Pulp and Paper Making,
Chemical Catalogue Co.
Department of Geology and Mineralogy.
Professor: R. W. Brock.
Professor of Physical and Structural Geology: S. J. Schofield.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: W. L. Uglow.
Professor of Palaeontology and Stratigraphy: M. Y. Williams.
Geology 1. General.—As in Arts.
" 2. Mineralogy.—As in Arts. 200 The University of British Columbia.
Geology 3. Historical.—As in Arts.
" 4. Structural.—As in Arts.
'' 5. Regional.—As in Arts.
" 6. Palaeontology.—As in Arts.
" 7. Petrography.—As in Arts.
" 8. Economic.—As in Arts.
" 10. Field.—As in Arts.
Department of Mathematics.
Professor: Daniel Buchanan.
Associate Professor: G. E. Robinson.
Assistant Professor: E. E. Jordan.
Assistant Professor: L. Richardson.
Instructor: B. S. Hartley.
Instructor: John Henry.
Assistant: Maurice Home.
Mathematics 1.
Plane Trigonometry.—An elementary course, including the
solution of triangles and the use of logarithms, inverse and hyperbolic functions.
Text-books: Playne and Fawdry, Practical Trigonometry,
Copp, Clark. Six-Place Tables, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week. First Term.
Mathematics 2.
Solid Geometry.—A study of the three-faeed corner, the
various polyhedra and solid figures, and the theorems of Pappus.
Text-book: Hall and Stevens, A School Geometry,
Macmillan.
Two lectures per week. Second Term.
Mathematics 3.
Algebra.—A review of simple series, permutations, combinations and the binomial theorem, and a study of exponential
and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued
fractions, graphical algebra. Courses in Applied Science. 201
Text-book: Rietz and Crathorne, College Algebra, Holt.
Three lectures per week.
Mathematics 4.
(a) Analytical Geometry.—The straight line and circle
will be studied in detail, and some of the simple properties of
the other conies will be discussed.
Text-book: Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
One lecture per week.
(b) Calculus.—An introductory study of the differential
and integral calculus will be made, and some of the simpler
applications considered.
Text-book: Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
One lecture per week. ▼
Mathematics 6.
Calculus.—Differential and integral calculus with various
applications.
Three lectures per week.
Mathematics 7.
(a) Analytical Geometry.—A continuation of Course 4,
including a study of the curves occurring in engineering practice, and elementary work in three dimensions.
Text-book: Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
One lecture per week First Term, two lectures per week
Second Term.
(6) Spherical Trigonometry.—Numerical work in spherical
trigonometry covering the solution of triangles and various
applications to geodesy and astronomy. The method of least
squares.
Text-book: Dupuis and Matheson, Spherical Trigonometry
and Astronomy, Uglow.
One lecture per week, First Term. 202 The University of British Columbia.
Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.
Professor:
Associate Professor: C. C. Ryan.
Instructor in Mechanical Drawing and Shopwork: H. P. Archibald.
Instructor: E. M. Coles.
Lecturer: Henry Ogilvie.
Special Lecturer: George Walkem.
Instructor in Thermo Laboratory: E. G. Parsons.
Instructor in Machine Shop: H. Taylor.
Assistant in Steam Laboratory: H. Elliott.
Assistant in Workshop, Mechanical Engineering: C. H. Barker.
Assistant (Moulder): J. Crowley.
Assistant (Woodworker): S. Northrop.
Assistant in Mechanical Engineering (Blacksmith): John Hogarth.
Mechanical Drawing 1.
Practice in freehand lettering in accordance with common
practice. Geometrical Drawing, to give facility in the use of
drawing instruments. Freehand sketching of machine parts and
structures from which drawings are made to scale. Drawing to
scale of simple machine parts. Making of assembly drawings
from detail drawings, and detail drawing from assembly drawings. Tracing and blueprinting.
Six hours per week. 2 units.
Mechanical Engineering 2.
This work is intended to supplement the manual training
given in the high schools, and also to give the student some
knowledge of the more common machine shop methods and
processes as employed commercially. The object is to provide
some basis for the intelligent design of machine and structural
parts.
Machine Shop Practice.—Summer School.
Practice in Smith-work.—Forging, welding, annealing, tempering, use and repairing of smith's tools.
Six hours per day during one week of summer course.
Practice in Foundry Work.—Bench and floor moulding,
core making, casting in iron and brass.
Six hours per day during one week of summer course. Courses in Applied Science. 203
Lectures.—Physical properties of the materials used in
machine construction. Modern methods of handling and finishing wood. Forging and hammering of metals. Annealing and
tempering. Making of patterns and cores. Cupola practice.
Soldering and brazing, tinning, electroplating. Drilling
and tapping, turning and boring, calipering and fitting, milling
and milling cutters, reaming and reamers, screw cutting. Grinding and abrasive wheels. Lapping. Punching and shearing.
Drop forging and die-casting. Metal spinning. Torch and
electric welding. Cold sawing and torch cutting. Tool-making
and dressing. Use of jigs. Machine shop standards, including
wire and sheet metal gauges, threads, etc.
One lecture per week.
Text-book: Colvin & Stanley, American Machinists' Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
Practice in Metal-working.—Bench work, including marking off, chipping, filing, scraping, tapping, and fitting; lathe
work, including turning and boring, screw-cutting and finishing;
lathe adjustments; shaping; milling; gear-cutting; tool-dressing.
Three hours per week. (One term.)
Practice in Woodworking.—The use of the various hand
tools and woodworking machines, making of various joints and
small structures with finished surfaces, turning and boring.
Three hours per week. (One term.) 3 units.
Mechanical Engineering 200.
Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of Mechanical
Engineering 2.
Three hours laboratory (average) per week. 1 unit.
Mechanical Engineering 3.
Kinematics of Machines.—Displacement, velocity and acceleration. Relative motions. Harmonic motions. Gear trains.
Cams, ratchets, and escapements. Classification of mechanisms.
Study of mechanisms in common use. Transmission of motion
by belting. Design of outlines of gear teeth. 204 The University of British Columbia.
One lecture per week. 1 unit.
Text-book: Durley, Kinematics of Machines, John Wiley
& Sons.
Mechanical Engineering 4.
Dynamics of Machines.—Friction and lubrication. Transmission of power by belts, ropes, gears and friction clutches.
Function and dynamics of speed governors. Dynamics of the
screw. Forces involved in linear and angular acceleration of
moving parts, with special reference to engines, turbines, and
pumps. Stresses due to centrifugal force. Balancing of moving
parts. Dynamics of the gyroscope.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
Reference Books: Ewing, The Steam Engine and Other
Heat Engines. Dent & Harper, Kinematics and Kinetics of
Machinery, John Wiley & Sons.
Mechanical Engineering 5.
Machine Design.—Strength of materials used in machine
construction. Factors of safety and allowable stresses under
various conditions of load. Design of: Valve mechanisms for
steam engines; governors; thin cylinders and tanks; rivetted
joints; fastenings, such as bolts, screws and cotters; levers and
winch handles.
One lecture and three laboratory hours per week. 2 units.
Reference Books: Ewing, Steam Engines and Other Heat
Engines. Spooner, Machine Design, Construction and Drawing.
Halsley, Handbook for Machine Designers, McGraw-Hill.
Furman, Valves and Valve Gears, John Wiley & Sons.
Mechanical Engineering 6.
Elementary Thermodynamics.—Fuels and combustion. General principles underlying the construction and operation of
steam boilers. Elementary theory of the steam engine. Measurement of power. Performance of various types of steam engines.
Elementary theory of internal combustion engines. Design and
operation of isolated power plants to give the best economic results. Theory of air compressors, transmission and use of com- Courses in Applied Science. 205
pressed air. Elementary theory and practical operation of producer gas plants.
Laboratory. Testing of boilers, steam engines and internal
combustion engines. Analysis and calorimetry of fuels.
Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. 3 units.
Text-book: Potter & Calderwood, Elements of Steam and
Gas Power Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books: Simmons, Compressed Air. Marks and
Davis, Steam Tables and Diagrams. Gebhardt, Steam Power
Plant Engineering. Kent, Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book.
Fernald & Orrock, Engineering and Power Plants, McGraw-Hill.
Mechanical Engineering 7.
Thermodynamics.—Extension of Mechanical Engineering 6.
A more rigorous treatment of the performance and construction
of various types of boilers, including furnaces and superheaters.
Theoretical efficiency of different types of reciprocating engines
working under various conditions. Influence on efficiency of
engines, of size, speed and ratio of expansion. Variation of efficiency with load. Compound and triple expansion engines. Use
of superheated steam. Flow of gases and vapours through orifices and nozzles.
One lecture and three laboratory hours per week. 3 units.
Reference Book: Lucke, Thermodynamics.
Mechanical Engineering 8.
Thermodynamics.—Continuation of Mechanical Engineering
6 and 7. Advanced theory relative to the transformation of heat
into mechanical energy. Laws governing the flow of heat through
various substances. More precise study of the theory and performance of all types of prime movers, including all types of
reciprocating and rotary steam engines, steam turbines, and
internal combustion engines.
Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. 3 units.
Text-books: Emswiler, Thermodynamics, McGraw-Hill.
Marks & Davis, Steam Tables and Diagrams, Longmans, Green
&Co. 206 The University of British Columbia.
Mechanical Engineering 9.
Thermodynamics.—An extension of Mechanical Engineering
8, for Mechanical Engineering students only.
One lecture and six laboratory hours per week. 3 units.
Reference Book: Lucke, Thermodynamics. Current Engineering Publications.
Mechanical Engineering 10.
Machine Design.—The design of machine and structural
parts, including parts of engines of all types; design of appliances for the transmission of power, including belts, rope, cable,
friction and toothed gearing. The student is required to work
out the complete design of some machine or appliance, and make
the drawings and tracings requisite for its construction.
Two lectures and five laboratory hours per week. 2 units.
Text-books: Kent, Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book,
John Wiley & Sons. Halsley, Handbook for Machine Designers,
McGraw-Hill.
Mechanical Engineering 11.
Heating, Ventilation, and Refrigeration.—Design of steam,
hot water, and hot air systems of heating. Heaters for steam and
water systems. Use of exhaust steam for heating. Central
heating plants. Loss of heat from buildings. Refrigerating
systems.
One lecture per week. 1 unit.
Reference Book: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment of Buildings (Vols. I and II), John Wiley & Sons.
Mechanical Engineering 12.
Plant Design.—A study of the function, construction, and
performance of the various machines and appliances which enter
into the design of industrial plants. Special attention is given
to the economic results to be expected from various combinations.
One lecture per week throughout the session. 2 units.
Reference Books: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment of Buildings (Vols. I and II). Fernald & Orrock, Engineering of Power Plants, McGraw-Hill. Courses in Applied Science. 207
Mechanical Engineering 13.
Physical Treatment of Metals.—A study of the various
metals used in commercial work, with special reference to the
treatment applied to get the physical properties and qualities
required for specific purposes.
One lecture per week, First Term. One lecture and three
laboratory hours per week, Second Term. y2 unit.
Text-book: Colvin & Juthe, The Working of Steel, McGraw-
Hill.
Mechanical Engineering 14.
Industrial Management.—Present-day tendencies in industry. Principles of organization, including cost-keeping, purchasing and storing of materials, and inspection. Problems of employment and systems of compensation for labor. Location and
arrangement of industrial plants for maximum production.
One lecture per week throughout session. 1 unit.
Text-book: Kimball, Principles of Industrial Organization,
McGraw-Hill.
Electrical Engineering 1.
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.—General theory
relating to the flow of continuous and alternating currents.
Measurement of power. Elementary theory of alternating and
direct current generators and motors. Commercial systems of
transmission, transformation, and distribution of power.
Two lectures and two laboratory hours per week. 3 units.
Text-book: Gray, Principles and Practice of Electrical Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Electrical Engineering 2.
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.—An extension of
the work taken up under Electrical Engineering 1. More precise
study of the laws governing the flow of alternating current.
Meters and their applications. Transient phenomena. Use of
charts and tables.
One lecture per week, First Term. One lecture and three
laboratory hours, Second Term. V/2 unit. 208 The University of British Columbia.
Electrical Engineering 3.
Electrical Engineering Practice.—For students in Mechanical Engineering only. A special course covering standard practice in generation, transmission, and application of electric
power.
Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. 3 units.
Electrical Engineering 4.
Electrical Machinery.—Complete theory of direct and alternating current machines and appliances. Transmission lines and
distribution systems. Use of hyperbolic functions in solution of
problems.
Three lectures and six laboratory hours per week. 6 units.
Text-book: Notice to be given.
Electrical Engineering 5.
Electric Traction.—Advantages and disadvantages of electric traction. Characteristics of traction motors. Power requirements and motor ratings. Methods of braking. Comparison of
steam and electric locomotives. Urban, interurban, and main line
systems. Selection of equipment and methods of construction.
One lecture hour per week. 1 unit.
Electrical Engineering 6.
Electric Power Plants and Transmission Lines.—Selection of
site and equipment. Switching and controlling devices. Metering of power. Location and design of transmission lines and substations.
One lecture hour per week. 1 unit.
Text-book: Notice to be given.
Electrical Engineering 7.
Electrical Design.—Calculation of performance of standard
types of transformers, generators, and motors. Design of simple
apparatus and standard types of motors and generators.
One lecture and three laboratory hours per week. 2 units.
Text-book: Gray, Electrical Machine Design. Courses in Applied Science. 209
Electrical Engineering 8.
Electric Cells.—Theory and applications of storage batteries.
Electrolytic cells. Electro-plating.
One lecture per week. First Term.
Electric Illumination. — Photometry. Types of electric
lamps. Systems for interior and street lighting.
One lecture per week. Second Term. 1 unit.
Department of Mining and Metallurgy.
Professor of Mining: J. M. Turnbull.
Professor of Metallurgy: H. N. Thomson.
Associate Professor of Mining: Geo. A. Gillies.
Mining 1.
A general course in prospecting and metal mining covering
the following subjects:
Ores and economic minerals; Ordinary Prospecting—
Economic considerations; finding mineral deposits; float; deductions from outcrops and other indications; core and churn
drilling; mineral belts; mineral fashions; conditions in British
Columbia; legal considerations.
Preliminary development; timbering and framing; tunnelling ; shaft sinking; ordinary mining methods; transportation
and haulage; drainage; ventilation.
One hour per week in the First Term, and two hours per
week in the Second Term.
' Mining 2.
A general course in coal and placer mining, covering the
following subjects:
Coal Mining.—Classification of coals; mining methods;
ventilation; transportation and haulage; tipples; Western Canadian coal fields.
Placer and Hydraulic Mining.—Prospecting; examination
and testing of deposits; hydraulics; flumes; ditches; mining
methods.
Two hours per week. 210 The University of British Columbia.
Mining 3.
An advanced course in Mining Engineering covering the
following subjects:
Scientific prospecting; mine development; special mining
methods; blasting and explosives; sampling and estimation of
ore; examination of mines and prospects; accounting and costs;
mining laws; administration; welfare and safety work;
economics; ethics; mine valuation.
Two hours per week.
Prerequisite: Mining 1.
Mining 4.
A special course covering the structural and mechanical
features of Mining Engineering, as follows:
Mine structures; mining plant and machinery; core and
churn drills; tramways, etc.
One hour per week throughout the Fourth Year for Mining
Engineering students.
No text-book is required.
Prerequisites: Mining 1; Mechanical Engineering 3, 6;
Civil Engineering 3 and 10.
Mining 5.
This course covers the application to mining problems of
the general principles of surveying, under the following heads:
Instruments and accessory appliances used, their selection,
care, and methods of use underground. Practical details of
underground survey work and special difficulties. Surveying in
shafts. Setting and lining-in of timbers. Stope surveys. General
underground surveys. Co-operation with sampling and geological work. Different systems of taking notes and sketches.
Mapping methods. Scale of maps. Uses of maps for various
purposes. Records, and methods of keeping them. Estimating
tonnages and volumes. Functions of the Mine Survey
Department. Courses in Applied Science. 211
One lecture per week. Second Term.
Prerequisite: Civil Engineering 2 and 6.
Mining 6.
A laboratory course covering the special requirements of
Mining students in regard to design of the layout and details of
mining plant, structures, and mine survey plans.
Three hours per week throughout the Fourth Year.
Metallurgy 1.
This course covers the fundamental principles underlying
metallurgical operations in general, and is introductory to
subsequent more specialized study.
The lectures follow in general the subject as taken up in
Principles of Metallurgy, by Chas. H. Fulton, including the
following main subjects:
Physical mixtures and thermal analysis. Physical properties
of metals. Alloys. Measurement of high temperatures. Typical
metallurgical operations. Roasting and fusing. Electrometallurgy. Slags. Matte. Bullion. Refractory materials.
Fuels. Combustion. Furnaces.
Two lectures per week.
Text-book: Fulton, Principles of Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill.
Reference Books: Hofman, General Metallurgy, McGraw-
Hill. Current Mining and Metallurgical Journals. Trade
Catalogues.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and 2.
Metallurgy 2.
A general course covering principles and practice of Pyro-
metallurgy and Hydrometallurgy as applied to gold, silver,
copper, iron, lead and zinc.
Two hours per week.
Prerequisite: Metallurgy 1. 212 The University of British Columbia.
Metallurgy 3.
A special course covering Thermochemistry; Metallurgical
Calculations; Furnace Design and Efficiency; Special Processes.
A large portion of the time will be given to the study of heat
balances of typical smelting operations.
Text-book: Richards, Metallurgical Calculations, McGraw-
Hill.
Two hours per week.
Prerequisites: Metallurgy 1, Chemistry 1.
Metallurgy 4.
Laboratory course in Metallurgical Analysis of Ores and
Furnace Products, Pyrometry and Refractories.
Special attention will be given to analytical methods used
by smelting plants in purchase of ores and control of furnace
operations.
Nine hours per week.
Prerequisites: Metallurgy 1, Chemistry 5m.
Metallurgy 5.
Quantitative determination of gold, silver, and other metals
by fire-assay methods, with underlying principles.
One lecture and five hours' laboratory work. First Term.
Text-book .• Fulton, Manual of Fire Assaying, McGraw-Hill.
Ore Dressing 1.
Owing to rapid and radical changes in the practice of ore
dressing in recent years, and the great number and variety
of machines in use, no attempt is made to describe all the
machines. Most of the time is spent in considering fundamental
principles, typical machines, and their general operations and
relations in modern milling practice, emphasizing the economic
and practical aspects.
Students are taught the commercial and technical characteristics of true concentrating ores, the general principles on which
the size, character, site, and other features of a mill are designed. Courses in Applied Science. 213
The general lay-out of crushing, handling, and separating
machinery. The laws of crushing and of various classifying
and separating actions, and the design, operation, and comparative efficiency of typical machines, such as crushers, rolls,
stamps, ball and tube mills, jigs, tables, screens, classifiers, and
slime-handling devices.
Attention is paid to pneumatic, magnetic, electrostatic, flotation, and other special processes, including coal-washing.
Two lectures per week.
Text-books: Richards, Text-book of Ore Dressing, McGraw-
Hill. F. Taggart, A Manual of Flotation Processes, Wiley.
Ore Dressing 2.
A variety of crushing, sizing, classifying and separating
operations are carried out by the students and studied quantitatively on appropriate machines, singly and in combination.
Special attention is paid to flotation processes, several types of
machines being used.
Ores from British Columbia working mines are usually
chosen, so that the work of the students is along practical lines
in comparison with actual work in operating plants.
Nine hours per week.
Prerequisite: Ore Dressing 1.
Note.—All students in Mining and Metallurgy are advised to provide themselves
with a copy of Peele's Mining Engineer's Handbook (Wiley), which is used for
reference in many of the courses In which no special text-book is required.
Department of Physics and Mechanics.
Professor: T. C. Hebb.
Associate Professor: A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor: J. G. Davidson.
The instruction includes a fully illustrated course of experimental lectures on the general principles of Physics, accompanied by courses of practical work in the laboratory, in which
students will perform for themselves experiments, chiefly quantitative, illustrating the subjects treated in the lectures. Oppor- 214 The University of British Columbia.
tunity will be given to acquire experience with all the principal
instruments used in exact physical and practical measurements.
Physics 1.
Mechanics 1.—An elementary treatment of the subject of
statics, dynamics, and hydrostatics, with particular emphasis
on the working of problems. In the laboratory the fundamental
principles of statics and dynamics are established. The course
is given in the first half of the First Year of Applied Science.
The seven hours per week devoted to the course are divided into
four hours of lectures and one laboratory period of three hours.
Text-books: Loney, Mechanics and Hydrostatics. Millikan,
Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat.
Physics 2.
Advanced Heat.—This course is begun when Mechanics 1
is finished, and the seven hours devoted to it are divided in the
same manner. The course is based on the supposition that
the student is already familiar with the elementary principles
of heat.
Text-books: Edser, Heat for Advanced Students. Millikan,
Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat.
Physics 3.
Electricity and Magnetism.—A quantitative study of the
fundamental principles of electricity and magnetism, with a
special reference to the fact that the student is to be an engineer.
The course includes a short treatment of the elements of
alternating currents.
Two lectures and three hours of laboratory work per week.
Text-books: Millikan and Mills, Electricity, Sound and
Light (first part). Smith, Electrical Measurements.
Physics 4.
Mechanics 2.—The subject-matter consists of an extension
of the statics and dynamics of Mechanics 1, but with the use of
the differential and integral calculus. Courses in Applied Science. 215
Two lectures per week. Second Year of Applied Science.
Prerequisite: Mechanics 1.
Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics.
Physics 5.
Light.—A short lecture course on light for students taking
Chemical Engineering. The time will be devoted to a study of
refraction, dispersion, interference, diffraction, double-refraction,
polarization and spectroscopy.
One hour per week 1 unit.
Physics 9.
As in Arts.
Department of Nursing.
Assistant Professor: Ethel I. Johns.
The University of British Columbia, in conjunction with
approved training schools for nurses in this Province, offers
a five years' course in Nursing, leading to the degree of B.A.Sc.
(Nursing). The aim of this course is to afford to women capable
of leadership a broader and more liberal education than can be
given by the training school alone, and thus to prepare them for
teaching and administration in schools of nursing and for public
health nursing service.
The first two years of the academic portion of the course
give the student an introduction to general cultural subjects,
as well as an elementary knowledge of the sciences underlying
the practice of nursing, and afford opportunity to share the
social as well as the educational activities of university life.
The two years devoted to professional training in the
hospital are planned to give the student actual experience in
each department and to develop the special qualities of skill,
observation and judgment required in nursing practice.
The fifth year, which is elective, permits the student to select
as her major subject that particular phase of nursing in which
she is most interested and for which, in the opinion of her
advisers, she appears to be best qualified. 216 The University of British Columbia.
The requirements for admission for this course are those set
forth for Junior Matriculation. (See page 41.)
The degree will be granted upon the successful completion
of a five years' course, consisting of University work and hospital
training.
Hospital training may be taken in any institution whose
standard has been approved of by the University.
Until 1925, nurses who have graduated from a hospital that
is in aifiliation with this University or otherwise approved of
by the Senate may be awarded the degree on complying with
the following conditions:
1. They shall have matriculated.
2. They shall have taken the full academic training laid
down for this course. At least one year of such training
shall have been taken in The University of British
Columbia.
3. Except under special circumstances, the course shall be
entered upon within two years of the time of graduating
as a nurse.
The curriculum, as outlined, is subject to alteration at
any time.
Department of Public Health.
Professor: R. H. Mullin.
Instructor: Mary Ard MacKenzie.
Public Health 1.—A series of lectures on public health
designed to supply general information concerning the principles
of the science and the relationship it bears to the community at
large.
One lecture per week. Second Term.
Public Health Nursing.—The course is open to nurses in
good standing who have graduated from a recognized training
school connected with a hospital of not less than fifty beds, and
who are eligible for registration in British Columbia. A certificate of good health and physical condition, signed by a regular Courses in Applied Science. 217
physician, must be forwarded with application. A candidate for
this course should apply to the Department not later than Friday,
September 21st, 1923. The registration and class fees for the
course are $75.00. These fees may be paid in two equal instalments, the first not later than October 6th, and the second not
later than January 19th.
The course will consist of three months' of academic work in
The University. This will be followed by four months' field work
in the various branches of public health in which services are
available for teaching purposes. Upon the completion of the
course an examination will be held, and to successful candidates
a certificate will be issued.
The aim of the course is to afford such instruction to graduate
nurses entering the public health field as will assist them in dealing with those problems of public health, economics and education that are met in public health service, and to give them a
broader understanding of present-day nursing conditions. Special emphasis will be placed upon the public health programme
in this Province.
The general scope of the course is outlined as follows:—
1. Academic Work.—
(1) A course of lectures on each of the following:
(a) Motor Mechanics.
(b) Nutrition.
(c) Communicable Diseases.
(d) Sanitation and Hygiene.
(e) Tuberculosis.
(/) Child Welfare.
(g) Public Health Nursing.
(h) School Nursing.
(i) Social Service.
(j) History of Nursing.
(k) Psychology and Teaching Principles.
(I) Economics and Social Legislation.
(m) Mental Hygiene. 218 The University of British Columbia.
(n) Health Legislation.
(o) Teaching of Nursing Principles and Methods.
(2) Occasional lectures on Provincial Legislation, Municipal Health Departments, Voluntary Organizations,
Delinquent and Deserted Children, etc.
(3) Excursions to special health features in and around
Vancouver.
2. Field Work.—
For field work the class will be divided into sections
of appropriate size, each of which will receive instruction
and experience under trained workers in the actual operation of each of the following services:
(a) General Visiting Nursing.
(b) Child Welfare.
(c) Urban School Nursing.
(d) Rural Nursing.
(e) Tuberculosis.
(/) Settlement and Social Service.
3. Conferences.—
Weekly conferences will be held throughout the year
on selected topics. Opportunities will be afforded for
practice in public speaking, etc.
Department of Zoology.
Professor: C. McLean Fraser.
Instructor: H. A. Dunlop.
Assistant: C. P. Leckie.
Assistant: Kenneth P. Auden.
As in Arts.
As in Arts.
Zoology 1.
Zoology 3. FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS IN
AGRICULTURE.
Courses of Study.
Three distinct lines of study are offered, as follows:
(1.) A Four-year Course leading to the Degree of Bachelor
of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.).
(2.) A Winter Course at the University.
(3.) Extension Courses at different points in the Province.
Course Leading to the Degree of B.S.A.
Students in Agriculture are required to have Junior
Matriculation or its equivalent before entering upon this course
(see "Matriculation Requirements"). The degree of B.S.A. is
granted only after the successful completion of four years of
lecture and laboratory work. The course is planned for students
who wish to obtain a practical and scientific knowledge of
Agriculture, either as a basis for demonstration and teaching,
or as an aid to success in farm management.
Winter Course.
This course is planned for those men and women who are
unable to take advantage of the longer course, but who desire
to extend their knowledge of agriculture in one or more of those
branches in which they are particularly interested. The work
throughout is intensely practical. Illustrative material and
periods devoted to demonstration and judging work are strong
features of the course. No entrance examination is required, nor
are students asked to write an examination at the conclusion of
the course.
Extension Courses.
In order to reach those engaged in Agriculture who are
not able to avail themselves of the Winter Course given at the 220 The University of British Columbia.
University, the Faculty of Agriculture offers extension short
courses in various centres throughout the Province. These
courses are of at least four days' duration, are proceeded with
according to a definite time-table, and include lectures and
demonstrations in connection with the work of each department
of the Faculty. Detailed programmes are prepared to suit the
specific centres, and requests for such courses may be addressed
to the Registrar of the University.
Graduate Work.
Students proceeding to the Master's degree in Agriculture
must elect an approved Major and an approved Minor, the latter
of which may be selected within another Faculty.
For general regulations see page 241.
EXAMINATIONS IN AGRICULTURE.
1. There are two examinations in each year—one at Christmas and the other at the end of the session. Successful students
are arranged in three classes, as follows: First class, those who
obtain 80 per cent, or more; Second class, 65 to 80 per cent.;
Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
In the First and Second Years, in order to pass, candidates
must obtain 50% on the examination as a whole and not less than
40% on each subject. In the Third and Fourth Years, in order
to pass, candidates must obtain 50% on each subject of examination.
A unit is one lecture hour per week or one continuous
laboratory period of not less than two or more than three hours
per week throughout the College Year. In the case of one-term
courses, two lecture hours, or two laboratory periods, or one
lecture hour and one laboratory period, constitute one unit.
Christmas examinations will be held in all subjects, and are
obligatory for all students.
Applications for Special Consideration on account of illness
in the matter of examinations must be in the hands of the Dean
not later than two days after the close of the examination period. Information for Students in Agriculture. 221
Any student whose academic record, as determined by the
tests and examinations of the first term, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be
required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session.
For Classes of Students, see page 66.
For Fees, see page 67.
2. Repeating Year.—By special permission of the Faculty, a
student who is required to repeat his year may, on application in
writing,—
(a) Be exempted from attending lectures and passing
examinations in the subjects in which he has
already passed, provided he has made therein a
standing of 60 per cent, or over.
(6) And if so exempted, be permitted to take, in addition to the subjects in which he has failed, such
subjects of the following year of his course as
the Faculty may deem expedient.
A student who fails a second time to pass the final examination of his year, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty,
be required by the Senate to withdraw from the University.
Supplemental Examinations.
3. Notice will be sent to all students to whom the Faculty
has granted supplemental examinations.
4. Examinations supplemental to the sessional examinations
will be held in September, simultaneously with the matriculation
examinations. The time for each supplemental examination will
be fixed by the Faculty; the examination will not be granted at
any other time, except by special permission of the Faculty, and
on payment of a fee of $7.50.
5. Applications for supplemental examinations must be
accompanied by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees), and 222 The University of British Columbia.
be in the hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the
date set for the examinations.
Advancement to the Fourth Year.
A student with supplemental or incomplete standing may
proceed to his Fourth Year, but ordinarily will not be permitted
to graduate with his class. Any departure from this rule can
be made only with the consent of Faculty.
CURRICULUM.
The first two years of work leading to the degree in Agriculture are devoted to acquiring a knowledge of the basic sciences
upon which Agriculture rests, in adding to the student's knowledge of language, and in laying a foundation for more advanced
studies in practical and scientific Agriculture. The Third Year
is devoted largely, and the Fourth Year almost wholly, to courses
in Applied Agriculture.
Except under special circumstances, students under the age
of seventeen will not be eligible for registration. Specialization
will begin at the commencement of the Third Year. Students
who have not had at least one full season's practical farm experience will be required to obtain this preliminary training before
registering for the Third Year.
First Year Course of Study.
Units.
Agronomy 1 1
Animal Husbandry 1 iy
Horticulture A 1
Biology 1 3
Chemistry 1 3
English 1(a) and 1(6) 3
French 1, or Beginners' German 3
Botany 1 3
Total required 18*4 Information for Students in Agriculture. 223
Second Year Course of Study.
Units.
Agronomy 2 2
Animal Husbandry 4 iy2
Dairying 1 iy2
Horticulture B 1
Poultry Husbandry 1 V/t
Zoology 1 3
Chemistry 2 3
English 2(6) 1
French Special, or German 1 2
Bacteriology 1 2
Total required 18^
Third and Fourth Year Courses of Study.
On account of the specialized types of farming which must
necessarily be followed in many parts of British Columbia, the
work in the Third and Fourth Years leading to the degree of
B.S.A. has been arranged in major courses so as to admit of a
measure of specialization in one of the several recognized
branches of Agriculture. At the same time all courses have
been so arranged that every student will get the basic work in
all lines no matter what option is chosen.
Prior to the beginning of the Third Year every student must
indicate in which one of the major options he wishes to continue
his study, and shall arrange his elective courses with the approval
of the Head of the Department in which he is majoring, and in
consultation with the Heads of other Departments directly concerned.
Agricultural students are required to take a total of 35 units,
thesis included, in their Third and Fourth Years. 224 The University of British Columbia.
Third Year Course of Study.
(Required subjects.)
"TTIf Units.
Economics 1 ^L^fV^f. 3
Agricultural Chemistry 3
Principles of Heredity—Biology 2 1
Total required 7
Fourth Year Course of Study.
(Required subjects.)
Units.
Agricultural Economics—2 (a) or 2 (&).... iy
Thesis 3
Total required 4^
2
Agronomy Major.
Third Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above 7
Agronomy 3 VA
4 2
7 vy
Plant Physiology—Botany 3 2
Zoology 4 1
Total required 15
Fourth Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above 4^4
Agronomy 5 iy2
6 vy
8 vy
9 1
ii y2
Systematic and Economic Botany—5 (a).... 2
Economic Entomology—Zoology 7 2
Animal Husbandry 9 iy2
Total required 16 Information for Students in Agriculture.
Animal Husbandry Major.
Third Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above 7
Animal Husbandry 2 iy
vy
l
MA
14 vy2
Agronomy 4 2
Total required 16
Fourth Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above 4^2
Animal Husbandry 5 iy2
8
9
10
11
12
13
1
vy
i
i
i
vy
Agronomy 7 iy>
Total required 14J^
Dairying Major.
Third Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above 7
Dairying 3 2
Dairying 4, iy2 units)
or ) vy2
Dairying 5, iy2 units)
Total required 10J4 226 The University of British Columbia.
Fourth Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above &y>
Dairying 6 4
7 vy
8 y
9 1
Municipal Engineering 1 1
Plant Physiology—Botany 3 2
Dairy Chemistry 2
Total required 16)4
Horticulture Major.
Third Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above 7
Horticulture 3 2
4 1
Plant Physiology—Botany 3 2
Systematic Entomology-^—Zoology 4 1
Total required - 13
' Fourth Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above 4j4
Horticulture 5 iy>
6 V/2
7 V/2
8 1
9 1
io vy
Plant Pathology—Botany 6(a) 1
Economic Entomology—Zoology 7 2
Systematic and Economic Botany 5(a) 2
Total required 17j^ Courses in Agriculture. 227
Poultry Husbandry Major.
Third Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above 7
Poultry Husbandry 2 1
3 vy
" . 4 vy
Embryology—Zoology 6 2
Total required 13
Fourth Year.
Units.
Required subjects, as above &y
Poultry Husbandry 7 iy
8 4
9 1
" io vy
" ii vy
Total required 14
COURSES IN AGRICULTURE.
Department of Agronomy.
Professor: P. A. Boving.
Associate Professor: G. G. Moe.
Assistant: D. G. Laird.
Extension Assistant: G. B. Boving.
Assistant: R. A. Derick.
1. Soil and Soil Fertility.—An examination will be made of
the more important soil types; cultivation, manuring, and rotation of crops will be studied in their relation to soil productivity;
methods of treatment will be observed, and the principles underlying soil management and improvement will constitute the basis
for subsequent courses in Agronomy.
Two lectures. First Term, First Year. 1 unit.
2. Field Crops.—This course embraces a study of the most
important grain, corn, forage, and root crops. A detailed study 228 The University of British Columbia.
of the crops, in the field and in the laboratory, will supplement
the lecture work in order to give the student a comprehensive
idea, not only of the different phases of crop production, but
also of the relative value of separate specimens and samples.
Two lectures and two laboratories. First Term, Second Year.
2 units.
3. Seed Growing.—This course deals with the production
and marketing of vegetable, root, clover, and grass seeds.
Two lectures and one laboratory. First Term, Third Year.
V/2 units.
4. Field Crops (Advanced.)—Course 4 constitutes a more
detailed study of field crops than was possible in Course 2. It
also embraces special lecture and laboratory work on the harvesting, threshing, cleaning, storing, and marketing of our
ordinary field crops. The two courses combined will give the
student a more complete understanding of the various factors
bearing upon the production of a first-class article, whether
intended for sale or for feeding.
Two lectures and two laboratories. Second Term, Third
Year. 2 units.
5. Farm Management.—This course embraces a study of the
selecting, planning, and operating of a farm. Various conditions,
systems and practices prevailing on the American Continent and
in Europe will be discussed and compared.
Two lectures and one laboratory. First Term, Fourth
Year. iy units.
6. Field-crop Judging.—The judging and handling of
grains, grasses, forage and root crops will be taken up in the
field as well as in the laboratory.
One lecture and two laboratories. First Term, Fourth Year.
V/2 units.
7. Soil Management.—Different systems of cultivation, rotation, manuring and irrigation, as practised in Canada and
elsewhere, will be discussed, and the influence of these factors
on the maintenance or exhaustion of soil fertility will be studied.
Two lectures and six half-days. Second Term, Third
Year. iy units. Courses in Agriculture. 229
8. Plant-breeding.—This course is planned to follow
Biology 2. With this'as a basis the course is designed to illustrate and explain the breeding of field crops.
Two lectures and one laboratory. Second Term, Fourth
Year. iy2 units.
9. Field Experiments.—The scope, the methods and the
interpretation of field experiments will be discussed, and a study
will be made of the more important results obtained in different
parts of the world.
Two lectures. Second Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit
10. Thesis.—Subject to be selected with the approval of the
Head of the Department before the end of the Third Year;
the written thesis to be handed in before the 1st of April in
the Graduating Year. 3 units.
11. Crop Adaptation and Distribution.—The relation of
field crops to elevation, climate and soils will be studied in order
to give the student a comprehensive idea of the distribution of
crops and the adaptation of various types to different parts of
the world.
One lecture. First Term, Fourth Year. y unit.
Students majoring in Agronomy are required to work one
year under the direction of the Department.
Department of Animal Husbandry.
Associate Professor: H. M. King.
Assistant Professor: R. L. Davis.
Assistant Professor: W. N. Jones.
Extension Assistant: H. R. Hare.
Lecturer in Veterinary Science: J. G. Jerris.
1. Market Classes and Grades of Live Stock.—A study of
the characteristics and requirements of the various market
classes and grades of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep, and
swine.
Texts: Plumb, Judging Farm Animals. Vaughan, Types
and Market Classes of Live Stock. 230 The University of British Columbia.
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Second Term,
First Year.
V/2 units.
2. Breeds of Cattle.—A study of the origin, history of
development, characteristics, and adaptations of the breeds of
cattle.
Text: Plumb, Types and Breeds of Farm Animals.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
First Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
3. Breeds of Horses, Sheep and Swine.—A study of the
origin, history of development, characteristics, and adaptations
of the breeds of horses, sheep and swine.
Text: Plumb, Types and Breeds of Farm Animals.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Second Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
4. Live-stock Feeding and Management.—The feeding, care,
and management from birth to maturity of the various types
of live stock.
Text: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding, abridged
edition.
Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 1.
Three lectures per week. First Term, Second Year.
V/2 units.
5. Advanced Judging.—A continuation of the type of work
represented in the laboratory of Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Designed to strengthen Animal Husbandry students in the selection of herd sires, foundation breeding herds, and in the building-
up of superior flocks and herds. Students will be required to
make several trips to leading herds in the Province.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. 1 unit. Courses in Agriculture. 231
One three-hour laboratory period per week in the fitting
and handling of live stock is required of Animal Husbandry
major students. , y2 additional unit.
6. Live-stock Breeding.—A study of the principles of
breeding in their application to live-stock development and
improvement.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 2 and 3 and Biology 2.
Two lecture periods per week. Second Term, Third Year.
1 unit.
7. Herd, Flock and Stud-book Study.—An advanced course
in the study of the principal breeds of live stock, familiarizing
the student with the leading sires, dams, families, and herds of
the various breeds, and the blood lines entering into their
formation. Emphasis will be placed upon a study of pedigrees.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Two lecture periods and one three-hour laboratory period
per week. Second Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
8. Nutrition.—A study of the elements and compounds
important to animal nutrition and their relation to the animal
organism; the digestive system; the digestion, absorption,
assimilation, and disposition of food materials. A study of the
various feedstuffs. df
Texts: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding. Armsby,
Animal Nutrition.
Two lectures per week. First Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
9. Animal Feeding.—The feeding of all classes of live stock,
having distinct regard to the economic problems confronting the
breeder and the producer.
Text: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding.
Three lecture periods per week. Second Term, Fourth
Year. iy2 units.
10. Markets and Marketing.—A careful study of the markets with their requirements for live stock and live-stock 232 The University of British Columbia.
products, and the relation which these bear to production.
Marketing of breeding stock.
Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 7.
Two lectures per week. First Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
11. Thesis and Seminar.—Students majoring in Animal
Husbandry are required to write a thesis on some live-stock
subject, the selection being made by the student with the
approval of the Head of the Department. The subject of this
thesis shall be chosen not later than the end of the Third Year.
3 units.
A seminar of one hour per week for the special study of
current problems and literature shall be held. 1 unit.
12. Live-stock Practice.—Every Animal Husbandry student
is required to spend the summer months between the Third and
Fourth Years on an approved live-stock farm and to present a
written report upon his summer's work before entering upon
the Second Term of the Fourth Year.
Open only to students majoring in Animal Husbandry.
I 1 unit.
13. Farm and Ranch Management.—The management of
the range, ranch, and farm for the production of live stock.
Texts: Potter, Western Live Stock Management. Leitch,
The Dairy Farm.
Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 12.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
Second Term, Fourth Year. iy2 units.
14. Veterinary Science.—A study of the common diseases
of horses, cattle, sheep, and swine; their causes, prevention,
and treatment.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Three lecture periods per week. First Term, Third Year.
iy2 units. Courses in Agriculture. 233
Department of Dairying
Professor: Wilfrid Sadler.
Assistant Professor: N. S. Golding.
Extension Assistant: Marion J. Mounce.
1. Elementary Dairying.—An elementary course of lectures
on milk, cream, and the principles and practices of butter-
making. Laboratory work in cream-raising, separators, preparation of cream for butter-making, butter-making on the farm,
preparation of Devonshire clotted cream.
Two lectures and three hours' laboratory per week. Second
Term, Second Year. iy2 units.
2. Farm Cheese-making.—Principles and practices of cheese-
making, hard-pressed, blue-veined, and soft; the making of
cheese on the farm; a general knowledge required of the principal varieties of each class of cheese, and laboratory practice
in the making of standard varieties.
This course is offered in the Third Year or Fourth Year to
students other than those who propose to major in Dairying.
One lecture and six hours' laboratory per week for one term.
V/2 units.
3. Dairy Bacteriology.—The bacteriology of milk, and milk
products; sources of bacteria in milk, number and varieties;
influence of time, temperature, etc., on these; methods of culture
and isolation; fermentation of milk, lactic,, butyric, peptonizing,
gaseous, ropy, etc.; relation of milk to spread of tuberculosis,
typhoid fever, and other diseases; pasteurization and sterilization of milk; certified milk and bacterial standards applied to
milk; relation of bacteria to cream, butter-making and butter;
control of bacteria in relation to milk and milk products.
Two lectures and six hours' laboratory work per week. First
Term, Third Year. 2 units.
4. Creamery Butter-making. — Creamery butter-making;
grading of cream; treatment and preparation of cream for 234 The University of British Columbia.
butter-making; pasteurization; manufacture of creamery
butter; judging, grading, and marketing of butter.
Prerequisite: Dairying 3.
One lecture and six hours' laboratory work per week. Second
Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
5. Market Milk.—The hygienic aspect of milk production;
the bacterial quality of machine-drawn versus hand-drawn milk;
certified milk; handling and management of milk for city consumption; grading of milk on bacterial standards; pasteurization; transportation and distribution of milk; ordinances and
regulations concerning the sale of milk. This course will include
laboratory work in dairy bacteriology, practice in the dairy, and
visits to selected farms and milk distributing depots.
One lecture and six hours' laboratory work per week. Second
Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
6. Cheese and Cheese-making.—This course deals with the
principles and practices of cheese-making—hard-pressed, blue-
veined, and soft.
Offered to those majoring in Dairying.
Two lectures and six hours' laboratory work per week
throughout the session. Fourth Year. 4 units.
7. Dairy Bacteriology.—Qualitative and quantitative bacteriological analysis of market milk, condensed milk, milk
powder, cream, butter, and cheese; bacterial changes in
storage butter; ripening of cheese. Opportunities are presented
for exercising bacterial control of the various processes carried
out in the dairy laboratory.
Offered to those majoring in Dairying.
One lecture and six hours' laboratory work per week. First
Term, Fourth Year. V/2 units.
8. Testing of Milk and Dairy Products.—The testing of
milk, cream, butter, and cheese; the selling of milk and cream
oil the butter-fat basis; causes of variation in butter-fat content. Courses in Agriculture. 235
One lecture-laboratory period per week. First Term, Fourth
Year. V2 umt-
9. Dairy Buildings and Equipment.—Buildings suitable for
handling of milk and manufacturing of dairy products; their
situation, construction, arrangement; equipment of farm dairies,
creameries, and cheese-factories. This course includes detailed
studies of selected buildings.
One lecture and one laboratory period per week. Second
Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
10. The Judging and Grading of Milk and Milk Products.—
Offered to students of the Senior Year. V/2 units.
11. Thesis. 3 units.
Department of Horticulture
Professor: F. M. Clement.
Associate Professor: A. F. Barss.
Assistant Professor: F. E. Buck.
Extension Assistant: W. A. Middleton.
A. Principles of Fruit Growing.—The aim in this course
is to give the student sufficient instruction in the fundamental
steps in the growing of tree fruits and small fruits, to enable
him to care for the home plantings.
Two lectures each week. First Term, First Year. 1 unit.
B. Principles of Gardening.—A study of the principles
involved in the planting and growing of the more important
vegetables, flowers, and ornamental trees and shrubs for the
farm home and garden.
Two lectures each week. Second Term, Second Year.
1 unit.
Courses A and B are designed to meet the needs of all
students in Agriculture, giving them a general knowledge of the
care of Horticultural crops. At the same time these courses are
fundamental for students who are planning to take further
courses in Horticulture. 236 The University of British Columbia.
3. Practical Pomology.—A detailed study of the best
methods in Orchard Management with field practice in various
orchard operations, such as planting, pruning, and spraying.
The course also deals with the culture of small fruits.
Two lectures and two laboratories each week. Second Term,
Third Year. 2 units.
4. Plant Propagation and Nursery Practice.—This course
deals with the methods used in propagating plants, including
budding and grafting; and with Commercial Nursery practices.
One lecture and one laboratory each week. First Term,
Third Year. 1 unit.
5. Commercial Pomology.—A study of the problems connected with the handling of fruits and vegetables—harvesting,
grading, packing, shipping, storing, marketing; packing and
storage houses; marketing associations; costs of production and
marketing.
Two lectures and one laboratory each week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
6. Systematic Pomology.—A course in description, identification, classification, displaying, and judging of fruits. The
course also includes a certain amount of work in Systematic
Olericulture.
One lecture, two laboratories each week. First Term, Fourth
Year. < V/2 units.
7. Practical Vegetable Gardening.—A study of the problems
connected with the commercial growing of vegetables, including
the selection of a location, soil requirements, fertilizing, irrigating, and special cultural methods for the more important vegetables. This course also deals with the construction of hot-beds,
cold-frames, greenhouses, and their management in the forcing
of vegetable crops.
Two lectures and one laboratory each week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units. Courses in Agriculture. 237
8. Special Horticulture.—A course for the study of special
branches of Commercial Horticulture, including the manufacture of horticultural products, such as canned foods, dried
products, jams, jellies, and fruit juices.
Two lectures each week. Second Term, Fourth Year.
1 unit.
9. Horticultural Problems.—An introduction to the study
of problems in Horticulture, including the breeding of Horticultural crops, variety adaptations, and methods of research,
together with a review of Horticultural investigational work in
other institutions. There will also be practice in outlining
investigations, and in preparing reports.
Two lectures each week. Second Term, Fourth Year.
1 unit.
10. Landscape Gardening and Floriculture.—The course
aims to give the student a working knowledge of the selection,
planting and care of ornamental plants—trees, shrubs, and
flowers; with the principles for the improvement of home
grounds, school grounds, city streets, and parks. The course
includes practice in identification of plant materials; also practice in making of planting plans.
Two lectures and one laboratory each week. First Term,
Fourth Year. IV2 units.
11. Thesis. 3 units.
Department of Poultry Husbandry
Associate Professor: E. A. Lloyd.
Assistant Professor: V. S. Asmundsen.
Field Enumerator: R. J. Skelton.
1. General.—Includes a study of the fundamentals of
poultry-keeping, such as: Breeds, breeding, and judging; feeds
and feeding; loeating and constructing poultry-houses; equipment; incubation and brooding; markets and marketing. The 238 The University of British Columbia.
class-room lectures and recitations are supplemented with practice work in the laboratory.
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. Second
Term, Second Year. V/2 units.
2. Markets and Marketing.—An advanced course in the
preparation and marketing of poultry products. Students
taking this course are required to prepare products for market,
and, when possible, to do the actual marketing.
One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period. First Term.
1 unit.
3. Incubation and Brooding.—A study of the problems concerned in hatching and rearing poultry. Practice is given in
the operation of different types of incubators and brooders.
One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
Second Term. V/2 units.
4. Breeds and Breeding.—Arranged to give the student a
general understanding of the principles of breeding as applied
to Poultry Husbandry. Emphasis is laid upon breeding for egg
and meat production.
Prerequisite: Biology 4.
One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
Second Term. V/2 units.
5. Poultry Management.—A study of stystems of extensive
and intensive poultry-farming. Capital, labour, and economic
methods of flock management are studied.
Required of Seniors in Poultry Husbandry. First Term.
One lecture and four hours' laboratory per week. V/2 units.
6. Advanced Poultry Husbandry.—Arranged to give the
student an opportunity for special and original problems.
Required of Seniors in Poultry Husbandry. Second Term.
Hours by arrangement. 4 units. Courses in Agriculture. 239
7. Feeds and Feeding.—Consists of a study of the various
feedstuffs used for poultry, and their value; the balancing of
rations; a study of experimental data and practice in feeding.
Required of Seniors in Poultry Husbandry. First Term.
Prerequisites: Poultry Husbandry 1; Animal Husbandry 8.
One lecture and three hours' laboratory and practice per
week. 1 unit.
8. Poultry Literature.—A study of scientific literature
published on poultry problems, and the gathering of reports,
data, and information.
One lecture period per week. Six hours' practice work.
V/2 units.
9. Judging and Selection.—Substituted for Poultry Husbandry 5 and 6.
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
V/2 units.
10. Thesis. 3 units.
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Dean Clement.
1. (a) Farmer Movements.—A study of the Grange; the
Patrons of Industry; the Farmers' Alliance; the American
Society of Equity; the Non-partisan League; the Farm Bureau
Federation; the United Farmers, and other farmer organizations.
(6) Rural Life.—The country life movement; the rural
school; the country church; rural surveys, and a study of special
topics, such as, recreation in country life; the farmer's standard
of living; the functions of a small town; rural migrations.
Lectures and assigned readings. 3 units. 240 The University of British Columbia.
2. (a) Agricultural Economics.—An application of the
principles of Economics to the field of Agriculture.
Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan.
(6) The Marketing of Farm Products.—An analysis of the
marketing problem as it applies to Agriculture.
Macklin, Efficient Marketing for Agriculture, Macmillan.
Lectures and assigned readings. 3 units.
French.
(Special course in French.)
2nd Year.—Prescribed text: Cunisset-Carnot, Le livre
d'Agriculture, Paris, Larousse. 2 hours a week.
2 units.
Note: Where courses other than those listed under Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, Poultry
Husbandry and Agricultural Economics are mentioned, the
student will please refer to outlines of courses in Arts and Science
or Applied Science. Regulations as to Degree Courses. 241
REGULATIONS AS TO M.A., M.A.Sc, AND M.S.A.
COURSES.
1. Candidates for the M.A., M.A.Sc, or M.S.A. degree must
hold a bachelor's degree from this University, or its equivalent.
The B.A. is prerequisite for the M.A., the B.A.Sc. for the
MA.Sc, and the B.S.A. for the M.S.A.
2. A student of another university applying for permission
to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his
application an official statement of the course he has followed
and a certificate of the standing gained therein in the several
subjects. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a
student in this University. The fee for examination of certificates
is $2.00.
3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records
who proceed to the Master's degree shall be required:
(a.) To spend one year in resident graduate study; or
(6.) (At the discretion of the Faculty concerned):
(i.) To do two or more years of private work
under the supervision of the University,
such work to be equivalent to one year of
graduate study; or,
(ii.) To do one year of private work under
University supervision and one term of
resident graduate study, the total of such
work to be equivalent to one year of
resident graduate study.
4. One major and one minor shall be required.
5. (a.) A thesis must be prepared on some approved topic
in the major subject.
(6.) Examinations, written or oral, or both, will be
required.
6. Candidates for the Master's degree, intra mural or extra
mural, shall pay an annual registration fee of $10.00. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be made to the
Registrar by October 15th.
7. Two typewritten copies of each thesis, on standard-sized
thesis paper, shall be submitted. (See special circular of
"Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.") 242 The University of British Columbia.
LIST OF STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE, SESSION 1922-23
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
First Yeab.
Full Undergraduates.
Name. Home Address.
Adams, Edgar B Vancouver.
Adams, M. Louise Vancouver.
Aitken, James Vancouver.
Allan, Dalton D Vancouver.
Allen, A. Stewart Naramata.
Allen, H. Joyce Chamadaska.
Allen, M. Margaret Naramata.
Anderson, Oscar Harry Revelstoke.
Andrews, Margaret J Vancouver.
Anno, Shojiro Vancouver.
Arkwright, Dorothy Kerrisdale.
Armstrong, Helen J Penticton.
Arnett, Lorraine Vancouver.
Arnold, Theodore E Vancouver.
Ashworth, George W Vancouver.
Atkins, Orville S Vancouver.
Austin, Horace Vancouver.
Baillie, Oenone G Vancouver.
Ball, Ralph H Kelowna.
Barclay, E. Jean Vancouver.
Barker, Dorothy I Vancouver.
Barton, Bernice E Marpole.
Barton, Isobel W Vancouver.
Barton, Lorna D Vancouver.
Barton, Una M North Vancouver.
Beddis, Phoebe E Vancouver.
Bell, Jean F Vancouver.
Bell, Vera H Vancouver.
Bell, William J Vancouver.
Berry, Enid R Vancouver.
Binns, K. M. Alix Vancouver.
Birney, A. Earle Banff, Alta.
Bishop, Charles B Vancouver.
Bisson, Marion M Rossland.
Blain, Evelyn West Vancouver.
Blatchford, Annie Vancouver.
Bolt, Sybil Vancouver. List of Students. 243
Name. Home Address.
Bonsall, Henry B Vancouver.
Boomer, William H Vancouver.
Boucher, Jennie M Vancouver.
Boulton, Frederic J Vancouver.
Bourne, Alfred R Revelstoke.
Bowen, Carman R Vancouver.
Boyles, Sadie M Vancouver.
Bride, Gordon McK Vancouver.
Bridge, John W Vancouver.
Bridgman, Clara M Vancouver.
Bridgman, Edward O North Vancouver.
Brown, Florence V Vancouver.
Brown, Rex L Vancouver.
Browning, Harold D Vancouver.
Buckingham, William N. J Vancouver.
Bumstead, Viola G Vancouver.
Burnett, Lila W Vancouver.
Callander, Glenn G Vancouver.
Campbell, Lawrence W.. Vancouver.
Campbell, Mildred H New Westminster.
Capon, Donald Vancouver.
Carter, Esther E Vancouver.
Cassidy, Florence E Murrayville.
Catterall, John L Vancouver.
Challenger, John W Vancouver.
Chalmers, William Vancouver.
Chamberlain, Edward R Vancouver.
Chin, Fat Y Vancouver.
Choate, Percy J Vancouver.
Clark, H. Eustace F . . . Vancouver.
Clark, Kathleen L Vancouver.
Clark, William T Middlesboro.
Clement, Bruce D Vancouver.
Conrad, Elsie Ladner.
Cooper, Arthur J. O Vancouver.
Cooper, Ursula H Vancouver.
Couling, Grace M Vancouver.
Crees, N. Jack Vancouver.
Crickmay, Geoffrey W North Vancouver.
Crickmay, James L North Vancouver.
Cruickshank, Clementine M Vancouver.
Cull, J. Simpson Vancouver.
Cunningham, Louise F New Westminster.
Daly, Kathleen A Vancouver. 244 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Danaher, J. Harold Vancouver.
D'Aoust, Joseph G Vancouver.
D'Aoust, Mary L Vancouver.
Darts, Edwin C Vancouver.
Davidson, Allen E New Westminster.
Davidson, Elsie A Vancouver.
Davies, Dermot A Vancouver.
Davies, Edward Fernie.
Dean, F. Roberta . New Westminster.
Des Brisay, Maurice P Rock Bay.
Dimmick, Doris M Jubilee.
Dimock, C. Homer Silverton.
Dobie, M. Helen New Westminster.
Docherty, M. Doris Vancouver.
Dodson, Marion South Vancouver.
Douglas, Ian F New Westminster.
Dow, Lillian Mad Vancouver.
Dyble, Richard H loco.
Eaton, Virginia Vancouver.
Edgett, Freda B Vancouver.
Edwards, T. Bentley Eburne.
Elley, Frederick W Fernie.
Esler, Mary R Vancouver.
Esler, Nancy Vancouver.
Evans, Alexander M North Vancouver.
Everton, Lily G New Westminster.
Fallowfield, Edna M South Vancouver.
Farrand, Charles J. S Vancouver.
Faulkner, Jean C Vancouver.
Fenton, Lillian P , Pitt Meadows.
Finley, Editb E South Vancouver.
Fitchett, J. Norton Vancouver.
Fletcher, Frank Vancouver.
Fraser, James A Vancouver.
Freeland, Gertrude L Vancouver.
Freeman, Maurice Vancouver.
Fry, Vera S Vancouver.
Gagnon, James H Nelson.
Galbraith, Gladys E , Vancouver.
Gallaugher, Arthur F Vancouver.
Garner, Edna B Vancouver.
Gartshore, Hendrie L Vancouver.
Gauthier, A. Cairns Vancouver.
Gibbard, Charles A Mission City. List of Students. 245
Name. Home Address.
Giberson, Gladys H Vancouver.
Gilley, Hazel L New Westminster.
Giovando, Lorenzo Ladysmith.
Glennie, Annie Vancouver.
Glover, Gladys M Chilliwack.
Godson, Joy A Vancouver.
Golley, E. Merton Vancouver.
Goranson, Edwin A New Westminster.
Gordon, Arthur I. E Skidegate.
Gordon, George E Vancouver.
Gould, Clarence R Aylesford, N.S.
Grace, John New Westminster.
Graham, Mary L Whonnock.
Grant, Eva K Slocan City.
Grant, Minerva M Vancouver.
Grantham, Herbert H Vancouver.
Green, Winifred M Vancouver.
Greer, Marion J South Vancouver.
Grier, Helene McG Vancouver.
Gross, Aubrey W Vancouver.
Gruchy, Allan G Vancouver.
Gustafson, Carl E Vancouver.
Hadgkiss, James Vancouver.
Hall, Violet E Burnaby.
Halliday, Helen McD New Westminster.
Handford, Cecile M Vancouver.
Hardwick, Francis C Vancouver.
Harper, John A Vancouver.
Harris, Mabel L Steveston.
Harrison, Nellie E Vancouver.
Hartley, Joyce C North Vancouver.
Harvie, Evan T North Lonsdale.
Haslam, Harold B Cranbrook.
Haslett, Edna B Anyox.
Heelas, John C Armstrong.
Henderson, Annie A Vancouver.
Henderson, Florence M Vancouver.
Henderson, Robert A Vancouver.
Heywood, Margaret Vancouver.
Higginbotham, Mary J Vancouver.
Hill, Mark R Vancouver.
Hodgins, Hugh J Vancouver.
Hodgins, Lillian L Nanaimo.
Holliday, Elizabeth M Armstrong. 246 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Holmes, Isobel B Vancouver.
Hood, Orlo McG Vancouver.
Hope, Grace E Vancouver.
How, Margaret I Chilliwack.
Howard, Hedley V Vancouver.
Hubner, Rudolph Trail.
Hull, Lilian F Grand Forks.
Hunter, H. Murray Vancouver.
Ing, Sun On Vancouver.
Irwin, Everett J Vancouver.
Irwin, Lenora Vancouver.
Irwin, Ronald E North Vancouver.
Jenkins, Elfrida M Agassiz.
Jenkins, Helen L Vancouver.
Johnston, Hilda F Vancouver.
Johnston, M. Gertrude Vancouver.
Jones, Hazel E Vancouver.
Jones, Margaret E Vancouver.
Kennedy, Mervyn E Vancouver.
Kerslake, Ben South Vancouver.
Kidd, Desmond F New Westminster.
Kidd, Honor M New Westminster.
Kilvert, Yuill loco.
King, Esther E Vancouver.
King, G. Agnes Vancouver.
King, Herbert D Vancouver.
Kirkpatrick, Isabel C Vancouver.
Kobe, Susumu Vancouver.
Lade, Mary E Vancouver.
Laidlaw, W. James Vancouver.
Lam, George Vancouver.
Lange, J. Malcolm J Vancouver.
Langley, James P Eburne.
Langridge, Gertrude A Vancouver.
Larson, Esther S New Westminster.
Lazarus, Minnie R Vancouver.
Leach, F. Wanetta Vancouver.
Ledingham, George M Vancouver.
Lees, Everett J Vancouver.
Leigh, Digby M Revelstoke.
Leith, Murray Vancouver.
Lewis, Margaret L Vancouver.
Logan, Gordon V. E Vancouver.
Logie, William J Vancouver. List of Students. 247
Name. Home Address.
Lynn, Mildred B Vancouver.
Lyttleton, Helen M Vancouver.
Madill, Laura M Port Hammond.
Magar, Gladys F Eburne.
Mahrer, Eugene R Vancouver.
Main, Thomas South Vancouver.
Mandell, Barbara K Vancouver.
Manson, Nicol B Cortez Island.
Marett, Verna Vancouver.
Marin, Rosa A. M Vancouver.
Marrion, Oscar G Vancouver.
Marshall, Marguerite G. M New Westminster.
Martin, Mary Vancouver.
Mathewson, Philip L Essondale.
Mellish, A. Preston Vancouver.
Menten, Marjorie E New Westminster.
Mercer, W. E. Arthur New Westminster.
Meredith, Joan O. F North Vancouver.
Miller, George W North Vancouver.
Minaty, William Vancouver.
Mitchell, Marion Vancouver.
Mitchell, Morley W Vancouver.
Moffat, Alda C. Vancouver.
Monks, Nancy J Vancouver.
Moodie, Catherine M New Westminster.
Moore, Hilton M Vancouver.
Morris, John R Vancouver.
Morris, Wilfred H Vancouver.
Morrison, Margaret G Vancouver.
Mulligan, Annie D Vancouver.
Munn, R. Russell Summerland.
Murphy, Alexandra Huntingdon.
Murphy, William C Vancouver.
Myers, Alice Naramata.
MacArthur, Freida C Vancouver.
McCarthy, Grace E Kelowna.
McCaslin, Myrtle M Salmo.
McColl, Helen S North Vancouver.
McConkey, Virginia L Vancouver.
McCulloch, Walter F Kamloops.
McDiarmid, Ralph G North Vancouver.
McDonagh, Joyce M Vancouver.
Macdonald, A. Bruce Vancouver.
MacDonald, Eileen Vernon. 248 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
MacDonald, Kenna C Vernon.
McDuffee, R. Stuart Vancouver.
McGraw, Christina Penticton.
McGregor, Mary C Vancouver.
Mcintosh, Cecilia M Vancouver.
Mcintosh, Margaret H Vancouver.
Mcintosh, Mary C. E Vancouver.
Mclntyre, Charles M Vancouver.
McKay, Doris G Vancouver.
MacKay, Mary A Vancouver.
McKechnie, Neil D New Westminster.
MacKenzie, Donald B Vancouver.
McKenzie, Lillian M Vancouver.
MacKenzie, L. Margaret New Westminster.
MacKinnon, C. Eric Cranbrook.
McLean, Cecilia M Vancouver.
McMeans, Beatrice K Vancouver.
McMeekin, Lillie M Vancouver.
McMurphy, Audrie E New Westminster.
McNish, Garnet Vancouver.
McSweyn, Maxine M.M Vancouver.
Nakano, Noborn A Cumberland.
Newmarch, Gerald Vancouver.
Nice, Lila M Vancouver.
Nicholson, Eleanor H Vancouver.
Nixon, Myrtle Vancouver.
Noble, A. Pearl Ladner.
Ogawa, Kiyo Vancouver.
O'Neil, Margaret V Penticton.
Osborne, Donald J. F Vancouver.
Palmer, Russell A Vancouver.
Parker, A. Gray Vancouver.
Patrick, Walter Vancouver.
Peake, Emma G Vancouver.
Pedlow, Beulah W Vancouver.
Peers, Mary E Burnaby.
Pellew, E. Irene New Westminster.
Pennington, Frederick W Vancouver.
Philp, George A Vancouver.
Phipps, E. Sheila M New Westminster.
Piters, Jack Vancouver.
Porter, Basil W Burnaby.
Porter, Ida S West Vancouver.
Potter, Frank Cumberland. List of Students. 249
Name. Home Address.
Pottinger, Alexander Vancouver.
Powell, Evelyn Vancouver.
Pradolini, Mario Revelstoke.
Pratt, Frederick H Burnaby.
Price, A. Evelyn Vernon.
Pudney, Winnifred L Collingwood.
Pugsley, Clarence W Vancouver.
Purves, Jennie L Vancouver.
Raby, Ha G Salmon Arm.
Rae, Grace R Barnet.
Ramage, Marguerite E Vancouver.
Raney, Frederick E Pembroke.
Rayner, Cyril T Naramata.
Reid, George E Vancouver.
Reid, Mary F Vancouver.
Richardson, Isabella M Chilliwack.
Ritchie, Helen C West Vancouver.
Robertson, Margaret W. S New Westminster.
Robson, R. Christopher North Vancouver.
Rogers, Mildred Vancouver.
Rudnicki, Helen F Fernie.
Russell, Dorothy B Vancouver.
Sanford, Aubrey C New Westminster.
Savage, Edna M Vancouver.
Scott, Geraldine M. B Cloverdale.
Scott, John J Vancouver.
Scott, Margaret V Vancouver.
Selwood, Pierce W West Vancouver.
Shannon, Jack D Vancouver.
Simpson, Velma L Penticton.
Simpson, Vera E Vancouver.
Sinton, Muriel F Vancouver.
Smith, Beatrice N Vancouver.
Smith, Harry F Vancouver.
Smith, Louis F West Summerland.
Smith, Marion R Vancouver.
Southon, Gordon P Vancouver.
Stanley, John Burnaby.
Stearman, A. Willardie Vancouver.
Stevenson, Eva A.J Vancouver.
Stewardson, Alan New Westminster.
Stibbs, Roy B New Westminster.
Stinson, M. Marguerite Vancouver.
Story, Jean M Vancouver. 250 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Straight, Winona T Vancouver.
Stuart, Margaret I. Duff Vancouver.
Stuart, Ronald J Vancouver.
Sutherland, John B Vancouver.
Sutherland, John H South Vancouver.
Swanson, Margaret Vancouver.
Swencisky, Grace H New Westminster.
Taylor, David A. B South Wellington.
Taylor, E. Bridgman Revelstoke.
Taylor, W. Gordon Vancouver.
Teeple, Ruth Vancouver.
Telford, Gordon D Vancouver.
Tennant, Margaret M Vancouver.
Thompson, Harold J Vancouver.
Thompson, Henrietta B Vancouver.
Thompson, William G Vancouver.
Thomson, Charles M Vancouver.
Thomson, James A. Vancouver.
Thorpe, Milton P South Vancouver.
Thurston, Roberta ; . . Port Moody.
Tingley, Elizabeth P Vancouver.
Tokunaga, Tadashi Vancouver.
Touzeau, Ernest G Vancouver.
Turnbull, Walter R Vancouver.
Underwood, Thomas J. W North Vancouver.
Usher, Katharine H Vancouver.
Wainman, Philip R Vernon.
Wakefield, Amy E North Vancouver.
Waldie, Frederick M Nelson.
Wales, Bertram, E Vancouver.
Wallace, Barbara A Vancouver.
Wallace, Nora E Vancouver.
Wallace, William S South Vancouver.
Walmsley, Sholto A New Westminster.
Washington, Dorothy M Vancouver.
Watson, James W Vancouver.
Welsman, Edward L Vancouver.
Whalen, P. Alice Vancouver.
Whiteside, John D New Westminster.
Wledrick, Vernon A Vancouver.
Williams, John V. L Vancouver.
Williams, Mary A. B Vancouver.
Williamson, Florence Vancouver.
Wilson, A. Abbott Mission City. List of Students. 251
Name. Home Address.
Wiswell, Grant A Vancouver.
Wong, Violet Vancouver.
Woodman, Owen O. M Hong Kong, China.
Woodrow, Jean Vancouver.
Woodworth, Charles A West Point Grey.
Wright, Amy E North Vancouver.
Wright, Marion D South Vancouver.
Yeoman, Gladys R New Westminster.
Conditioned.
Adam, Dorothy • M Vancouver.
Bailey, Basil E Armstrong.
Bennett, Alice E Vancouver.
Bloom, Jason Vancouver.
Boyce, George I Kelowna.
Cole, Mary J. R Vancouver.
Cummings, Leslie J Vancouver.
Domoney, Clarence Vancouver.
Fournier, Frank L Vancouver.
Fowler, Horace W Vancouver.
Fowler, Margaret F Grand Forks.
Gambord, Ben Vancouver.
Helme, Carol M Vancouver.
Hunter, George G Cranbrook.
Marin, Joseph Vancouver.
McDevitt, Donald C Vancouver.
Macdonald, John E Vancouver.
Macdonald, Kenneth E North Vancouver.
McDonald, Marjorie A Vancouver.
Maclnnes, Gertrude E Vancouver.
Mackay, Jack C Vancouver.
McNeil, Grace M Vancouver.
Paulson, P. Edwin New Westminster.
Rowan, Murray D Vancouver.
Smith, John H Vancouver.
Sparks, Wilbur H Vancouver.
Spencer, Harold H Port Simpson.
Stearman, John S Vancouver.
Walker, Nora North Vancouver.
Wong, Sow Poon Vancouver.
Partial.
Arland, Andrew J Cloverdale.
Arthur, Harold W Vancouver. 252 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Ballantyne, Margaret Vancouver.
Barr, Matthew L Vancouver.
Burnett, John N Vancouver.
Byrne, Thomas S Vancouver.
Currie, Roy L New Westminster.
Eshoo, Kurish Vancouver.
Evans, Gerald T Vancouver.
Gibson, Elizabeth J Vancouver.
Gould, Clara W. H Vancouver.
Gyles, Cedric H Vancouver.
Haines, Harriet G Vancouver.
Johnson, Helen F Vancouver.
Keenleyside, Marion A Vancouver.
Kirk, Helen S Vancouver.
Ladner, Edward M Ladner.
Moffatt, Jack A. W Cranbrook.
MacKechnie, Margaret A. M Vancouver.
Mackenzie, Margaret H. L Vancouver.
McLeod, A. Helen E Vancouver.
Richardson, Edward R. G Penticton.
Singh, Bhagat Dhudike, Moga, India.
Spencer, Brian R Alberni.
Stuart, Ernest S Vancouver.
Watson, Tanis J Vancouver.
Second Yeae.
Full Undergraduates.
Allen, George A Vancouver.
Anderson, Gwladys M Vancouver.
Anthony, Edward J Nakusp.
Arkley, Adalene Vancouver.
Arkley, Heileman O Vancouver.
Auden, Kenneth F Vancouver.
Baker, Lorimer G Vancouver.
Ball, Robert W Sandwick.
Bell, Ella W Vancouver.
Bloomfield, E. Jervis Vancouver.
Boulton, Marguerite C. E Vancouver.
Brown, Thomas W Grand Forks.
Bull, Armour McK Vancouver.
Burns, Nettie Vancouver.
Carpenter, Gilbert B Vancouver.
Chapman, Edward F New Westminster. List of Students. 253
Name. Home Address.
Charlton, David B Port Haney.
Clarke, M. Kathleen Vancouver.
Cowx, Joseph G Vancouver.
Craig, James H Vancouver.
Cranston, Roxy R Vancouver.
Crich, Evelyn P Vancouver.
Davidson, Jean E Vancouver.
Deans, William Vancouver.
Dobbin, Mary H Vancouver.
Dodds, Kathleen Vancouver.
Dowling, Clifford H Vancouver.
Duncan, Cedric J Prince Rupert.
Dunn, Eric J Vancouver.
Edwards, Lucy L Vancouver.
Emery, Gertrude B New Westminster.
Evans, W. Fred Vancouver.
Farrand, Zoe E Vancouver.
Farrington, Eileen G Vancouver.
Fee, Archibald R Burnaby.
Fee, Doris L Kamloops.
Fisher, Jessie L Vancouver.
Ford, Margaret D Vancouver.
Forster, Eric Capilano.
Fraser, Ruth A Vancouver.
Futcher, Frederick G Vancouver.
Gadd, Gwendolyn M Vancouver.
Gaddes, Leonard Vancouver.
Gage, Walter H South Vancouver.
Gillanders, Earle B Chilliwack.
Graham, Etta L Vancouver.
Grauer, Albert E Vancouver.
Gray, Roy Vancouver.
Greggor, C. Fenella Vancouver.
Gregory, Phyllis M. B Rossland.
Griffith, W. Ivor Grand Forks.
Groves, Dorothy Vancouver.
Hall, Winnifred M Vancouver.
Hallamore, Gertrude J New Westminster.
Hardie, William L Vancouver.
Harvey, Mary Vancouver.
Henderson, Harold R Vancouver.
Inglis, Kathleen M Gibson's Landing.
Ingram, Sydney B Vancouver.
Jones, David R Vancouver. 254 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Keenan, Thomas J Vancouver.
Kelly, Clive A Vancouver.
Kelly, Wilfred C Vancouver.
Leveson, S. M. Jean Vancouver.
Lockard, Edith F Vancouver.
Martin, Clarence G Massett.
Martin, Edith I New Westminster.
Martin, George C Vancouver.
Mather, Vera G North Vancouver.
Millar, James W Revelstoke.
Mills, Reginald C Vancouver.
Miyazaki, Masaziro Japan.
Moffatt, Muriel M Vancouver.
Moodie, Stephen T Burnaby.
Morsh, Joseph E Peachland.
Mowatt, Laura S Vancouver.
Muir, Bertha C. M Sooke.
Murray, Dorothy A Vancouver.
MacDonald, Janet R New Westminster.
McDonald, Marguerite Armstrong.
MacGill, Helen G Vancouver.
McGugan, E. Muriel Vancouver.
McKee, Mary M Vancouver.
McLarty, E. Islay Vancouver.
McLennan, Percy G Vancouver.
McLeod, Florence A Vancouver.
MacLeod, R. Leighton North Vancouver.
McMeans, Jean R Vancouver.
Newcombe, Gwendolyn North Vancouver.
Nicol, Grace Vancouver.
Painter, Francis M Vancouver. •
Palmer, Peter F Vancouver.
Pattullo, Ruth J Vancouver.
Pollock, Douglas B Vancouver.
Railton, Joan M Vancouver.
Rilance, Elsie G. L Vancouver.
Rowan, Muriel M Vancouver.
Russell, Isabel M Vancouver.
Sansum, Victor H Vancouver.
Schell, Kenneth A Vancouver.
Sharpe, Vera M Enderby.
Shaw, John C Vancouver.
Sheppard, Lucy A New Westminster.
Shore, John W. B Vancouver. List of Students. 255
Name. Home Address.
Smith, Grace E. M Vancouver.
Smith, H. Bertram Victoria.
Smith, James Vancouver.
St. Denis, Frederick G Vancouver.
Stevens, Ernest G. B Vancouver.
Stewart, Neil A Vancouver.
Stirling, Gwendolen G Kelowna.
Stuart, Lillian B Vancouver.
Sutherland, Marion G New Westminster.
Tatlow, Helen G Vancouver.
Taylor, Dorothy G New Westminster.
Thompson, Bertha H Vancouver.
Thompson, Homer A Rosedale.
Thomson, Jean Vancouver.
Thrupp, Sylvia L Kamloops.
Tipping, Wessie M. M Vancouver.
Watney, Douglas P New Westminster.
Welch, Beatrice R Vancouver.
White, Ronald E Summerland.
Whiteside, Helen R New Westminster.
Whittaker, Norah M Vancouver.
Wilcox, Laura Vancouver.
Wilkinson, Jane H Vancouver.
Wilkinson, John H Vancouver.
Wilkinson, Nelly Vancouver.
Williamson, Cecilia Vancouver.
Winter, A. Greta Vancouver.
Woodard, Lawrence H Vancouver.
Woolliams, G. Ewart Keremeos.
Wright, Muriel E Vancouver.
Wright, Stanley V Vancouver.
Young, Minnie A New Westminster.
Conditioned.
Arkley, Stanley T Vancouver.
Corry, Jack R Vancouver.
Gignac, Frances V Vancouver.
Gillen, James L Abbotsford.
Hankinson, Bessie Vancouver.
Jackson, Mary I Vancouver.
James, Harriet C Vancouver.
Keir, George South Vancouver.
Ledingham, Jack P Vancouver.
Lyness, Dora I Vancouver. 256 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Mcintosh, Donald J Vancouver.
Mclntyre, Margary Vancouver.
McKillop, Lex L Vancouver.
McLean, Leslie M Vancouver.
Nelson, Clarence Vancouver.
Pattullo, Mary E Vancouver.
Schaffer, John J Vancouver.
Shorney, K. Doris Vancouver.
Swencisky, Victoria M New Westminster.
Wasson, Evans E Nelson.
Weinberg, Jeanette Vancouver.
Partial.
Blackburn, M. Stewart Beachburg, Ont.
Burns, Elizabeth T Vancouver.
Craig, Montague W Vancouver.
Eades, J. Edwin North Vancouver.
Goult, Barrington H. E Vancouver.
Harper, H. Neville Durban, Natal, S.A.
Kenyon, Wilfred Vancouver,
Knowlton, Willson E Vancouver.
MacFarlane, Robert T Hollyburn.
MacGill, Elizabeth M. C Vancouver.
Macrae, Harry M Victoria.
Nelson, Denys Vancouver.
Pearson, Geoffrey C South Westminster.
Penwill, Frank H Vancouver.
Perkins, Merwyn G Vancouver.
Rosborough, Hugh C Londonderry, Ireland.
Simpson, Nathaniel V Penticton.
Sutherland, George F Vancouver.
Tiffin, L. Oakley Mc Vancouver.
Whaun, Moore Vancouver.
Thibd Yeab.
Full Undergraduates
Albo, Joseph Rossland.
Archibald, Laura M Victoria.
Aske, F. Magdalene Vancouver.
Astell, Mary C. L Vancouver.
Bell, F. Heward Vancouver.
Brand, Frederick J Victoria.
Brink, R. Murray Vancouver. List of Students. 257
Name. Home Address.
Bruun, A. Geoffrey Vancouver.
Burton, Erling W Vancouver.
Burton, Jean Vancouver.
Burton, John S Vancouver.
Cantelon, Harold B Vancouver.
Cawthorne, Winifred B Victoria.
Chapin, F. Marie Kelowna.
Colton, Leonard C Fernie.
Cope, M. C. Lillian Vancouver.
Cowdell, Lillian F Vancouver.
Creelman, Helen Vancouver.
Crozier, Robert N Vancouver.
Curtis, Philip S Vancouver.
Davidson, J. Ross Vancouver.
Edgell, Phyllis M Vancouver.
Edgett, Lloyd W Vancouver.
Elliott, Marjorie L Vancouver.
Elsey, Charles R Summerland.
Evans, Muriel M Vancouver.
Fawcett, Marie L Vancouver.
Forward, J. Margaret Ladysmith.
Gibbard, John E Mission City.
Gill, Alan F North Vancouver.
Gillen, Agnes S Abbotsford.
Goodchild, Margaret E Matsqui.
Goodwin, T. Howard Vancouver.
Grant, John A Vancouver.
Green, Rowland T Kaslo.
Hagelstein, George F Langley Prairie.
Harman, Eileen B Vancouver.
Hodgson, C. Walter South Vancouver.
Holmes, Dorothy M Victoria.
Hood, Helen R Vancouver.
Hyland, H. Ivadele Vancouver.
Ingram, Lucy Vancouver.
James, Fern Vancouver.
Johnston, Florence E Vancouver.
Jones, F. Nellie A Kelowna.
Jones, John D Cloverdale.
Kievell, Myrtle L Vancouver.
Knowling, Edith L Vancouver.
Lambert, Walter H Victoria.
Langdale, Ada G Vancouver.
Lillico, Annie B Vancouver. 258 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Limpus, George H Vancouver.
Livingston, Garrett S Vancouver.
Lynch, J. Carrell Vancouver.
Marrion, Robert F. C Vancouver.
Mather, Greta E North Vancouver.
Meadows, Lyman Vancouver.
Mitchell, John H Vancouver.
Morgan, Lorne T Vancouver.
Munn, Lyle E Vancouver.
McKee, William H Vancouver.
MacKinnon, Isabel M Vancouver.
Maclean, Ethel M Vancouver.
McMorris, Frances E Vancouver.
Macnaghten, Kathleen E North Vancouver.
McRae, Rena V Vancouver.
MacWilliam, Ruth A Vancouver.
Notzel, Clifford A Vancouver.
Ormrod, Eleanor O North Vancouver.
Palmer, Sarah Vancouver.
Paradis, Josephine A Enderby.
Peck, Dorothy C Vancouver.
Pittendrigh, Mary A Vancouver.
Reilly, Ruby R Vancouver.
Reith, Helen W Penticton.
Riddehough, Geoffrey B Penticton.
Roberts, Marian O. R Vancouver.
Simpson, W. Wesley Burnaby.
Smith, A. Christina Kamloops.
Smith, D. Blair Vancouver.
Somerset, Ventris A Vancouver.
Stinger, Harold C Vancouver.
Teeple, Mildred G Vancouver.
Telfer, Jean Vancouver.
Tolman, Carl Vancouver.
Topper, Robert Mission City.
Turner, A. Verna Vancouver.
Turpin, Helen M Vancouver.
Wheeler, Arthur L Victoria.
Williams, Florence I Vancouver.
Yonemura, Hozumi Vancouver.
Conditioned.
Buchanan, Allen Vancouver.
Cant, Hector R New Westminster. List of Students. 259
Name. Home Address.
Coates, Bertha W Vancouver.
Higginbotham, Frances I Vancouver.
Hislop, Gordon B Moose Jaw, Sask.
Jackson, Eric W Vancouver.
Lundie, James A Vancouver.
Miller, G. Stanley Vancouver.
McDonald, Gertrude E Nelson.
McKay, Donald C Vancouver.
McLane, Paul V Ocean Falls.
Ross, Beulah W Vancouver.
Smith, J. A. Campbell Vancouver.
Partial.
Angell, Eloise Vancouver.
Baird, J. Douglas Vancouver.
Cowan, Frances K Vancouver.
Cross, Henry Norman Seattle, Wash.
Doidge, Gilbert North Vancouver.
Lewis, Gordon A New Westminster.
Mangat, Nahar Singh Punjab, India.
Meyer, Victor L Vancouver.
Schmidt, Walter E Vancouver.
Shenstone, E. Caroline Bamfield.
Sparks, Frederick P Vancouver.
Fourth Year.
Full Undergraduates.
Abel, Hva I. J Vancouver.
Agabob, Walter J Vancouver.
Allen, Harold T Naramata.
Anderson, Annie M Vancouver.
Aylard, C. Muriel Victoria.
Baynes, Lloyd L Vancouver.
Bell, Marjorie E Hollyburn.
Benedict, Frances E Arrowhead.
Bickell, Gertrude E Vancouver.
Brown, Joseph F Hammond.
Brown, Margaret A Vancouver.
Buck, Dorothea M Kelowna.
Bulmer, Mary L Burnaby.
Burke, Beatrice M Vancouver.
Campbell, Claude L Victoria.
Carrie, Janet T Nelson. 260 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Caspell, Jessie M Vancouver.
Casselman, Jessie E Vancouver.
Cassidy, Harry M Murrayville.
Chapman, Mary I New Westminster.
Clandinin, Gladys M Vancouver.
Clyne, John V Vancouver.
Cornyn, Lillian M Vancouver.
Crandlemire, Vera K Grindrod.
Crawford, Helen C Vancouver.
Cummings, Robert E Vancouver.
Dallas, Dorothy F Vancouver.
Dawson, David C Vancouver.
Dickson, Malcolm J. C Victoria.
Edwards, Isaac J Vancouver.
Eveleigh, Evelyn M. S Vancouver.
Fitch, Beatrice C Vancouver.
Fleming, Everitt S. J Kelowna.
Fleming, G. Herbert Vancouver.
Gibbon, Marion E Vancouver.
Gilbert, Evelyn M Vancouver.
Green, Lucy E Chilliwack.
Griffiths, M. Elaine Grand Forks
Gross, Rowena P Vancouver.
Hallett, Lawrence T Steveston.
Henderson, Jean Vancouver.
Home, Maurice Vancouver.
Hunter, Alan D Vancouver.
Jack, Gladys G .^. J. Marpole.
Johnston, C. Islay North Vancouver.
Kerr, Gerald C. G Vancouver.
Kerr, Margaret I Vancouver.
Kidd, Dorothy E Vancouver.
Kirkpatrick, Gordon M Vancouver.
Kloepfer, Helen P Vancouver.
Lapsley, Marie L Vancouver.
Lee, Doris E Bonnington Falls.
LeNeveu, Allan H Vancouver.
Leveson, M. Kirsteen Vancouver.
Lewis, Hunter C Vancouver.
Lindsay, Margaret P Vancouver.
Lister, Fraser Nanaimo.
Locklin, Lillian R Los Angeles, Cal.
Marett, Leila M Vancouver.
Mathews, Helen M Vancouver. List op Students. 2<51
Name. Home Address.
Miller, Selwyn A Vancouver.
Morden, Wilma M North Vancouver.
Murphy, K. Sallee Vancouver.
Mclntyre, Donald M West Summerland.
Mackay, Phyllis I Vancouver.
MacKechnie, Hugh A Vancouver.
McKenzie, Mary I New Westminster.
McLennan, Beth D Vancouver.
McLoughry, Vivian H Vancouver.
MacNeill, A. Roy Vancouver.
Offord, Harold R Vancouver.
Osterhout, M. Mildred New Westminster.
Partridge, Phyllis Cumberland.
Pedlow, Gladys L. J Vancouver.
Peter, Constance E Vancouver.
Portsmouth, Madge Mission City.
Quainton, Eric H Victoria.
Ray, A. Hugo Vancouver.
Rees, Catherine B New Westminster.
Robertson, Norman A Kerrisdale.
Robson, Charles Young Vancouver.
Roy, Jessie Burnaby.
Sanford, O. McLean Vancouver.
Sangster, Norman Vancouver.
Shaw, Keith D Vancouver.
Shier, Jack W Vancouver.
Smith, Gertrude M New Denver.
Smith, Grace P Vancouver.
Southon, H. Stewart A Vancouver.
Stewart, William Victoria.
Straus, Jean L Point Grey.
Switzer, Gerald B New Westminster.
Taylor, Clifford N Vancouver.
Thompson, Willard A Vancouver.
Tupper, Mary E Vancouver.
Turnbull, Frank A Vancouver.
Upshall, W. C. Cecil Vancouver.
Walker, Robert E. Vancouver.
Wallace, F. Melvin Vancouver.
Walsh, Dorothy H Oak Bay.
Weld, Gladys N Vancouver.
Wilcox, Marion Vancouver. 262 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Wood, Elsie D Nanaimo.
Yonemoto, Haruo Steveston.
Conditioned.
Higginbotham, Margaret W Vancouver.
Hunter, Robert Vancouver.
Partial.
Drennan, Albert A Vancouver.
Ellis, Edgar H Vancouver.
Jardine, Agnes A Vancouver.
McKee, John R Vancouver.
Thomson, Albert O Mt. Lehman.
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE.
First Year.
Full Undergraduates.
Abernethy, Gordon McK Vancouver.
Barnsley, Frank R Vancouver.
Barton, Carl F Vancouver.
Baylis, Robert H Marpole.
Buchanan, Thomas G Vancouver.
Canfield, Orra W New Westminster.
Cross, Earle S North Vancouver.
Dudley, S. Markham Vancouver.
Ebert, J. Melville Steveston.
Gibson, Swanston Vancouver.
Gill, Otto H Cranbrook.
Greaves, F. Brian Oak Bay.
Guernsey, Frederick W Vancouver.
Hale, Frederick M Vancouver.
Hartley, J. Dadwell Victoria.
Hatch, David A Vancouver.
Jones, William A Vancouver.
Kania, Joe E. A Trail.
Larson, Arthur G. A Vancouver.
Leek, Charles W Vancouver.
Liersch, John E North Vancouver.
Louden, Thomas N Vancouver.
Manson, Harold E Hatzic.
MacKinnon, Findlay S Cumberland.
Nikiel, Charles Vancouver.
Norman, G. W. Hal . North Vancouver.
North, J. Terry Vancouver. List of Students. 263
Name. Home Address.
Nunn, Edward H Vancouver.
Oliver, John C Vancouver.
Owen, F. James Trail.
Phillips, Ernest A Vancouver.
Pollock, James R Vancouver.
Rees, Arthur F New Westminster.
Ridley, Frank E New Westminster.
Robinson, George R Vancouver.
Scott, J. Cosmo W North Vancouver.
Stevenson, C. Douglas Victoria.
Tamura, Morikiyo Port Haney.
Tarr, Francis G. A North Vancouver.
Timleck, Curtis J New Westminster.
Turnbull, Thomas A Vancouver.
Wallis, John C Rossland.
Warren, Harry V Vancouver.
Conditioned.
DeWolf, John F Vancouver.
Emery, Geoffrey B Edmonds.
Falconer, Joseph G Bindloss, Alta.
Fanning, Oscar Vancouver.
Maclean, Hugh Allan Victoria.
Purdy, Harry L Vancouver.
Welch, W. Hamlyn Vancouver.
Partial.
Broadfoot, Walter L. C Vancouver.
Gibbs, Thomas C Vancouver.
Griffith, Braham G Grand Forks.
Hart, Donald B Kingston, Jamaica.
Noske, Vladimir Louis Vladivostok, Siberia.
Phillips, Wilfred J Westcliffe-on-Sea, Eng.
Roberts, Orrok W. H Sidney.
Rothwell, James M Vancouver.
Second Year.
Full Undergraduates
Arnott, Clarence Vancouver.
Bain, William A Vancouver.
Bassett, Edward W Victoria.
Bennett, James L North Vancouver.
Brock, B. Britton Vancouver.
Callander, Maitland B Vancouver. 264 The University of British Columbia.
Name. Home Address.
Campbell, J. Middleton Vancouver.
Cant, George B North Vancouver.
Carter, Neal M Vancouver.
Davison, Harold C Vancouver.
Demidoff, Peter H Trail.
Ferguson, Royden H Vancouver.
Gibson, Ernest S Vancouver.
Greggor, Robert D Vancouver.
Groves, Godfrey F. C Kelowna.
Gwyther, Valentine MacK. W Vancouver.
Hicks, Kenneth Vancouver.
Hincks, Drennan Victoria.
Israeli, Moshe Vancouver.
Jackson, Robert M Vancouver.
Jenson, Ernest A New Westminster.
Kidd, G. Stuart Vancouver.
Kidston, James B Vernon.
Lambert, Arthur A Nelson.
Lucas, Colin C Vancouver.
Morgan, F. Stewart Vancouver.
Morton, Ralph McK Vancouver.
Mosher, Harry North Vancouver.
McDonald, Malcolm Vancouver.
MacLaren, William J. R Vancouver.
McPherson, John W Vancouver.
Niederman, Otto E Trail.
Noble, John S Cranbrook.
Parsons, Harold E South Vancouver.
Price, Peter Parkesville.
Ramsell, J. Laurence Vancouver.
Richmond, A. Morton Nanaimo.
Steede, John H Port Alberni.
Sutherland, Brian P Vancouver.
Taylor, Thomas M. C Kelowna.
Walsh, Harold E Vancouver.
Conditioned
Evjen, Ralph W Vancouver.
Lazenby, Frederick A Port Hammond.
Stoodley, George E Armstrong.
Woodhouse, Arthur R Fernie.
Partial
Black, Thomas B Prince Rupert.
Cox, George C. R Kamloops. List of Students. 265
Name. Home Address.
Demidoff, Joseph Trail.
Evans, Lacey H Vancouver.
Garman, Eric H Vancouver.
McLachlan, R. Angus Vancouver.
Third Year.
Full Undergraduates.
Barr, Percy M Vancouver.
Bickell, Leslie K Victoria.
Bramston-Cook, Harold E Vancouver.
Carlisle, Kenneth W Vancouver.
Charnley, Frank Barnston Island.
Coffin, Frederick W Vancouver.
Corfield, Guy Victoria.
Elliott, Frederick G Victoria.
Evans, Charles S Vancouver.
Finlay, A. Hunter Vancouver.
Giegerich, Henry C Kaslo.
Graham, Roland C Vancouver.
Heaslip, Wilbur J Vancouver.
Hedley, Robert H Vancouver.
Huggett, Jack L North Vancouver.
Jure, Albert E Vancouver.
Lipsey, George C Vancouver.
McLachlan, Charles G Vancouver.
Norman, George H. C Mirror Lake.
Smitheringale, William V Vancouver.
Stacey, Leonard B Chilliwack.
Stockwell, Clifford H Vancouver.
Stroyan, Philip B Vancouver.
Underhill, John E Vancouver.
Wallis, Hubert D Duncan.
Wolverton, Jasper M Nelson.
Conditioned
Bell, John G Vancouver.
Campbell, Douglas S Vancouver.
\ Falconer, Stuart A Los Angeles, Cal.
; Hardie, Dudley B Esquimau.
\ Harkness, John A. C Burnaby.
Jackson, Gerald C. A Aldergrove.
McCutcheon, James C Greenwood.
Osborne, Freleigh F Vancouver.
Peele, J. Percy F New Westminster. 266 The University of British Columbia.
Partial.
Name. Home Address,
Rushbury, Henry G. B Vancouver.
Ternan, Clifford C Vancouver.
Fourth Year.
Full Undergraduates.
Anderson, Allan J Vancouver.
Berry, Theodore V Vancouver.
Burton, William D Vancouver.
Cameron, Ralph K Vancouver.
Cock, Cecil J Vancouver.
Davidson, John R Vancouver.
Dean, Curtis M Victoria,
Forrester, W. Wallace New Westminster.
Fraser, Duncan Vancouver.
Giegerich, Joseph R Kaslo.
Graham, William E Vancouver.
Gregg, Elwyn E Vancouver.
Gross, George C Vancouver.
Guernsey, Tarrant D Vancouver.
Gunning, Henry C. Vancouver.
Hanna, William S Vancouver.
Hodson, Reginald Victoria.
Hooper, Cleeve W Vancouver.
Jenkins, John H North Vancouver.
Jones, Cyril North Vancouver.
Jones, Russell H. B Victoria.
Laird, Frederick W Vancouver.
Lidgey, Ralph C. G Vancouver.
Loveridge, Gilbert T Vernon.
Mathers, Cliffe St. J Vancouver.
McCallum, Neil M Vancouver.
McVittie, C. Archibald Victoria.
Pearse, Hubert A Atlin.
Rae, Douglas H North Vancouver.
Rice, Harington M. A Duncan.
Say, Stanley R Vancouver.
Sivertz, Christian Victoria.
Somervillle, Archibald L. H Vancouver.
Spargo, Thomas Vancouver.
Stewart, Frederick C Vancouver.
Ure, William Vancouver.
Wilkinson, Elmo C White Rock. List of Students. 267
Partial.
Name. Home Address.
Parker, Raymond W Vancouver.
NURSING.
First Year.
Full Undergraduates.
Baynes, Doris L Vancouver.
Brandon, Helen I Vancouver.
Cashel, Lilian S. N Collingwood East.
Griggs, H. Rebecca Tacoma, Wash.
Higgs, Nora L Albert Head.
Hill, Edith M West Vancouver.
Lyne, Frances E Creston.
MacKechnie, Flora Vancouver.
MacKenzie, Annie C Vancouver.
Nellist, Mildred F Vancouver.
Olmstead, Dorothy G Vancouver.
Stoddart, Elizabeth Clinton.
Second Year.
Full Undergraduate.
Armstrong, Norah E Fort a la Corne, Sask.
Carson, Leila A Victoria.
Creelman, Florence M. L Vancouver.
Hedley, Anne Vancouver.
Innes, Florence A. I Vancouver.
Conditioned.
Kerr, Margaret Edith New Westminster.
Third Year.
Full Undergraduate.
Bennet, Helen M Victoria.
Rogers, Dorothy M Seattle, Wash.
Fourth Year.
Full Undergraduates
Cook, C. Louise Chemainus.
Naden, Esther S Victoria.
Pearce, Beatrice A Victoria.
Wilson, Everilda New Westminster.
Conditioned.
Gill, Bonnie H North Vancouver. 268 The University of British Columbia.
Fifth Year
Full Undergraduates.
Name. Home Address.
Fisher, A. Marion Vancouver.
Healy, Margaret L Vancouver.
Johnson, Beatrice F Vancouver.
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE.
First Year.
Full Undergraduates.
Allen, Maude A Vancouver.
Baxendale, Robert D Trail.
Cameron, William C Chilliwack.
Mallory, Lester DeW Naramata.
Martin, George R Vancouver.
Mutrie, Fergus Vernon.
McCurrach, J. Bruce Edmonds.
Nelson, John C Vancouver.
Newcombe, Frederick E Vancouver.
Noble, Grace I Hatzic.
Pirie, Peter F Ingersoll, Ont.
Rayment, Arthur B Sooke.
Verchere, Frank G Mission City.
Conditioned.
Dynes, George M New Westminster.
Luyat, Gabriel A Agassiz.
Partial.
Barkley, Edward T Westholme.
Biely, Jacob ; Chita, Siberia.
Blair, Robert G Milner.
Davis, Somerville W Vancouver.
Des Brisay, Eileen Vancouver.
Gilholm, Eva H Oliver.
Godwin, Edward C New Westminster
Gough, William F Hull, England.
Hartley, Thomas S Vancouver.
Marshall, Nathaniel L Kelowna.
Matthews, Willoughby W Westholme.
Paton, John Vancouver.
Robertson, James C. H Argyllshire, Scotland.
Tarr, Hugh L. A North Vancouver.
Tuckey, Francis E Victoria. List of Students. 269
Name. Home Address.
Vialuhin, Walter N Moscow, Russia.
Vroom, Paul N St. Stephen, N. B.
Wolfe-Jones, Cecil West Kirby, England.
Second Year.
Full Undergraduates.
Argue, C. William Vancouver.
Atkinson, Lyle A New Westminster.
Aylard, Arthur W Victoria.
Fraser, Edward B Nanaimo.
Gutteridge, Harry S Vancouver.
Keenan, David P South Vancouver.
Laing, Arthur Eburne.
Murphy, Lawrence A New Westminster.
Rive, Charles Vancouver.
Conditioned.
Buckley, E. Leslie North Vancouver.
Caple, Kenneth P Vancouver.
McKay, Leslie W Agassiz.
Partial.
Challenger, George W Vancouver.
Goldie, James A Vancouver.
Ogilvie, Alvin E Agassiz.
Singleton, Lora M Vancouver.
Spicer, Erie D Vancouver.
Thompson, David W Eburne.
Third Year.
Full Undergraduates.
Barton, Charles McK Chilliwack.
Etter, Harold C Penticton.
Hope, Ernest C Langley Fort.
Plummer, Howard Vancouver.
Russell, Hugh McL Vancouver.
Steves, Harold L Steveston.
Wilcox, John C Salmon Arm.
Wilcox, Ralph V Salmon Arm.
Zoond, Alexander London, England.
Conditioned.
Eby, Victor J Abbotsford.
MacCallum, Hugh C Agassiz. 270 The University of British Columbia.
Partial.
Name. Home Address.
Chester, Herbert Cranbrook.
McKay, John J Vancouver.
Townsend, Charles T London, England.
Fourth Year.
Full Undregraduates.
Barry, S. Clifford Vancouver.
Bennett, Leslie North Vancouver.
Cavers, Raymond V Cloverdale.
Landon, Gordon L Armstrong.
Mathers, William G Vancouver.
Richards, Albert E New Westminster.
Welland, Frederick J South Vancouver.
Woods, John J North Vancouver.
Conditioned.
Blair, Archibald Steveston.
Partial
Fulton, Harry G Chilliwack.
Phillips, Sperry S Camp Lister.
Pye, William J. S Vancouver.
GRADUATES
Faculty of Arts and Science.
Agnew, A. Marjorie Vancouver.
Bain, Janet B Vancouver.
Battle, Sarah J Vancouver.
Beech, William K Vancouver.
Black, William G Point Grey.
Bolton, Lloyd L Vancouver.
Boss, A. Evan Vancouver.
Buxton, Mary I Burnaby.
Crute, Ebenezer Vancouver.
Dauphinee, James A New Westminster.
Duffy, James Co. Clare, Ireland.
Dunlop, Henry A Vancouver.
Foerster, R. Earle Vancouver.
Fournier, Leslie T Vancouver.
Grant, Rena V. A Vancouver.
Hall, Vernon K Vancouver.
Hamilton, George H Vancouver.
Harris, J. Allen Summerland.
Heaslip, Leonard W Vancouver. List of Students. 271
Name. Home Address.
Kerr, Donna E Duncan.
Kilpatrick, Myrtle E Vancouver.
King, Herbert B Vancouver.
Moodie, Stanley F. M Point Grey.
Morgan, William North Vancouver.
McLeod, John P. G North Vancouver.
McConnell, Hazel E Victoria.
Macdougall, Alice P New Westminster.
MacKay, Katharine Cornwall, Ont.
Reid, M. Lillian Vancouver.
Smith, William R Vancouver.
Wallace, Bryce H Vancouver.
Weld, C. Beecher Vancouver.
Wilson, Grace A Vancouver.
Wilson, Freda L Vancouver.
Faculty of Applied Science.
Banfield, William O Vancouver.
Coles, Eric M Vancouver.
Gale, William A Victoria.
Gillie, Kenneth B Victoria.
Melville, John Vancouver.
McDougall, Stewart R New Westminster.
Scott, William O. C Vancouver.
Faculty of Agriculture.
Carncross, Elmer E Cloverdale.
Clarke, G. Ernest W Vancouver.
Fleming, William M Duncan.
Kelly, Clifford D Vancouver.
Lamb, Cecil A Cloverdale.
Leavens, John B Vancouver.
Leckie, Claude P Vancouver.
Palmer, Richard C Summerland. 272
The University of British Columbia.
REGISTRATION FOR 1922-23.
Faculty of Arts and Science.
Women
First Year 226
Second Year 86
Third Year 57
Fourth Year 62
Faculty of Applied Science.
Women
First Year ^)
Second Year d 0
Third Year \ 0
Fourth Year 0
Men
Total
227
453
91
177
58
115
49
111
856
Men
Total
58
58
51
51
37
37
38
38
184
Nursing.
Women
First. Year 12
Second Year 6
Third Year 2
Fourth Year 5
Fifth Year 3
>n
Total
0
12
0
6
0
2
0
5
0
3
28
Faculty of Agriculture.
Women
First Year 4
Second Year 1
Third Year 0
Fourth Year 0
Men
Total
29
33
17
18
14
14
12
12
77 Registration for 1922-23. 273
Graduates.
Women
Arts and Science 13
Applied Science 0
Agriculture 0
Men
Total
21
34
7
7
8
8
49
1194
Short Courses (Session 1922-23)
Summer School 208
Agriculture 78
Public Health Nursing 16
Botany 63
365 274 The University of British Columbia.
EXAMINATION RESULTS (Session 1921-22)
DEGREES CONFERRED
Faculty of Arts and Science.
Conferring the Degree of Master of Arts
(Names in alphabetical order)
Blakey, Dorothy, B.A Major: English
Minor: French
Dunbar, Violet Evelyn, B.A Major: Chemistry
Minor: Biology
Dunlop, Henry Adam, B.A Major: Zoology
Minor: Botany
Foerster, Russel Earl, B.A Major: Zoology
Minor: Botany
Handford, Freda Mary, B.A Major: Chemistry
Minor: Bacteriology
Morrison, Loyle Alexander, B.A Major: Economics
Minor: Government
Morrison, Margaret Ralston, B.A Major: Bacteriology
Minor: Zoology
Peck, Kathleen Margaret, B.A Major: French
Minor: English
Rogers, Wilbur Stuart, B.A Major: Zoology
Minor: Botany
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Arts.
With Honours.
(Names in alphabetical order)
Bolton, Lloyd Lawrence (1st class honours in Biology)
Buxton, Mary Isabel (1st class honours in French)
Campbell, Annie Louise (2nd class honours in History)
Clark, Charles Augustus Fordyce. (2nd class honours in English and
Latin)
Coope, Geoffrey (2nd class honours in English and
French)
Cutler, Norman Leon (1st class honours in Biology)
Dauphinee, James Arnold (1st class honours in Chemistry
and Biology)
Duffy, James (1st class honours in Latin and
Greek)
Eagles, Blythe Alfred (1st class honours in Chemistry
and Biology)
Fraser, George Wallace Bruce. . . (2nd class honours in Economics)
Fulton, Doris Jessie (2nd class honours in Philosophy) Degrees Conferred. 275
Gignac, Mary Etoile Patricia .... (2nd class honours in Latin and
French)
Harris, Joseph Allen (2nd class honours in Chemistry)
Heaslip, Leonard William (1st class honours in Mathematics)
Hurst, Allan McLean (1st class honours in Philosophy)
Kemp, Gwendolyn Muriel (2nd class honours in French)
Lewis, Edward Dewart (1st class honours in English Language and Literature)
Lipson, Bertha (2nd class honours in History)
McAfee, Weldon Robert (1st class honours in Economics)
McLennan, Lester Winston (1st class honours in Chemistry)
Metz, Cora Irma (1st class honours in English Language and Literature)
Miller, Isobel Selina (1st class honours in English Language and Literature)
Pye, Dora Ellen Gertrude (1st class honours in French)
Rankin, Agnes Helen (2nd class honours in Philosophy
and Economics)
Reid, Mary Lillian (2nd class honours in Economics)
Stevenson, Arthur Lionel (1st class honours in English Language and Literature)
Urquhart, Christine Margaret ... (1st class honours in Chemistry)
Verchere, Ruth Emilie (2nd class honours in English Language and Literature)
Watson, Annie Pirie (1st class honours in History)
Weinberg, Dena (2nd class honours in French)
Woodworth, Clifford Allen (2nd class honours in Mathematics)
In Pass Course.
(Names in order of merit)
Class I.
Black, William Griffiths
Class II.
Ballard, Edna Florence Purslow, Norah Kathleen
Buell, Arthur Lightfoot Bullock, Winifred Amy
Crickmay, Colin Hayter Herd, James Fenton
Imlah, James Albert Henry Collard, Carlton
Willis, Norah Evangeline Weld, Charles Beecher
Clark, George Savage Gillis, Gwendolyn Christina
Fingland, Dorothy Ellen Abercrombie
MacKinnon, Georgina Emily Hopper, Dorothy Aileen
Miles, Mona Collister Mortimer, Helen 276
The University of British Columbia.
Johnston, Lyle Clinton
Atherton, Marion Clara
Keir, Helen
Aconley, Izeyle Vera
English, Mary Helen
Frith, Joscelyne Sylvia
Clarke, Margaret Isabella
Gill, Dorothy Alexandra
Cox, Stafford Albert
Munro, Mary
Rogers, Edna Jessie
Agnew, Marjorie
Keir, Jeannie McRae
Monkman, Evelyne Ada
Passed.
Anders, Victor Llewellyn
Lipson, Barnett Abraham
Robson, Gwendolyn
Argue, Ralph Starrat
Whitley, Paul Nelson
McLoughry, Muriel Alice
MacLeod, John Phee Gordon
(Names in alphabetical order)
Lanning, Roland John Smith, Charles Duncan
Munro, Robert James Vogee, Arthur Edward
McCabe, Margaret Aileen Webster, Arnold Alexander
Double Course.
Laird, Frederick William (Degree of B.A.)
Faculty of Applied Science.
Conferring the Degree of Masteb of Applied Science.
Swanson, Clarence Otto, B.A.Sc. Major: Geology
Minor: Metallurgy
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science.
(Names in order of merit)
Class I.
Stedman, Donald Frank
Coles, Eric Morrell
Bickell, William Albert Bird
Jane, Robert Stephen
McDougall, Stewart Robertson
Goranson, Roy Walter
Coates, Wells Wintemute
Gale, William Alexander
Fountain, George Frederick
Walker, John Fortune
Fournier, John Raymond
Peck, Wallace Swanzey
Banfield, William Orson
McLellan, Norman Wellington
Jackson, Oscar Adalbert Edmund
Anderson, Sydney
Scott, William Orville Craig
Class II.
Watson, James
McColl, Eli Stuart
Hatt, Rona Alexandra
Todd, Arthur Alison
McLuckie, Robert Macfarlane
Meekison, Andrew Gordon
Doyle, Harold
Shaw, Lee Donald Degrees Conferred. 277
Patsed.
Gray, William Henry Hatch, William George
Faculty of Agriculture.
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture.
(Names in order of merit)
Class I.
Sweeting, Bertram Stanley Riley, William John
Class II.
Leavens, John Bruce Fisher, Raymond Anderson
Kelly, Clifford Darton McKechnie, Martha Stirling
Harris, George Howell Greenwood, Harold Day
Riddell, William Hugh
Passed.
Clarke, George Ernest Wesley 278 The University of British Columbia.
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND PRIZES.
Awarded May., 1922
For Post-Graduate Studies
1. University Scholarship, $200.00. . .James A. Dauphinee, Arts '22
2. The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship, $100.00—
Bertram S. Sweeting, Agric. '22
Faculty of Arts and Science.
Fourth Tear.
1. The Governor-General's Gold Medal Blythe Alfred Eagles
2. The Wesbrook Prize, $50.00 Not available
3. The Historical Society Gold Medal Annie Pirie Watson
4. The Alliance Francaise Gold Medal in French—
Dora Ellen Gertrude Pye
Third Year.
1. University Scholarship, $75.00 Maurice Home
2. University Scholarship, $75.00 Marjory Emma Bell
3. The Arts '19 Scholarship, $150.00. . . .Annie Margaret Anderson
4. The Gerald Myles Harvey Prize, $50.00 (Books) —
Allan Henry LeNeveu
5. The Historical Society Silver Medal Harry Morris Cassidy
Second Tear.
1. The McGill Graduates' Scholarship, $137.50—
Geoffrey Blundell Riddehough
2. University Scholarship, $75.00. .Geoffrey Blundell Riddehough
by reversion to
Lucy Ingram
3. University Scholarship, $75.00 Lucy Ingram
by reversion to
Greta E. Mather
4. The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship, $110.00—
Arthur Lloyd Wheeler
5. The Scott Memorial Scholarship, $110.00—
Frederick Heward Bell
First Tear.
-n , t i-i ... o i. , u- »„c nr. fKathleen Dodds and
1. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00...I
2. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00. . ."j Vera G- Mather
( (tied)
3. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00. .Sydney Bettinson Ingram
4. The Vancouver Women's Conservative Association Prize,
$25.00 Marjorie Emily Kathleen Gorringe Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes Awarded. 279
p .—.—.—-
Faculty of Applied Science.
Post Graduate Scholarship.
1. The Dean Brock Scholarship, $100.00—
Stewart Robertson McDougall
Fourth Tear.
1. The Convocation Scholarship, $50.00. . . .Donald Frank Stedman
Third Tear.
1. The Dunsmuir Scholarship, $165.00. . . .William Donald Burton
Second Tear.
1. University Scholarship, $7 5.00 Allan Hunter Finlay
First Tear.
Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 Roy Gray
Nursing—Public Health.
1. The Red Cross Prize, $100.00 Jane E. Johnston
2. Provincial Board of Health Prize, $60.00—
Marie Louise Thompson
3. Provincial Board of Health Prize, $40.00—
Margaret Allan Thatcher
Faculty of Agriculture.
Third Tear.
1. The B. C. Fruit Growers' Association Scholarship, $100.00—
Raymond Vere Cavers (1921)
Albert Edward Richards (1922)
2. The B. C. Dairymen's Association Prizes—
First Prize, $50.00 Archibald Blair
Second Prize, $30.00 William John Serson Pye
Third Prize, $20.00 Leslie Bennett
(Awarded December, 1921)
First Tear.
1. University Scholarship, $75.00 No award
General (Open).
1. University Book Prize, $25.00 No award
2. University Book Prize, $25.00 No award
3. The Women's Canadian Club Scholarship, $75.00—
John Edgar Gibbard
4. The Historical Society Prize, $25.00. . .Eric Whitcliffe Jackson
5. The Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship, $300.00—
Hunter Campbell Lewis
6. The Vagabonds' Club Prize, $25.00. .Arthur Lionel Stevenson
7. The Players' Club Prize, $50.00 No award
8. The Shaw Memorial Scholarship, $137.50. .Keith Duncan Shaw
9. University Scholarship for Returned Soldiers, $75.00—
John Wallace Baird Shore
10. University Scholarship for Returned Soldiers, $75.00—
Wilfred Carson Kelly 280 The University of British Columbia.
»
UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION, 1923.
Six Weeks—July 9th to August 17th.
With the Session of 1922 The University Summer School
for Teachers became The University Summer Session. Teachers
and others who possess full Matriculation standing may now
pursue University courses and receive credit therefor towards
the B.A. degree.
The University Summer Session will, in co-operation with
the Provincial Department of Education, continue to provide
special courses for teachers of High School subjects, and also
courses in Educational Theory and Method of a similar character
to those which have been given during the past three years.
Summer Session students wishing to transfer to the "Winter
Session should make application upon a form which will be
supplied upon request by the Registrar.
Inquiries and applications should be addressed to the
Director of the Summer Session, The University of British
Columbia, Vancouver, B. C.
SUMMER SESSION COURSE IN NURSING
At the request of the British Columbia Association of
Graduate Nurses, a short course in Hospital Administration and
in Teaching Principles and Methods is offered in conjunction
with the Summer Session of the University.
This course, while intended primarily for Superintendents
of Hospitals and Instructors in Schools of Nursing, is open to
all graduate nurses in good standing.
Further particulars may be obtained from Miss E. Johns,
Director of the Department of Nursing, University of British
Columbia. Student Organization. 281
STUDENT ORGANIZATION
In order that the activities of the student body may be
effectively carried on, the Alma Mater Society has been organized, with a governing executive called the Students' Council.
It is the duty of the Students' Council to control all the activities
of the societies subsidiary to the Alma Mater Society.
The members of the Students' Council are Undergraduates
of the Junior and Senior Years, and are elected at the close of
the Session preceding their term of office.
In order that the work may be carried on to the best advantage, considerable funds are necessary, and the Alma Mater fee
of $7.00, compulsory for all students, is designed to cover the
expenses incurred.
Students upon entering the University have an opportunity
to take part in practically all lines of sport, as well as to participate in debating and public speaking, and various other
activities which are more clearly indicated below.
Publications Board.
The Publications Board is best known from the Handbook,
"Ubyssey" and the "Annual." In the first of these an attempt
is made to compile information valuable to the Undergraduate.
"The Ubyssey," the College paper, is published weekly. The
members of the Staff are students selected as a result of voluntary competition. "The Annual" is published at the close of
the Spring Term. It is intended to epitomize the spirit of the
year, in all its phases.
Literary and Scientific Department.
The Literary and Scientific Department co-ordinates the
workings of its constituent Societies, which are indicated below.
In the Players' Club, those whose talents lie in the direction of the drama may find medium of expression.
The Musical Society includes the Men's Glee Club, the
Women's Glee Club, and the University Orchestra. 282 The University of British Columbia.
For those interested in public speaking and debating there
are the Men's Literary Society and the Women's Literary Society, the Agriculture Discussion Club, and Sigma Delta Kappa
Society.
The Chemistry Society, the Engineering Discussion Club,
the Social Science Club, the Live-stock Club and the G. M.
Dawson Discussion Club offer a field for discussion of Scientific
and Social problems.
Women's Athletics.
The Women's Athletic Association comprises all the
Women's Athletic Clubs of The University. Prominent among
them are the Women's Basketball Club, the Women's Gymnasium
Club, the Women's Grass Hockey Club, and the Women's Swimming Club. Last year the Ice Hockey Club was inactive owing
to the impossibility of securing the Arena.
Men's Athletics.
The Men's Athletic Association endeavors to foster all
branches of clean and manly sport.
The season for the Rugby Club begins with the opening of
the Fall Term. Practices are held and four teams are chosen,
one for the McKechnie Cup League, provincial; one for the
Miller Cup League, city; and two for the Intermediate League,
also of the city. One of the last-named teams is composed entirely
of Freshmen.
The Basketball season follows that of Rugby. Three teams
are chosen and entered in the various city leagues.
The Soccer Club enters two teams in the city leagues. The
teams are chosen early in the fall.
The Track Club takes charge of all field events, its big
features being the Annual Track Meet and the Arts' 20 relay
race.
The Rowing Club is affiliated with the Vancouver Rowing
Club, and retains its identity as a University Club.
The Ice Hockey Club selects a team each year and enters
it in the city series. Student Organization. 283
The Outdoors Club takes charge of all picnics, hikes, mountain climbing, excursions, and outdoor parties.
The Tennis Tournament takes place after the opening of
the Fall Term, and the championship games are played in men's
and women's singles and doubles, and also mixed doubles.
The Badminton Club holds practices and games in the evenings throughout the winter.
The Boxing and the Swimming Clubs meet once a week
during the winter, under capable instructors.
The Lacrosse Club carries on throughout the summer, and
is chiefly for those who are in the city during that time.
Alumni Association.
This organization was formed in May, 1917. It is composed of Honorary, Active, and Associate members. Honorary
membership includes all members of the Faculty. Active Membership includes all Associate Members who have paid their
annual fee of $2.00 for town members, $1.00 for out-of-town
members. All graduates of the University automatically become
Associate Members on graduating.
The purpose of the Association is to further the interests of
The University and the Alumni. To accomplish this purpose
the Association aims to keep its members interested in The University and the Alma Mater, so that they may know their college
not only as it was, but as it is, and can be. To carry out these
aims general meetings are held every two months during the
University term. In addition, a directory of our graduates is
sent to all Active Members, while news bulletins are sent to both
Active and Associate Members.
There are four standing committees in the Association, which
seek to foster interest in athletics, music, dramatics and publications among members of the Association, and throughout the
Province in other organizations. VICTORIA COLLEGE
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal and Registrar
Edward B. Paul, M.A. (Aberdeen)
The College at Victoria, B. C, gives instruction in the first
two years of the Arts Course. The courses offered are:
First and Second Years.
The work of the first two years in Arts and Science is
arranged according to the following scheme, involving ten
courses:
1, 2. English 1 (a and b), 2 (a and b), one course in
each year. (6 units)
3, 4. The first two courses in a language offered for
matriculation, one course in each year. (6 units)
5. The first course (3 units) in Mathematics. (To be
taken in the First Year.)
6. A first course in Physics. (3 units)
7-10. Four courses (12 units) to be chosen from the following groups of studies:
1. Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics.
2. Latin, Greek, French.
3. Philosophy, History (Economics, if
possible.)
The rules and regulations governing the College are the
same as those in force in the University. WESTMINSTER HALL .
(Presbyterian)
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. W. H. Smith, M.A., Ph.D., D.D.
Registrar and Secretary
Rev. J. A. Logan, D.D.
Westminster Hall offers courses in Theology, and, under the
general regulations of the University in reference to affiliated
Theological Colleges, provides classes for which credit is given in
the Arts Course for the BA. degree. (See page 83.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of Westminster Hall.
THE ANGLICAN THEOLOGICAL
COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. W. H. Vance, M.A.
Registrar
Rev. C. H. Shortt, M.A.
The Anglican Theological College offers courses in Theology
leading to the Diploma of Licentiate in Theology and the Degrees
of B.D. and D.D., and, under the general regulations of the
University in reference to affiliated colleges, provides Theological
options for which credit is given in the course leading to the
B.A. degree. (See page 83.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of the College. THE SUN PUBLISHING COMPANY LTD.,
VANCOUVER, B. C.
w,
Featured Collection
UBC Publications
The University of British Columbia Calendar 1923
Item Metadata
Download
- Media
- calendars-1.0169709.pdf
- Metadata
- JSON: calendars-1.0169709.json
- JSON-LD: calendars-1.0169709-ld.json
- RDF/XML (Pretty): calendars-1.0169709-rdf.xml
- RDF/JSON: calendars-1.0169709-rdf.json
- Turtle: calendars-1.0169709-turtle.txt
- N-Triples: calendars-1.0169709-rdf-ntriples.txt
- Original Record: calendars-1.0169709-source.json
- Full Text
- calendars-1.0169709-fulltext.txt
- Citation
- calendars-1.0169709.ris
Full Text
Cite
Citation Scheme:
Usage Statistics
Share
Embed
Customize your widget with the following options, then copy and paste the code below into the HTML
of your page to embed this item in your website.
<div id="ubcOpenCollectionsWidgetDisplay">
<script id="ubcOpenCollectionsWidget"
src="{[{embed.src}]}"
data-item="{[{embed.item}]}"
data-collection="{[{embed.collection}]}"
data-metadata="{[{embed.showMetadata}]}"
data-width="{[{embed.width}]}"
data-media="{[{embed.selectedMedia}]}"
async >
</script>
</div>
Our image viewer uses the IIIF 2.0 standard.
To load this item in other compatible viewers, use this url: https://iiif.library.ubc.ca/presentation/cdm.calendars.1-0169709/manifest